Store  |  Projects  |  Tools  |  Techniques  |  Videos  |  Subscribe  |  Renew  |  Customer Service   

Woodworking Magazine Blog

Searched for : creole table
Posted 8/30/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Our new book, "The Workbench Design Book" is at the printer and will ship at the end of September. It's a 256-page behemoth – and more than half of it is all-new material that I've been writing since February.

Starting today, you can pre-order your copy at 20 percent off – $27.99 plus free domestic shipping – until the book arrives at our warehouse. Then it will go to its full retail price of $34.99 plus free domestic shipping. (By the way, this book won't be available at Amazon for several months. However, Lee Valley Tools will have it this fall.)

Of course, some of you are wondering why I would write a second book on workbenches. So I've included the introduction to the new book below, which explains the book and its content. Also, for those of you who asked, this book is being produced, printed and bound in the United States.

If you are ready to order, you can jump to our store here. Otherwise, read on:


Posted 8/27/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

I have four sets of screwdrivers. Three for loaning and one for using.

The set I never loan is made up of tools that were made (mostly) by the H.D. Smith & Co. company of Plantsville, Conn. Usually these are referred to as "perfect handle" screwdrivers. They are single drop-forged pieces of steel with a wooden handle that has been riveted into place. And they are tougher and more comfortable than any screwdriver I've used.


Posted 8/26/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

I've been getting questions almost daily about the 18th-century French-style workbench I built for the cover of the August 2010 issue of Popular Woodworking Magazine. The questions go something like this:

1. Has the benchtop exploded into pieces yet, you dufus?

2. Has the epoxy shattered?

3. How are your chiropractic bills with that leg vise?


Posted 8/23/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

My first Stanley shoulder plane (a No. 93) was the worst plane I ever bought. The sole was more than 1/8" out of alignment, and it took me a couple hours on a belt sander to even get the tool working.

That dog of a tool was built during the sunset days of Stanley's U.K. plane production, and I've always imagined that my plane had been made by someone who was drunk, hung-over or having a nice stroke.


Posted 8/18/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

I don't relish handing out bad reviews of tools. But as someone who gets stoned occasionally by an angry mob, I know that a critical review can help improve the quality of my work in the future.


Posted 8/17/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

I've been purging my shop and tool chests of excess tools this week. But now I'm afraid some of my tools are "taking the hint" and leaving on their own.

This morning I set out to dovetail a walnut carcase and found that one of my beloved dividers – an old Brown & Sharpe – was AWOL. So I had to use some bigger, clunkier dividers in tandem with my Starrett (shown above) to lay things out.


Posted 8/9/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

If we ever change the name of our magazine to Erudite Blowhard Wood Finery, I know exactly where to get the headlines for all the projects we'll publish: The comments on this blog entry.

We had more than 90 readers enter our contest to come up with the most pompous name for a piece of furniture. Picking the winner was difficult. Here's the scientific way I did it: I picked my 10 favorite and then read them out loud at the staff meeting this morning. The one that got the biggest laugh won the contest.


Bookmark and Share

Let's say your table saw's guard is painted black. And you've figured out that if you put a piece of wood under it in a certain way, that usually it comes out cut like you intended. But sometimes not. After all, you can't see what's going on under that guard.

This sounds ridiculous, I know. But that's basically what many woodworkers do when they apply finish to their projects. They don't know how a finish works or why it works (or doesn't). In fact, finishing is still considered by many of us to be a "black art," with secret formulas and the like.


Bookmark and Share

I know I am going to get flack for this, but I cannot help myself.

Last week we received two copies of a cool new book in the mail – "500 Cabinets: A Showcase of Design & Craftsmanship" (Lark). The book is (though I didn't count the cabinets) a collection of 500 designs from woodworkers all over the world.

Most of the cabinets are contemporary, and almost all of them are fun to look at. All the staff members here have been paging through these books since they arrived. I really like these books because you get to see a wide range of work, and it's usually beautifully presented.

But there is something about these books (and some contemporary furniture in general) that makes me giggle:


Posted 7/27/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Isshi Yamada never said much to me when I was dating his daughter in college. To us Western students who studied Eastern religions, he was an enigmatic Zen Buddhism professor who was famous for giving exams that bordered on the surreal.

Most of my memories of Dr. Yamada put him sitting at his dining room table in a worn Irish fisherman's sweater – drinking a little sake and watching the affairs of the household.

One day, however, Dr. Yamada became quite animated on the topic of human perception. And his short lecture sticks with me to this day.

"What is the one thing the eye cannot see?" Dr. Yamada asked.


Posted 7/6/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

I can make my own beef jerky, but that doesn't mean I want to apply veneer-making techniques to a hapless bovine.

So when I found out that long-time woodworker Bill Rittner was making knobs and totes for vintage Stanley planes, I jumped at buying a set for my vintage No. 6 fore plane.


Posted 6/23/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

This morning, Glen Huey, Megan Fitzpatrick and I went into rural Ohio to fetch some wood for a new workbench for Megan's study (it's long story; ask her).

Megan had scored some sweet Eastern white pine logs that were left over from building a log cabin; they were kiln dried, fairly clear and about 10 years old. All for $100. The only problem was that some were 17' long -- too long even for Glen's capacious lorry (as Megan would put it).


Posted 6/16/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

People often divide our country into North and South using a variety of metrics. There's the Mason-Dixon line, of course. The Barbecue Line (the word means "grilled meat" in the North and "porky heaven" in the South). And so on.

I use the "Yellow Pine Line." This fantastic material is difficult to find in many Northern climes, except as pressure-treated nastiness. And in the South, the stuff is so common that it grows on trees.

I think it's an ideal workbench material. It's cheap. It's stable. It's stiff. It's easy to flatten. It's available in wide widths. So it should come as no surprise that I get e-mails like this one from Paul:

I live in Aurora, Ill., a western Chicago suburb. It does not appear to be a location friendly to the Southern Yellow Pine that you've prized in earlier articles.  Home Depot/Lowe's/Menards all stock, at best, SPF...so I don't really know what I'm getting.

So now, the question – how might I best obtain woods with the density/strength that you recommend – in a land like mine that seems very un-woodworking friendly?

One note – one of your articles on Southern Yellow Pine suggested that, if it can't be found, that we take the pickup truck down to Cincinnati. Unfortunately, that won't be a good option for my Ford Taurus these days (though it would be fun to do).

I've thought of just dealing with the SPF that Home Depot offers, but I am afraid that I'd be disappointed with it in a year. I'd like my bench to last five, 10, or more years.


Well the easy answer would be to use "SPF" which is a grab-bag category for "spruce, pine or fir." It's certainly strong enough, though usually it's a little soft. And some places don't dry it as well as necessary. But the good news here is that you are actually close to the "Yellow Line." You don't have to come to Cincinnati to get Southern Yellow Pine. In fact, I know of some people in Chicago who have found it in the city at lumberyards (if you are out there, please chime in with the name of the yard!).

Even if you cannot find it in the city, you should be able to sneak over the border to Indiana and find some. It's amazing how the wood choices can change radically by changing your geography slightly

And finally, let me repeat something that I've said about 100 times about workbench materials: Almost any wood will do. Pick something that is readily available, inexpensive, dry and stiff. You'll be fine.

— Christopher Schwarz

Other Workbench Resources I Recommend

• Tim Celeski's excellent workbench site: workbenchdesign.net.

• I actually still like my book "Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use."

• We have a nice and inexpensive CD of many of the workbench and shop plans we've published "The Best of Shops & Workbenches."

• Watch Roy Underhill's episodes (free!) where he builds a French bench.


Posted 6/15/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

In the world of infill planes, there are several tools that stand out as iconic designs, including Karl Holtey's "bad arse" A13 and his groundbreaking No. 98, which laid the groundwork for all the modern bevel-up planes.

On this side of the Atlantic, few planes are as distinct as Stephen M. Thomas's "Loopy" infill. It started as a joke, way back in the early years of the Badger Pond discussion group (we didn't have WiFi, we didn't have Skype, we didn't have "air" – and we liked  it!).


Posted 6/14/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Chisels | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

Some days I forget that not all woodworking tools are designed by woodworkers (see: many of the honing guides on the market).

And I forget that some tools are just designed to trick your family members into buying them for you at Christmas (see also: the battery-operated tape measure and C-clamp).

This weekend as I was cleaning up the shop a bit, I started thinking about many of the odd, unnecessary or downright counterproductive features on tools and machinery. Here's my short list.


Posted 6/11/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Saws | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

This week we received a visit from James Travis, who built what could be the most ornate sawbench.

Travis, who is in his early 20s, was traveling through Cincinnati on his way from Boston to San Antonio, Texas, and dropped by the shop. Travis recently completed the "Three-month Furniture Making Intensive" program at the North Bennet Street School in Boston and was headed back to Texas to set up shop as a furniture designer and craftsman.


Posted 6/10/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

This is the last post on Joseph Moxon's double-screw vise. Promise.

Wednesday morning while I was in the shower, my brain clicked. (Hey! twice in one month!) On Tuesday, Glen Huey and I were discussing how to make a double-screw vise without a wood-threading kit. He suggested bolts. I suggested pipe clamps. We left it at that.

Then, at 5:15 a.m., the lukewarm water of our shower brought on this idea: F-style clamps. Everyone has them. So I scurried off to work and immediately began fussing with some poplar at my bench. I had a rear jaw and chop already prepared for threading. The holes were drilled, and the blank for the handles was waiting on the lathe.

Instead I took the poplar parts to the table saw and milled a 1/4"-wide groove in the ends of the rear jaw and the chop. Each groove intersected a hole and was just wide enough to accept the bar of an F-style clamp.

I slid two short F-style-clamps into the grooves and filled in the grooves with some poplar scraps (purple poplar – my personal favorite).

Does this vise work? Heck yes. And later that day Glen and Robert Lang and I came up with some other ways we could do this without permanently installing the F-style clamps. (However, I prefer it this way.)

The best thing was that making this twin-screw vise took – at most – 30 minutes.

Perhaps I should shower more often.

— Christopher Schwarz

Other Workbench Resources You Might Enjoy

• "Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use." Now in its third printing.

•  "The Best of Shops & Workbenches" CD from Popular Woodworking.

• "The Workbench: How to Design or Modify a Bench for Efficient Use DVD" from Lie-Nielsen Toolworks


Posted 6/7/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Earlier this year I met a fellow woodworker named Chuck Isaacson of Sun Prairie, Wisc., who broadcasts his wood shop on http://www.ustream.tv/channel/sac-s-woodshop. I was inspired and intrigued by how effortlessly Chuck got around his shop. He was able to move about in a way that most woodworkers would envy. The reason this stood out more than other woodworkers I have watched work in their shops is because Chuck is in a wheelchair.

Chuck was deployed in Afghanistan. On Feb. 18, 2007, in southern Afghanistan Chuck's life was forever changed. Chuck was then a sergeant in the U.S. Army and a flight engineer on a Chinook helicopter. With only days left on his tour, the helicopter he was riding in crashed due to winter weather. He wasn't scheduled to be on the flight but took it over for a friend who had injured his back and couldn't make the flight. After the crash, Chuck awoke to find himself sitting in the snow and not able to move his lower body.


Posted 6/3/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Joseph Moxon I could kiss your dessicated worm-eaten corpse.

My newest version of the double-screw vise illustrated in Moxon's "Mechanick Exercises" (1678) is a complete success. The vise is simple – five pieces of wood. And the only special equipment you need to build it is a wooden threadbox and tap (a $45 investment). And it takes only about an hour to construct.


Posted 6/3/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials
Bookmark and Share

Steam-bending wood is awesome, but I've never been a big fan of having a potential bomb in my house (or in the office). So I've worked at mastering cold-lamination bending, but I've found there's a lot of prep work (resawing, drum sanding, etc.), and the plastic resin glue is nasty stuff. It's the only glue that has ever gashed my arm.

So yesterday I pleased to see a big box propped up against my front door.


Posted 6/1/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

Adam Cherubini at a Lie-Nielsen Handtool Event in Philadelphia.

This Friday afternoon we throw open our doors to the public for the Lie-Nielsen Hand Tool Event. This free event is free, and it also is free. If you've ever wanted to learn about hand tools, sharpening them and then putting them to use, this is a great opportunity.

However, this isn't just some free show with free admission.
Posted 5/27/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

The dust collection on our shop's cabinet saw sucks. Let me re-phrase that. It doesn't suck. Zero suckage. Two holes. Tons of waiting.

We have a big cyclone dust -collection system. We have our cabinet saw hooked up at its base and in the basket guard. Still the dust tends to build up in the cabinet. (Note: It hasn't ever gotten as bad as when Glen D. Huey turned on his Unisaw and the blade wouldn't move because the dust had collected up to the arbor, stopping the motor.)


Posted 5/25/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

When I was a young nerdling, I loved the video game "Ultima" – not because of the raping and the pillaging, but because you spent most of your time exploring a huge map of the world. Everyplace on the map that you had never been was pitch black, lightening up only when you stepped foot into the unknown.

I think that's one of the reasons I like woodworking. My best days in the shop are when I'm trying to master something for the first time, or I'm exploring something I saw in an old woodworking book that didn't make sense and left me in the dark.


Posted 5/24/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

It took a fetus to convince me to come to Cincinnati in 1996. But I don't think you need to resort to such drastic measures (and perhaps painful surgery) to get your family in the car and on the road to Cincinnati next weekend for the Lie-Nielsen Hand Tool Event on June 4-5.

When most people think of Cincinnati, they think of the television show "WKRP," perhaps they think of the Reds and maybe even the odd stuff we call chili here. (Side note: This is the only town in America where you can tell a waitress you want a "three-way" and not get slapped.)


Posted 5/16/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

Quick – it is time to make up a quick excuse to your boss to arrange a sham business trip to Cincinnati on June 4-5. On those two days we are going to open wide the doors of our office and shop and host a Lie-Nielsen Hand Tool Event.

(If you need ideas for how to trick your boss into traveling here, let me know. We have a wide variety of businesses here. Just say "Procter & Gamble," "Kroger" and "Macy's.")


Posted 4/28/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

Scotty Fulton

I thought I had a hammer-collecting problem until I met Scotty Fulton.

Fulton set me straight: 50 hammers is not much of a collection. Try 12,000 hammers – virtually all of them different, all of them carefully cataloged by his wife, Karen, and all of them displayed beautifully in his barn outside Maysville, Ky.

Now that is a hammer problem.


Posted 4/27/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

The subject of skew block planes gets people's bodily juices going.

When I announced at our weekly staff meeting that we had received a new skew block plane from Veritas, two of the editors who use primarily power tools sat up straight and said "Really!?" and "Cool!"

After many years of working here, I can reliably translate "power tool guy" language. (I also speak "drunk guy," "baby talk" and "agitated feline.") So here's a quick translation of "Veritas Skew Block Plane."


Posted 4/6/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

One of the goals of this latest bench is to build a piece with enough visual interest that you could put it in a dining room (think sideboard) or a living room (think table behind a couch).

I've added lots of details that I think will make this work in a living space (as well as a workshop), but there is one flourish I'm not so sure about. That's where you come in.


Posted 4/5/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

This year's Woodworking in America conference features 44 different classes taught by world-class instructors with lots of opportunity for you to get dusty, sweaty and skilled.


Posted 3/29/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

The world needs more makers of new wooden handplanes, especially moulding planes. Vintage moulding planes can be testy in my experience. The narrow stocks can be twisted or bowed, the irons can be rusted to oblivion and many wedges need to be replaced.

If you read my article on Clark & Williams planemakers in the April 2010 issue, you probably concluded the same thing that I did: There are enough woodworkers out there to support another maker.


Posted 3/28/2010 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

Inlay scares the pants off of some woodworkers, especially when it comes to producing original designs with curves.

So I was quite intrigued when Geoffrey Noden showed off a prototype tool at the Woodworking in America conference at Valley Forge. Noden is a highly accomplished woodworker and the inventor of the Noden Adjust-A-Bench.

Noden's new tool, called the Noden Inlay Razor, is impossibly clever and shows off his deep understanding of raw materials, his desire for unlimited creativity and a passion for making things simple.


Posted 3/28/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

I have some bad news. Yesterday at the Showcase put on by the Northeastern Woodworkers Association, I fell in with the wrong sort of people – again.


Posted 3/22/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

In the pre-industrial age, it was fairly common to have your workshop inside your home. In fact, in many early American houses, rooms served several purposes and could be converted to another function by rearranging the furniture.

These days, most of us have dedicated shops. We surveyed our readers in 2005 on this question and found that 96 percent had a dedicated workshop space. Of those of us with shops:

• 42 percent have a garage shop
• 32 percent have a separate outbuilding (that's not a garage)
• 28 percent have a basement shop
• 5 percent have one in an "other location"
• 2 percent use a spare room in the house.

Note that the numbers add up to more than 100 percent because there is some overlap here (a basement garage shop, for example).

Recently, however, I've been getting a fair number of e-mail from readers who are woodworking without a dedicated shop space. Their solutions to the problem are novel and would seem familiar to an 18th-century woodworker. Let's take a look.

The Kitchen Shop
Jameel Alsalam lives in a one-room basement apartment with his girlfriend in Washington, D.C., and figured out how to make a functional workbench that also doubled as a dining table.

The dining bench is made from three 4" x 10" x 8' slabs of poplar he got free from his uncle. And while the top was fairly straightforward, the base was tricky. It had to support his workpieces and still be able to allow chairs to scoot in all around.

His solution was to use two stretchers down the middle of the top instead of stretchers along the long edges of the benchtop. The stretchers are joined with mortise-and-tenon joints and bench bolts.

"The end result is a dining table burly enough for Vikings to eat at, and it's rock solid for planing," Alsalam writes. "I think keeping the top flush with the side is gonna be tricky, but the main goal is accomplished: I can do woodworking, and my girlfriend hasn't left me."

The other key to Alsalam's success with this set-up is that he uses only hand tools at home. When he needs power equipment, he heads to the local adult education center.

"One time I made the mistake of trying a power sander, and suddenly I was wiping the sawdust off everything in my house," he writes. With hand tools, all I have to sweep up the shavings (I'm lucky to have a tile floor)."

A Blog for the Shopless
Kenneth Woodruff lives in a condo in the San Francisco area that has no space for storage or a shop. So for a year, Woodruff researched the craft to figure out a way to make things work in his condo.

And as he's gotten cranked up, he's found there are a lot of people out there just like him. So he started a blog that documents his efforts called Rough Wood. Visit the blog at http://roughwood.kennethwoodruff.com.

"Many people around the web are clamoring for ways around some basic issues: a reasonable bench, boring accurate holes without a drill press, hand planing on a tiny surface, not using a router in a tiny apartment," he writes. "Being shopless instills a need to innovate and overcome challenges that are often not present when you have a garage full of tools – and a father who introduced you to woodworking at a young age."

Some of the projects are definitely worth investigating, including a knockdown workbench that lives underneath his bed. Now he's working on a tool cabinet that will look as good as a piece of furniture.

We're planning another survey of our readers real soon, but until that comes around, take this quick poll about your shop.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/18/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Several readers have asked about the sawhorses that my new benchtop is temporarily sitting on. We've had two pairs of these in the shop for about 14 years and featured them in a one-page article in the March 1997 issue of Popular Woodworking.

I scanned the page and you can download a pdf of the article here.

sawhorses.pdf (1.14 MB)

The sawhorses are quite handy. In their short form, they are 21" high, and are excellent for laying out cuts on rough lumber. We also assemble cabinets on them. They are a little high (for me) for handsawing. I want to lop 2" off the legs. That would be about right.

When you put the risers on them, they are 30"-high – just right for gluing up panels. We'll also put a door on top of them and use that as an assembly table or – in a pinch – as a dining table for a staff event.

There are a million plans out there for sawhorses. Here is #1,000,001.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/12/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Saws | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

When I am deep into a sawcut, you could walk into the shop totally naked, on fire and covered with leprous monkeys, and I probably wouldn't notice.

Accurate sawing is tantric. It's a rhythm. It is meditation.


Posted 3/8/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

I dislike writing about the magazine business because it's not useful for our readers, who expect us to write about woodworking instead of engaging in navel-gazing.

But because we have received a lot of questions and mail about the merger of Popular Woodworking and Woodworking Magazine, I'm going to make an exception, lift up my shirt and take a quick peek.


Posted 3/5/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

I'm to the point with this workbench that I cannot see the concrete floor any more because of the shavings. I hate that floor, but I am starting to feel a bit like a hamster.

Today I took the clamps off the Roubo benchtop we glued up Thursday and I scraped off the excess hide glue squeeze-out. The seam is tight. Nice.


Posted 3/4/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Some men seek solace in a bottle. Others in the arms of a woman. For me, when the world starts swirling around the proverbial bidet, I look to construction lumber.


Posted 3/2/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

One of the great mysteries of the hand tool world is how Roy Underhill never seems to get older. (Is there a cursed painting in your attic, Mr. Underhill?) The other great mystery is about the unbeveled faces of vintage irons in handplanes.

If you've even bought an old plane you know of what I speak. You take one look at the face of the iron (what some people call the "back"), and it looks like crap.


Posted 2/11/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

If you're parsimonious, tardy or just plain wary, then this post is for you.

My book "Handplane Essentials" is now on sale for the first time since its release this summer. Until Feb. 15, you can get "Handplane Essentials" for 20 percent off, plus free shipping in the United States. The book is normally $34.99. With the discount, it's $27.99 plus free domestic shipping.

To get the discount, all you have to do is enter the coupon code: PW10LUV at checkout.


Posted 2/9/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

I've always wanted to build a Roubo workbench "by the book." Use a massive single plank for the top, tree trunks for legs and all the traditional joinery, such as the through-dovetail-and-tenon joint that marries the legs to the top.


Posted 2/4/2010 in Handplanes | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

Many woodworkers think it's bonkers to use a curved cutting edge in a jointer plane. After all, the plane is designed to make things straight and flat, so using a curved cutter seems ... let's say "counterintuitive."


Bookmark and Share

"A craftsman is one who understands his tools and uses them with skill and honesty. It does not matter whether his tool is a chisel or a planing machine, it is the work that he does with it that counts and you today can be as good a workman in the carpenter's craft as any who ever lived if you will learn to know your tools and to use them well."

— Thomas E. Hibben


When it comes to learning woodworking, sometimes it's nice to treat yourself like a child.

While researching old tool chests for a future project I kept stumbling over a book in people's bibliographies: "The Carpenter's Tool Chest" (J.B. Lippincott) by Thomas Hibben. On a lark, I picked up a copy last week, even though it kept showing up as a piece of non-fiction for juveniles.

The book is indeed for children. The Junior Literary Guild recommended it for boys and girls age 9 to 11 when the book came out in 1933. But as soon as I opened the book I was sucked into it and spent the weekend devouring its contents.

"The Carpenter's Tool Chest" is designed to introduce children to the world of hand work, and Hibben explains exactly what each tool is used for in simple terms. But what really hooked me was the way that Hibben explained the craft and tool development from pre-history to the early 20th century.

The book opens with a series of delightful plates that trace the history of each form of tool from its earliest known forms to the modern day. The simple hand illustrations by Hibben (his father was an artist) are obviously based on photos and illustrations from earlier works. You'll see Andre Roubo's try square in there as well as some familiar pieces that are obviously from Joseph Moxon, plus some that are taken from works of art.

And though there is no bibliography to the book that will allow you to track down all his sources, the plates are still great fun to look at. His two plates on saws show the parallel development of frame saws and our English/Dutch-style saws, and how both Eastern and Western cultures used both forms of saws. The evolution of the hammer and gouge are also particularly interesting.

After illustrating and explaining the functions of all the tools, he takes a stroll through history that starts in the Stone Age and explains the woodworking tools that were in use then. Then he walks through the Bronze Age, Iron Age, Middle Ages and Renaissance. There are hundreds of illustrations and fun facts (such as why the use of adhesives were banned by governments for a time in the Middle Ages).

Woodworking scholars will discount this book because of some of its notable errors – he calls a marking gauge a "measuring gauge," and his drawing of an eggbeater drill shows a tool that would work only in M.C. Escher's dimension. And new scholarship would poke some holes in his timeline.

But still, what a cool book. The original is beautifully printed on nice heavy stock. It's great fun to read. And it puts our craft in a historical perspective that I think a lot of us don't think much about. The history of humanity and wood are as intertwined as the kudzu that tangles the farms of the South.

Hibben himself is an interesting character (read more about him at the Bear Alley blog). Born in Indianapolis, he studied architecture and engineering and had a fascinating life overseas until he was cut down by a heart attack.

I won't say this book is a must-read tome for woodworkers, but if you stumble across a copy in a used bookstore, it's definitely worth picking up. My copy is going into the hands of my 8-year-old daughter.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/1/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share


Wood Whisperer Guild's 'Best of 2009' DVD

Members of Marc Spagnuolo's online woodworking club – The Wood Whisperer Guild – get access to tons of how-to videos when they join the Guild. But because so much information is free on the Internet, I'm sure many woodworkers are wondering if the Guild is worth the $129 yearly fee.

Now Spagnuolo is offering a two-DVD set that features 5-1/2 hours of the best Guild videos from 2009. This DVD is now available for pre-order at a 10 percent discount – $44.99 plus shipping.


Posted 2/1/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials
Bookmark and Share

In college I had a girlfriend who was half Japanese, half German and entirely unpredictable. And for a kid raised in Arkansas, she was quite the exotic Axis-power antidote to my small-town upbringing.

My grandmother flipped her wig when I brought the girlfriend to the Natural State for a visit (mission accomplished). I was exposed to food and culture that opened my eyes to the larger world. Her dad was a Zen Buddhism professor, their home was filled with Asian ink paintings and they ate all manner of foods that were new to me: sashimi, Ethiopian, Northern Indian, Middle Eastern, and stuffed Chicago pizza.


Posted 1/25/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

My next project is a close copy of a walnut side table from the White Water Shaker community. We'll be publishing the plans in an upcoming issue and donating the finished project to the nonprofit group of volunteers who are restoring the amazingly intact Shaker buildings.

I spent a summer afternoon measuring the project and just staring at it. The more I looked at it, the more it puzzled me.


Posted 1/22/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

I've taught woodworking in places where the best available bench was the floor. And the best available vise was my wholly inadequate buttocks.


Posted 1/20/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

Several readers have encouraged me to take a look at the OXO 16" folding ruler, which is an inexpensive aluminum recreation of the classic 19th-century folding ruler.

I picked one up at Staples for $6.99 and have been fiddling with it to determine if it's the second coming or just a second-string tool for the shop.


Posted 1/8/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

Here in America we will put a motor on just about anything. Picnic tables. Ice cream cones. Scissors.

And yet, it was still a surprise when I stumbled on a motorized coping saw for sale on eBay. And no thanks to the two beers inside me at the time, I ended up buying the saw. It arrived yesterday. It is a curious creature.


Posted 1/6/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

Of all the power tools I own, I think my scariest, oops-I-crapped-my-pants moments have been with a power miter saw.

When knocking down rough stock, miter saws have a tendency to "armadillo" – or leap straight out of the cut, sometimes kicking your work around. This happens when the stock pinches on the blade, which can occur for a variety of reasons (some of which are impossible to control).


Posted 1/4/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

I never knew how lame my cordless Skil drill was until I used a Makita. With a clutch. And the distinct absence of flames. So these last few weeks I've become frustrated and obsessed (frusessed?) with my coping saws – their blades just don't hold their angle.

Luckily, there are already a lot of patented mechanisms out there (patents that have long expired, by the way), plus lots of antique examples of coping saws that have blades that really lock tight.


Posted 1/1/2010 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

During my first story on coping saws this week I lamented it was difficult to trace its genealogy. And I cussed the modern form.

Thanks to some readers, I have some more leads on the history of the coping saw (coming soon), and a new coping saw from Stanley that locks down pretty damn good. It's not perfect, but I can help you get it working better than the other junk on the market.


Posted 12/28/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Starting with the April 2010 issue, we will merge Popular Woodworking and Woodworking Magazine into one publication that features thicker and larger paper, a new design, and strong writing from a stable of world-class woodworkers – plus the same staff of editors you have come to trust.

The new magazine will be called Popular Woodworking Magazine and it will be published seven times a year. If you are a subscriber to both, or to Woodworking Magazine only, a cover wrap will explain how this change affects your subscription. The April 2010 issue mails to subscribers at the end of February and will be on newsstands everywhere in March.

Why are we doing this? First let me tell you what isn't happening here. To a cynic this might look like a desperate act to stay in business. It's not. Both of these woodworking magazines have posted solid profits year after year and are some of the best-performing publications for our parent company. That is the honest truth. While many of my friends in the media business have been furloughed or laid off in the last year, I'm not particularly worried about my job (knock wood).

So what gives? Well, the staff decided to merge these two magazines because we think we need to change the way we do business so we can grow and serve the woodworking community for many years ahead. In short, we are going to branch out even more into the Internet, DVDs, podcasts, social media and book publishing.

While the magazine is still the heart of this business – I do believe my veins are filled with ink and sawdust – we need to adapt to grow.

What are we changing? Like I said above, we're going to print the new magazine on thicker, brighter and larger paper. Plus we've redesigned the magazine in a way that blends the nice color photography of Popular Woodworking with the understated look of Woodworking Magazine.

The changes, however, aren't only skin-deep. We're taking your favorite authors from Popular Woodworking – Adam Cherubini, George R. Walker, Bob Flexner, Michael Dunbar and David Charlesworth to name a few – and adding them to the no-crap, conventional-wisdom-be-damned  reporting in Woodworking Magazine. You'll also see even more content online – from articles to blogs to video – and how the Internet content enriches and deepens the woodworking knowledge printed in the magazine. In short, every story in the printed magazine will have online content that allows you to dive deep into the aspects of woodworking that interest you.

I'm not going to kid you – some changes might unsettle you at first. Woodworking Magazine readers might be shocked to see some ads and color photos. Popular Woodworking readers might stumble when they encounter our willingness to venture into unexplored areas of the craft.

But rest assured, I think you'll like the result. This magazine is put out by exactly the same staff that produced both Woodworking Magazine and Popular Woodworking. There have been no staff changes or reductions. I'm still the editor. Steve, Glen, Bob, Megan, Linda and Drew are all sitting at the same desks and doing their damndest to inform you about the craft.

So when the April issue arrives, take a close look. We have lots of interesting stories planned this year. (I can't go into too much detail here because this is a competitive business.) And after you've read the issue, let us know what you think about the changes. We're easy to get in touch with – our direct phone numbers and e-mail addresses are in every issue.

When it comes down to it, we're just passionate woodworkers who want to continue writing, building and reading about woodworking for the rest of our lives. And with your support, we'll all get to do that until they scrap the printing presses for good.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/27/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

The coping saw is generally unloved, unheralded and under-appreciated. Yet as far as I'm concerned, I wouldn't enjoy woodworking as much without one.

When I started woodworking about age 11, my father forbade me from using machinery. So the only two saws I had were a panel saw with a blue plastic handle (which would not cut a limp biscuit), and a Craftsman coping saw, which I own and use to this day.

I've used that tool for everything (perhaps things I shouldn't: game, deli meats). And as a result I am attached to the form.


Bookmark and Share

Shooting the photo for the cover of a magazine is as unpredictable as my second girlfriend, Kym Harper.


Posted 12/17/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

Every time I bend over in the shop, I feel like I'm being just a little disemboweled.

By that, I means that all the important stuff – 6" rule, pencil, tape measure, small square – goes spilling onto the floor. And I get the nastiest knot in my stomach when I see all these expensive and easily damaged items crash to the concrete floor.


Posted 12/10/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

From the "I need three hands" file: Sometimes when you scribe a line on a board with the guidance of a try square you need one hand to hold the knife, one hand to press the blade down against the work and a third hand to hold the square's handle up and against the edge of the board.


Posted 12/7/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

One of my favorite advertisements shows a guy with a handsaw staring at chair that has legs that are about 4" long. In his efforts to stop the chair from wobbling, he kept cutting down the legs until they would look about right if they were attached to an opossum.

(The ad is a complete failure, however, because I cannot for the life of me remember what they were selling.)

In any case, I was taught years ago a method of leveling legs that hasn't let me down. Today I had to level the legs of the next "I Can Do That" project I built for the April 2010 issue of Popular Woodworking. It's a rustic Swedish bench from the Skansen living history museum in Stockholm.


Posted 12/1/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Hi. I'm a long-time reader and a first-time caller. I really want to start using handplanes in my work. I've been looking at some of the premium handplanes from Veritas and Lie-Nielsen and wow! I can't afford that. Could you tell me where I could get some planes that are just as good as those but cost far less?

— B. Ginner, Poor, Tenn.


Mr. Ginner,

Thanks for your letter. Those planes are available at the same store that sells unicorns that fart cupcakes.

Sincerely, A Grumpy Editor


Posted 11/9/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Boring | Chisels | Handplanes | Saws
Bookmark and Share

In the interest of full disclosure, the following book – "The Perfect Edge" – is being published by my parent company, F+W Media. Also, I consider the author, Ron Hock, a good friend. Oh, and once I got on stage and shook it with a belly dancer in Greece after too many grape leaves and shots of ouzo.

OK, now that all that's on the table, I think I can also say I'm a big fan of the two other big sharpening books out there: "The Complete Guide to Sharpening" by Leonard Lee (Taunton) and "Taunton's Complete Illustrated Guide to Sharpening" by Thomas Lie-Nielsen. I've also sharpened a few tools in the last 15 years using everything from a brick to a $1,000 electric-powered record player.


Posted 11/3/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

I finished up building a set of try squares based on Andre Roubo's 18th-century plans this weekend and need to put the finish on them. What's holding me back? Well, I keep using the squares and getting pencil marks on the blades, which need to be removed before I can finish them.


Posted 10/30/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

Inspired by Robert W. Lang's article on making wooden try squares in the Autumn 2009 issue, I decided to make a batch of squares this weekend.

Yesterday at lunch I bought some quartersawn European steamed beech that was on sale at the local lumberyard. The clerk at the yard described it as "rustic," which must be a local Ohio term meaning "crap." I found one 12' board in the whole stack that had enough straight material suitable for making layout tools.


Posted 10/29/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

I like it when the name of something is eponymous – it fits. Was there ever a woodworker who was more aptly named than the late "Art Carpenter?"

When I was working as a newspaper reporter, I dealt occasionally with a spokesman named "Woody Forrest." I don't even know if that guy was a woodworker. Why isn't my name "Woody Forrest?"

Instead, I've had to endure a name that (according to our dog-eared dictionary of baby names) means: A Christ-like war-monger who is black in color.


Bookmark and Share

When woodworking magazines publish plans for a reproduction of an antique, we show you the details you need to construct a facsimile. We give you part sizes, joinery details and tips on how to perform the major operations in a modern shop.

But rarely do we give you the social, communal and historical context of a piece. We never try to investigate the original maker's intentions, or discuss his or her relationship to the neighbors, family or village.


Posted 10/20/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

After 21 seasons, "The New Yankee Workshop" is closing its doors, and its much-beloved host, Norm Abram, is going to focus on his personal projects and PBS's "This Old House," according to Russ Morash, executive producer and director of "The New Yankee Workshop."

"Norm has done this for 20 years, and he thought it time to step back and do a little less," Morash said in a phone interview. "And because the show was so tied to him, we didn't want to replace him."

There has been lots of speculation among fans of the show and the woodworking press that the show was looking for someone to take the reins when Abram left. But Morash said he didn't think that would be a good idea.

"Comparisons would be inevitable (between Abram and a new host)," Morash said.

The decision to stop production of new episodes of "The New Yankee Workshop" was a mutual decision between Morash Associates Inc. and WGBH Boston, Morash said. But that doesn't mean that "The New Yankee Workshop" is gone forever.

A spokesman from WGBH declined on Tuesday to comment on the matter.

The show's web site, newyankee.com, will continue to operate. And Morash foresees putting shows or segments from the show on the Internet in a "You Tube-like situation" so future generations could enjoy and learn from Abram.

Morash also noted that Abram may some day change his mind and want to crank up "The New Yankee Workshop" again.

"Who can predict the future?" Morash said. "He may want to do this again."

In the meantime, Abram will continue to work on "This Old House," and his own personal projects, both building furniture and improving his house.

When asked why Abram chose to stop working on "The New Yankee Workshop" instead of "This Old House," Morash laughed.

"'This Old House' is a much easier deal," he said. "Norm actually had to work on 'The New Yankee Workshop.' It was a lot of work. And I certainly respect his decision to step back."

With the loss of new woodworking programming from "The New Yankee Workshop," many bloggers and woodworking writers are wondering if the craft itself is on the decline or if TV woodworking shows are no longer viable.

"My own view is that broadcast is dead," Morash said. "That's my personal take on it. Newspapers are dead. And print is dying. The only hope is the Internet. And it's my hope that you'll see lots  of Norm on the Internet in the future."

And what about the craft itself? Is that swirling around the drain?

"No. There is a fundamental human need to build," Morash said. "People will always want to polish their craftsmanship."

The other question is what's going to happen to the shop itself, which is stocked with all manner of machines and hand tools. Morash said he's personally looking forward to some free time so he can build a few things in the shop. As for the long-term plans for the shop, Morash suggested that the shop could be put on display at the Smithsonian.

"It could be like Julia Child's kitchen," Morash said, "which I'm told is one of the most popular exhibits there. Who wouldn't want to visit Norm's shop?"

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 10/19/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

When I bought my first smoothing plane at a flea market in Burlington, Ky., I could fit everything I knew about handplanes into one of the Elvis Presley shot glasses I stumbled upon that weekend.

One vendor had a lot of smoothing planes on his table, so I picked up each one, took it apart like I knew what I was doing and inspected its guts. After that mummer's farce, I ended up buying the plane that felt good in my hands. After all, some of the planes were a bit heavy, and others had totes that were square.


Posted 9/28/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

In journalism school they teach you this about skepticism: "If your mother says she loves you, then you better find a way to confirm it."

And so I was a little suspicious when Glen Huey told me about the dust collection system rigged up on the SawStop Professional Cabinet Saw (PCS) that we're testing for the December 2009 issue.


Posted 9/25/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

We’ve received a number of questions about Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL) and the new “Gluebo” workbench that’s featured in the November 2009 issue of Popular Woodworking. I’m afraid you’ll have to wait for the article for some of those answers (the issue is mailing to subscribers now, and will be on newsstands the week of Oct. 8), but there are a few items online that may be of interest:


Posted 9/21/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

Question: I often see dovetail layout lines left showing on the exterior of pieces. As I'm in final cleanup up of a blanket chest (yes, the Union Village chest from your article) the layout lines are still visible after I've got the piece smooth.  However, the lines do not uniformly show on all edges.

What to do? Get rid of them all, re-establish lines consistently around the piece, or just leave it as is with faint lines of inconsistent depth around the piece? It doesn't look all that bad as it is.


Posted 9/18/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

This morning I decided to repair the vintage Chinese stool that we knocked apart earlier this year. Senior Editor Robert W. "Bob" Lang is building a couple reproductions for the winter 2009 issue of Woodworking Magazine, and the parts of this vintage stool have been gathering dust on one of my sawbenches.

I need that sawbench. So I broke out the hide glue.


Posted 9/8/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

This month I'm finishing up work on a new book called "The Joiner and Cabinet Maker" that is a bit unusual. You can read full details about it on my personal web site, but the quick over-the-back-fence summary is this:


Posted 9/3/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

For many woodworkers, the biggest stumbling block when building a workbench is finding the right raw materials and the proper workbench design. I can say this with authority because my mailbox is jammed daily with questions about workbenches.

I am quite picky about my workbench designs (if you're reading my blog I don't need to say any more on this), and I'm picky about the quality of my raw material. I think you can use almost any species to build a workbench, but I have three favorites: maple, Southern yellow pine and ash.

Next month at our Woodworking in America Conference (Oct. 2-4 in Valley Forge, Pa.), Horizon Evolutions will be offering special "workbench bundles" of Pennsylvania ash that have the right amount of wood (plus 15 percent waste) for three of my favorite workbench designs.


Posted 9/2/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

It's little wonder that Stanley chose to bring its No. 62 low-angle jack plane back to life when the company decided last year to re-enter the premium handplane market. After all, the original No. 62 is highly prized by tool collectors – and Lie-Nielsen Toolworks and Veritas have both improved the plane and made it a workshop favorite among modern craftsmen.


Posted 8/31/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

When I began teaching at woodworking schools several years ago, it was the most selfish act imaginable.

I didn't do it to share what I know about woodworking. I didn't do it to inspire other woodworkers. I didn't do it for the travel or the all-you-can-eat breakfast bars in mid-range hotels.

I began teaching so I could save enough money to buy a half-set of Clark & Williams hollows and rounds. I have coveted these planes since I first saw them in 2002 when I met Larry Williams at the WoodWorks show in Ft. Washington, Pa.


Posted 8/28/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Boring | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

I mean, who doesn't like a good girl fight?

In high school, fights among the boys were boring. Lots of posturing. Maybe some shoving. At best they might clasp into some Greco-Roman grip that would immobilize both of them for up to five minutes. Yawn.

Give me Heather "Cat Food" Barker vs. Tammy "Runs With Scissors" Gentry any day. There was always some hair pulling. The occasional dirty punch. And, if you got lucky, some good bloody fingernail scratches.


Posted 8/27/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

We reviewed six premium carcase saws in the Autumn 2009 issue of Woodworking Magazine, and while all of the saws performed quite well, the Gramercy carcase saw took top honors. (That bit of information is free, for the rest, please buy the issue. My children haven't eaten meat for a week.)


Posted 8/26/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials
Bookmark and Share

Woodworkers are like the undertakers of the tree world. We dissect the living tissue and prepare it (some might say mummify it) for its trip to the afterlife as a highboy or napkin basket.

Personally, I've always been a bit embarrassed that I don't know what the different species look like in the wild. And except for the species that thrive in this growing region, I couldn't tell you where in North America certain species grow. Where does juniper thrive? Heck if I know.

I've resolved to become better acquainted with our woodland friends before I rend them limb from limb.


Posted 8/21/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery & Fastening
Bookmark and Share

At the Lie-Nielsen event we had in our offices in May, I gave away hammers. A lot of hammers. (No, this isn't the "making amends" portion of a 12-step program. Aw crap, I just offended all the addicts. Sorry addicts.)

Instead, I wanted to share the joys of cross-peen hammers. Think of it as giving away the first rock of crack for free. (Sorry to my readers who are hubba pigeons!)


Posted 8/17/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

One of best ways to learn how a piece of furniture is put together is to take it apart. Many of best furniture makers I know who work in historical styles have done a fair bit of restoration or conservation work.

Last week at the Woodworking in America: Furniture Construction and Design conference, all the attendees got a chance to dive deep into how American casework is built with the help of Jeff Headley and Steve Hamilton of Mack S. Headley & Sons cabinetmakers.

Jeff and Steve brought an entire van load of reproduction furniture they've built that could be completely disassembled. And during the three-day conference, they took pieces apart, put them back together showed us every single trick we asked about.


Posted 8/17/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Don Williams is like a shark in a clown suit. He'll bite you in half while you are laughing.

During his presentation at Woodworking in America last weekend, I am quite sure that he destroyed the assumptions about pre-industrial woodworking of many of us in the room. And he did it with jokes, amazing slides and a smooth delivery.


Posted 8/16/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

I got wind last week of a new German-made smoothing plane from Kunz and – surprise – today it landed on a table while I was signing books at our Woodworking in America conference.

It’s called the Kunz Plus, and it’s a 9-3/4”-long smoothing plane that is quite obviously a departure from the company’s planes of the past. I think the kindest thing I can say about the old green Kunz planes is that they, ahem, "required tuning.”


Bookmark and Share

 “The machines need the numbers. We don’t need the numbers.”
 — Jim Tolpin


After attending almost two days of lectures at our Woodworking in America conference, my head is swimming with both big ideas about the craft and the fine details of joinery.

Each of the lectures I’ve attended reminds me of a snake eating a pig. I have taken in a huge amount of information, but it is going to take me weeks or months to digest it. I hope that we’ll be able to do this construction and design conference again in a future year because this is one of the coolest things I’ve ever attended.


Posted 8/14/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

I got to spend a little time in the Marketplace area of the Woodworking in America conference this morning and got a first look at some new hand tools that will be available soon.

First stop was with Dave Jeske at Blue Spruce Toolworks. Dave has a new line of try squares coming out this fall (they will be ready in time for our Woodworking in America Hand Tools show in Valley Forge, Pa.).


Posted 8/14/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

Today I was standing in line at our hotel waiting to check in, when I did a foolish thing.

“Oh my gosh,” I said (OK, I actually kinda squealed.) “It’s Thomas Moser!”

And sure enough, there was Thomas Moser, checking in at the hotel in style. I felt like a total furniture dork and turned a shade of crimson. Then I felt a lot better when the guy in front of me turned around and said:

“I know! It is him!”


Posted 8/9/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

I’ve been talking a lot about laminated veneer lumber (LVL), the raw material we used to build our latest workbench. But what I haven’t talked much about is why we chose this material and the characteristics of the workbench design itself.

The as-yet-unnamed bench is just about finished, and I am organizing my thoughts to write the article about the bench for the November 2009 issue of Popular Woodworking.


Posted 7/31/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

It seems, well, insane that I would want to build another workbench. But it’s your fault. Really.

After my book “Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use” came out in 2007, there was one significant criticism from readers that hit home. Why didn’t I discuss knockdown workbenches in any detail?

It was a valid question. So much so that I wrote a free supplementary chapter for the book about knockdown hardware and the strategies for attaching the top to the base that would allow any bench to be broken down.


Posted 7/31/2009 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

The Spring 2009 issue is now available for digital download in our store. Our digital issues are in pdf format (not some proprietary web-based, non-portable format). And we've enhanced all our pdf issues with links that will allow you to explore related topics more deeply on our web site. Each digital issue is $6.


Posted 7/30/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

The more I work with laminated veneer lumber (LVL), the more I like it. Unlike using standard construction pine, the LVL doesn’t move around on you like solid wood.

As a result, it is easy to machine, doesn’t pinch your sawblade when ripping and keeps its shape after you machine it.

In fact, one of the planks of LVL we brought in had been sitting outside at the lumberyard and looked like it was covered in a brown substance that will go unnamed. Even this weathered plank is stable.


Posted 7/27/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

I have never used the right amount of glue – well that’s the way everyone else sees it.

Whenever Publisher Steve Shanesy comes in while I’m gluing, he’s bound to make a comment that I’ve got too much glue on a surface. My reply has always been: Better too much than too little. I’ve never had any finishing problems relating to glue squeeze-out (a great benefit of handplaning your panels) and I haven’t had any joints fail.


Posted 7/27/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

This is just a quick reminder that the pre-sale price of $27.99 for our new “Handplane Essentials” book ends Friday night. After Friday the price will be $34.99 and the book will not be discounted again from us until January 2010.

Also good to know: This book is shipped free anywhere in the United States.


Posted 7/24/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

One of the coolest woodworking things I’ve seen is where a guy named Mike Burton made some awesome scrapers for cleaning up crown moulding using – ready? – table spoons.

A second cool thing: John Sindelar’s tool collection, which is worth more than the GNP of several Latin American countries. Burton, a professional woodworker, and Sindelar, a farmer and cabinetmaker, have simply let their freak flags fly.


Posted 7/23/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

About eight years ago, when I was still a clean-shaven, short-haired senior editor, I took a trip to see the huge woodworking show at Woodstock, Ontario. There I saw some amazing things:

1. Rob Cosman, then a Lie-Nielsen tool dealer, ate an entire chicken and a two quarts of mashed potatoes one evening after the show.

2. The most dangerous woodworking machine ever – a steam-powered shingle-cutting machine that had no guards and could slice a man's arm off – slamming out huge shingles like they were butter instead of cedar.

3. The prototype for the Lie-Nielsen panel saw.


Posted 7/11/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Time to drop my drawers and lose all my Neander-cred.

My favorite planing stop for drawers and casework is the rip fence on my $1,200 Unisaw. The rip fence is completely adjustable, at the right height for me (34") and 100 percent stable. Also, the benchtop (cast iron and melamine) never needs flattening.


Posted 7/3/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

I have three favorite jokes. One of them starts out with, “What’s brown and sticky?” The second one is from journalism school. It goes like so:

“People complain about bias in newspapers. That they never tell the truth. To that I say: What the heck do you want for a (expletive deleted) quarter? The truth costs at least $10.”

In other words you get what you pay for, which is probably not a good aphorism to repeat on a blog.


Posted 6/29/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Look around your neighborhood. The next time you see a truck belonging to a contractor or cabinetmaker, there’s a good chance that the company uses a handplane in its logo.

Though the image of a plane is the mark of the craftsman, there are few craftsmen who really know how to use the tool. Has this knowledge been lost? Are the tools simply obsolete?

The truth is that neither statement is true. The handplane is the most advanced and cunning wood-cutting tool ever invented, and it has yet to be surpassed by anything with a power cord. After World War II, handplanes began to disappear from shops because we traded speed for skill and expediency for quality.


Posted 6/26/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share
If you want to sell something to a woodworker, the easy way is to start by selling him on the idea that he can’t possibly do it himself. If you can accomplish that, then you have someone ready and willing to buy yet another jig to make joinery simple or publication that reveals the secrets to cutting dovetails. In truth, there isn’t much to woodworking beyond cutting stuff to a line and cleaning up surfaces you’ve cut. When I tell myself “I can’t possibly do that” a warning signal goes off, and I look for the reason why.
Posted 6/24/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Chisels | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share
When The Schwarz first handed me the M.Power PSS1, I was intrigued because sharpening has always been my woodworking Achilles’ heel – if you’re looking to round the end of a chisel, just hand it to me. I can do it. Having a device that locked everything in place to sharpen and touch-up my chisels and plane blades could be a godsend. If you’re a hand-sharpening guru, I doubt this is the setup you’ll be interested in using. But if you struggle with sharp, read on.
Posted 6/22/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

I'm just about ready to assemble a drawer, so my daughter Katy lays down her saw and heads to the pickle bucket below the drill press. She dumps the cool water down the drain outside the shop door and refills the bucket with hot.


Posted 6/18/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

When I attended the 20th anniversary of Lie-Nielsen Toolworks, John Economaki of Bridge City Tools was at the next table. When Thomas Lie-Nielsen called out Bridge City as one of the other pioneering modern toolmakers, Economaki interrupted the speech.

"Bridge City!" Economaki cried out. "Going out of business for 25 years now!"

The crowd roared. What made it particularly funny for me was how true that comment is for so many small toolmaking companies. There is a perception among a lot of woodworkers that Economaki, Lie-Nielsen, Mike Wenzloff, Wayne Anderson, Konrad Sauer and even Karl Holtey must be very rich men.


Posted 6/11/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

The newest DVD from Lie-Nielsen Toolworks, "Unlocking the Secrets of Traditional Design," is the most information-packed, lucid and mind-expanding 68 minutes of woodworking footage I've ever watched.

Using simple images, dividers and basic ideas, George Walker delivers a compelling crash course in how to develop furniture designs using basic shapes (squares, circles and rectangles), simple ratios and concepts such as symmetry, contrast and punctuation.


Posted 6/8/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

When you pick up an old plane in an antique store or swap meet it is sending off clues. This is (I'm told) a bit like speed dating – your job is to weed out the twitchy, drooling, camo-wearing sociopaths to find a suitable mate for life.


Posted 6/4/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

One of my hobbies is chairmaking. That statement might sound kinda dumb. After all, I’m a long-time woodworker and making wooden chairs is woodworking. No?


Posted 6/1/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

We're received the much-anticipated new planes from Stanley Works and are beginning to set them up for a review in a future issue of the magazine. In the meantime, here are some of the details on the tools that will help clear up some of the misinformation and confusion on the Internet.


Posted 5/29/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

On Wednesday morning the entire staff of the magazine crowded around a handmade door in an early 19th-century structure as our guide fiddled with a padlock on the door. A couple clicks later the door swung open and it sounded like everyone breathed in simultaneously.


Posted 5/25/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

During the next few weeks, there will be a much-deserved outpouring of praise for Sam Maloof, his work and the indelible mark he left on the craft. As a writer, I’ve never been good at writing these kinds of stories. Maybe that’s because I’ve always thought the bigger picture was made up of thousands of small pictures.

So instead of simply telling you that Sam Maloof was one of the greatest woodworkers of this generation (and he was), I’m going to tell you about chicken tacos instead.


Posted 5/23/2009 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

Growing up, there was little doubt I would turn out, um, peculiar. One week my dad threw out his back while working on the farm, and his doctor confined him to his bed to recover.

So my dad set up a little workshop in the bed and -- while on his back -- built a small end table and hand painted the end panels. My friends don’t believe this story, but I have the table to prove it.


Posted 5/20/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

As a hand-tool woodworker, I try to avoid bookmatching my panels. Bookmatching creates a panel where the grain in one board runs one way and the grain in the other board runs the opposite.

When you handplane that panel, tear-out is almost inevitable. Bookmatching is, in my opinion, better left to those with sanders and dust masks. Sometimes, however, it is unavoidable when dealing with boards that have been cut sequentially from a tree.

I’m building an early 19th-century five-drawer chest this week and needed to glue up some panels yesterday for the 20"-wide sides, bottom and top. And when I got down to it, I needed to bookmatch three panels so that the chest  looked its best.


Posted 5/20/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Instead of writing about the flatness of plane soles, perhaps I should talk about something less controversial, such as religion or politics.

When purchasing a vintage plane, the flatness of the sole can be critical when making a purchasing decision. So I’m going to man-up here and talk about how I approach this potential problem.

The soles of vintage handplanes can be warped for a variety of reasons. Perhaps they were poorly manufactured. Perhaps they weren’t properly stress relieved and the casting moved over time. Perhaps they were dropped or abused in service.


Posted 5/13/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

Anyone who has spent more than five minutes with me knows that I am obsessed with food – almost as much as I’m obsessed with woodworking. Both of my parents cook (my mom has run a number of restaurants), and I spend every evening in the kitchen or exploring restaurants in Cincinnati.

So if you are going to be in town this weekend for the Lie-Nielsen Hand Tool Event and travel on your stomach, here’s a short list, based mostly on proximity to our offices or stuff that interests me.


Posted 5/12/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

The vintage Stanley No. 48 plane was one of the most gizmo-tastic planes in the company's arsenal. It's a single tool that can cut both the tongue and the mating groove. All you have to do to switch the plane from one function to the other is pivot the fence 180°.

I've had a No. 48 for years and I've inspected a bunch of vintage ones, and they seem to have a common flaw: a wobbly fence. I don't know whether the wobbly fence is caused by years of use or from less-than-perfect manufacturing, but it does hurt your results.

When the fence wobbles, your tongue tends to look like a real human tongue: It's rounded at the top and let's say it's "organic" looking. And the groove tends to look more like a strip mine than a picture-perfect European canal.


Posted 5/11/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials
Bookmark and Share

As a 4-year-old, the woods behind my grandparents' house in Bronxville, N.Y., was both foreboding and magical to me. My grandfather would take me for walks there almost every day during the year my father served in Vietnam. We'd look under rocks, find bird's nests and poke around the underbrush.

I clearly remember one day my grandfather bringing along a saw from his woodshop. And when we reached a certain tree, we stopped and he began sawing a limb off the trunk. He gave no explanation.

After slicing through the limb, he looked at the freshly cut end grain. Then he put this limb on top of a fallen trunk or rock and sawed off a disk about 1" thick. He picked the disk off the forest floor and handed it to me.

I looked at the wood. And the wood looked back at me.
 
Somehow rot or mineral streaks had created a smiley face in the end grain of the disk – two eyes and a perfect grinning mouth. I kept that chunk of wood for years, but I lost it sometime after we moved to Arkansas.

Since then, I've encountered many faces in the boards that have passed under my hands – there's a reason they call it "face grain." For me, wood grain is like puffy clouds; I'm always looking for patterns or meaning.

Turns out, I'm not alone. Reader Chris Burn of Ottawa, Ontario, sent me the photo above of a sheet of veneer that came out of a plant in North Bay, Ontario.

It's pretty cool. But I'm glad that this is a rare occurrence. If every log I cut open was looking at me, I might think twice about firing up the table saw.

— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. To download the full-resolution photo, click on the link below.

face_veneer_full.jpg (1.74 MB)


Posted 5/7/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Today we glued up two chunks of what will become Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick’s workbench.

For those of you just tuning in, I haven’t broken my vow of workbench chastity. The bench design isn’t new (it’s actually quite old), but the material we’re using is. The whole thing is going to be made out of LVL – laminated veneer lumber. So this is a story about a new material. Really. And it’s Megan’s bench, not mine.

After slicing into the LVL on the table saw I learned some of the finer points of this engineered material. Because of the laminations, there really aren’t any stresses in the planks. It cuts easily, like nice plywood.

I ripped each LVL 2 x 12 into four 2-3/4"-wide strips. Then I jointed the solid-wood faces of each strip. The nice thing about LVL is that the faces are thick enough to withstand a couple passes on the jointer before you cut through the lams – it’s like thick, old-school veneer.

The bad thing about LVL is the seams. Every six feet or so there is a scarf joint where the lams overlap one another. These seams determine the direction you should run the material over the jointer. I jointed one of them in the wrong direction and was rewarded with a big splintery bite at the seam. I’ll never do that again.

The material is fairly consistent. The first plank I sliced up was dimensionally perfect in thickness and width. The second one was not. One end was a little thicker than the other (about 1/16") and the plank had a pronounced crook – but only on one edge. Crazy.

The only other bad thing I have to say about LVL is that because it’s (usually) made from Southern yellow pine, it’s pretty dang splintery. I’m in Detroit tonight for a photo shoot tomorrow and let’s just say I brought some LVL with me for the ride.

We glued up the two slabs with regular Titebond and left them in the clamps overnight. Yellow pine can have a lot of resin, which resists waterborne glues. So Titebond’s resident pointy head (Dale Zimmerman) recommends we leave it clamped for at least five hours. We’ll glue up the remainder of the top on Friday.

How will we flatten it? I’m still working on that. Megan keeps bringing up the fact that Senior Editor Glen D. Huey has a wide-belt sander that can handle a 24" top.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/4/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

When people visit our shop at Woodworking Magazine, they are surprised to see the guards in place on our Powermatic 66.

"Those are on just for visitors, right?" is the typical reaction.

Actually no. Years ago I got religion on table saw guards. It wasn't because of an accident – I am accident-free on the machine. Instead, I decided to use a guard at every opportunity after shaking the hands of woodworkers at shows who had missing fingers. I concluded that it wasn't a question of "if" I would get injured. It was just a matter of "when."

So we installed two bits of aftermarket safety gear on the table saw. All told, the upgrade cost us less than $200, but there have been some bumps in the road with both the basket guard and the splitter. In the spirit of Safety Week 2009, I'd like to give you an honest long-term assessment of this equipment.

The MJ Splitter from MicroJig
I installed this little splitter on our 66 in 2004. I also installed it on my Unisaw at home. Because the jig is $20, this should be a no-brainer for all but the professional skinflints among us.

In essence, the MJ Splitter is a semi-circle bit of polycarbonate that presses into three holes in your saw's throat plate. You get two splitters with the kit. And each face presses your wood against your fence to a different degree.

Installation was a snap. The instructions were great and everything went together as promised. And I was quite happy for the first year.

The problem with both the jig at work and the jig at home is that the three little legs below the splitter become weak or bent after use. The first time I had trouble was when I was ripping some stock that had a little bit of tension in it. The kerf closed on the MJ Splitter and pulled it out of the throat plate on my saw.

This happened more and more as the little legs got weaker and bent. Now it's time to replace the whole thing. The splitter is difficult to push into the throat plate and comes out far too easily. I wish the legs were made from a more robust material. But what do you want for $20?

All in all, it's silly not to get the MJ Splitter, but it is silly to expect it will last forever.

Penn State Industries Dust Collection Guard
Among aftermarket basket-style guards, the one from Penn State Industries has all the features you need at a remarkable price – just $170 direct from the company.

It has a shatterproof clear plastic blade cover that has a counterbalance on it. Moving the basket up and down is a breeze. There's even a port for dust collection to help reduce the spray of sawdust from certain cuts. And you can use the system with just about any blade, including dado stacks.

So what's the downside? The guard tended to sag, which is no surprise because of all the weight cantilevered out over the blade. No matter how firmly we fastened the whole assembly to our saw and a storage cabinet, it still tended to droop.

So we fixed it MacGyver-style with a paperclip, some nylon twine and Nair (just joking about the Nair). We looped some string around a fitting in the ceiling and tied it to the paperclip. Then we bent the paperclip into a hook shape and hooked it to the guard. The string prevents the guard from sagging and the paperclip allows us to unhook the guard when we need to slide it aside.

Bottom line: I'd purchase this guard again.

— Christopher Schwarz 

P.S. Read the other Safety Week stories here.


Posted 4/29/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

When I sat down in a restaurant's booth in early April and waited for my pan-fried noodles, I knew that I had found a new workbench material.

For the last couple years I've been researching alternative materials for building workbenches – materials that are strong, inexpensive and widely available. And for the last six months I've been pestering Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick to build a workbench using LVL – laminated veneer lumber.

You're unlikely to find LVL in a home center, but it is widely available in commercial lumberyards. Contractors use the stuff to cross long spans because it's incredibly stiff, straight and reasonably priced. And it comes in 60' lengths (if you need it that long).  

In the wild, LVL looks like a piece of dimensional stock – the stuff Megan bought today looks like yellow pine 2 x 12s. But as you get closer you can see the edges and ends are laminated. Our 1-3/4"-thick pieces had 16 plies of yellow pine, each with a dark glue layer.

The stuff is pretty cheap, too. A 1-3/4" x 11-7/8" x 24'-long piece of LVL was just $110. (You can also find the stuff in different thicknesses and widths, though it's harder to find.) But how will the stuff fare in a workshop? And will it look decent?

That last concern was Megan's objection to LVL.

Back at the noodle bar, Megan and the other magazine's staff members approached the booth. I pointed to the table.

"This is LVL," I said.

The woodworker who made the restaurant's table ripped the LVL, turned it 90° and laminated it up. They put a nice finish on it and it looked great. Megan's objection to LVL disappeared as soon as she saw the table.

Today we brought the stuff in to build an 8'-long bench for Megan. The bench's design is going to be a blend of the Roubo and the Holtzapffel benches (the Holtz-bo). It will have a leg vise in the face vise position (with a wooden bench screw from BigWoodVise.com). And it's going to have a quick-release vise in the end vise position.

I'm certain the design will work. And after today I think the material will work as well. It came into the shop fairly dry – a couple of the sections were a few points above the norm. It jointed nicely on our powered jointer with a carbide cutterhead. And it ripped beautifully and easily on the table saw.

Next up: The big question. What will the glue do to the high-speed steel knives in our planer? And how will the scarf joints in the lamination fare when they are machined?

By the way, our full investigation into this material will appear in a future article this year in Popular Woodworking.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 4/24/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

Really, I have enough clamps – a couple dozen – to do just about anything.

If I can't clamp it, I can always use pinch dogs, drawboring or some other dodge to get the job done.

But I don't think I have enough marking gauges. I always have at least three or four set up for a project at any given time. This week I have four unfinished projects on my bench, and I'm running out of gauges.

If you're a regular here, you know that I like the Tite-Mark cutting gauge. It is a marvel of micro-adjustable engineering. Today, let me introduce you to my other favorite gauge: The Les Outils Cullen slitting gauge (it's also a cutting gauge).

This gauge is made from Dymondwood, brass and steel. Dymondwood is a high-end plywood-like product that looks like an exotic wood and is durable and stable. The fit and finish of the Les Outils Cullen is superb. It's one of those tools where they make all the screw heads line up (somewhere, there's an engineer who is tingly all over right now).

Two features of this gauge make it stand out: The knife itself and the mechanism that locks the head to the beam. What I like about the knife is that you can easily reverse it in the beam. That means you can go to marking the baselines for your dovetails to slitting thin pieces of stock with just a simple turn of a thumbscrew. The knife comes quite sharp, is the proper shape and can score deeply if you ask it to, such as when defining the field of a raised panel.

The locking mechanism is the other standout. The bottom part of the beam is radiused and it drops into a matching cove in the head. A large thumbscrew locks everything in place. It is very solid all-in-all – I cannot detect any of the wiggling shimmy that plagues cheap gauges.

Les Outils Cullen Tools in Quebec makes a number of gauges that range in price from $39.95 to $79.95. The slitting gauge is $54.95 from TheBestThings.com. Highly recommended.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/21/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

With the release of the new Veritas Small Scraping Plane last week, lots of people are saying: Cool! I want one! Do I need one?

Good question. Scraping planes are curious birds. The large scraping planes are typically used to dress tabletops and large panels that have unruly grain. Scraping planes can ignore grain direction, work large surfaces and leave a relatively flat surface – especially compared to a card scraper.

The small scraper planes work the same way, but I wouldn't want to use one for a banquet hall table. So they get used in other ways. You can use them like a block plane for dressing edges – this is how bodger Don Weber uses his Lie-Nielsen No. 212. If you have trouble bending a card scraper, the small planes are a good substitute as they are easy on your hands. And they can be used for evicting localized tear-out on a larger surface.

Veritas officials loaned us one of their new Small Scraping Planes last week. I was involved in testing a pre-production model of the tool, so I'm already quite familiar with the way it works. It is very clever and easier to set up than the No. 212 model made by Stanley and Lie-Nielsen (I've owned the Lie-Nielsen No. 212 for many years). The Veritas also costs less money (It's $119 and on sale now for $99. The Lie-Nielsen costs $160 to $175.)

Both tools, I found, have plusses and minuses. Let's take a look.

Veritas: Easy to Set But Can Clog
What makes the Veritas different is its blade system. Unlike the Lie-Nielsen, the Veritas uses a thin blade (.039" thick vs. .120"). The thin blade allows you to camber it gently by turning a small straight screw at the rear of the tool. This is much like the system on the venerable Stanley No. 80 cabinet scraper and the excellent Veritas Large Scraping Plane.

The net result of this system is that the Veritas scraping plane is easier to set up than the Lie-Nielsen. You insert the blade, tighten the clamp and give the cambering screw a turn. Then you scrape to your heart's content.

The other new twist with the Veritas is the adjustable palm rest that gives the plane its Beetle-esque shape. It's impossibly clever – you simply move the rest until the plane fits your hand, then lock it in place with a hex-head wrench (included). Once locked, it's quite stable. You can force it out of position, but you have to work at it.

In addition to that ergonomic touch, the toe of the tool has a nice lip for your thumb.

My only complaint with the tool is the same one I had with the pre-production version. I think the tool clogs with shavings more easily than the Lie-Nielsen. I suspect – but could be wrong – that the cause of the clogging is that the blade-clamping mechanism is bigger and lower on the blade. And the tool's mouth is fairly wide open. What tends to happen is that you take a stroke with the tool, and on the return the last shaving drops below the sole. As you push forward for your next stroke, the stray shaving fouls the mouth.

If you pull the shavings out regularly, you won't have this problem.

Lie-Nielsen: Won't Clog, But Trickier to Set Up
The Lie-Nielsen uses a variable-pitch frog that allows you to set it for a wide range of pitches. This is handy for experienced users but sometimes frustrating for beginners. If you want a camber on your blade, you are going to have to add it while sharpening – there's no cambering screw on the tool.

This makes setting the tool a little trickier. You have to tap the iron left and right to get the camber in the center. Then you sometimes have to fine-tune the frog to get the shaving you want. After a while you get the hang of it, but I wouldn't want to learn to use the tool on live stock.

On the plus side, I can't recall this tool ever clogging. The mouth is tighter and the blade-clamping mechanism is fairly high. Shavings fall out and don't get pulled back into the mouth.

As to ergonomics, I think it's a draw. The Lie-Nielsen, while odd looking, is remarkably comfortable to my hand. And the Veritas is exactly whatever I want it to be.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 4/13/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

I feel like a dirty English tool dealer this morning. But I’m OK with that.

Recently I purchased a bunch of brass-bound folding rules to give to co-workers and friends. Most of these were Stanley No. 62s, a common rule that I really like. If you want to know my favorite one, however, you’ll have to come to Cincinnati in May and fish it out of my tool cabinet.

In any case, the last folding rule I had left to give away was definitely an Alberto Fujimori (a former ruler). The scales on the outside were too dark to read. The scales on the inside of the rule were OK. The rule had cost only $1.76, so I wasn’t feeling overly shafted.

This folding rule was special because it had been used hard. The brass corners were worn from frequent use. One of the scales was charred a bit (that must have an interesting tale behind it). But despite the bad scales, its joints worked well and the rule had two of its three alignment pins intact – so it hadn’t been mistreated. Most folding rules are missing these pins, which keep all the components locked together when the rule is folded.

So I decided to try to restore this rule and see if I could turn it back into a nice piece of workshop equipment. British tool dealers have a bad reputation of taking beautifully patinated tools and wire brushing them into pupil-piercing brilliantness. I didn’t want to do that. So I started with a mild cleaning with mineral spirits and a toothbrush.

That did absolutely nothing.

So I consulted Philip E. Stanley’s book on folding rules ("A Source Book for Rule Collectors" – love the book, by the by). He recommends using Boraxo, a hand cleaner with lanolin. You can get it at home centers. It’s a bit gritty, smells like oranges and removes grease from your hands.

Here's the ruler after I treated one scale with Boraxo (at top). The other scale is untreated.

I cleaned one arm of the folding rule with the stuff last night and things began looking up. The paper towel got a brown skid-mark and the ruler got easier to read. However, Easter morning I woke up and (after making French toast and helping the kids find their eggs) I decided to do a little ruler resurrection. I was going to potentially throw my $1.76 down the metaphorical toilet.

I mixed up some wood bleach (oxalic acid). I like a solution of three tablespoons of powdered bleach with 16 ounces of hot water in a glass salsa jar. I use this bleach solution for removing iron stains when I steam-bend wood and then nail it (like when I make Shaker oval boxes).

Here's the ruler after I treated one scale with oxalic acid (at left). The right scale is untreated.

With rubber gloves on, I applied the bleach with a woven gray pad. Within a minute, the boxwood lightened considerably. But the ink on the rule stayed intact. Whew. I rinsed the rule in running water, allowed it to dry and applied two coats of wax.

Sorry tool collectors. You’re going to have to wait for another 50 years of patina before you can have this one. It’s going back to work.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 4/9/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

A couple years ago I finally got to go to Winterthur, the DuPont's estate in Delaware that is a shrine to early American furniture. Right as our tour of the collection was about to begin, the docents segregated me from the gaggle of chattering blue-haired old ladies.

In retrospect, the docents were probably afraid I was going to mug them in the Marlboro Room.

In any case, it was a lucky turn of events. I and the two guys with me with were paired with our own personal docent for a tour. When she found out that two of us were furniture makers, she gave us little flashlights.

"I know your type," she said. "You're gonna crawl under the highboys."

And crawl like slugs we did. I learned a lot about casework that day, but the most lasting memory was getting to examine the sides of some of the grandest bonnet-top highboys I've ever seen. These were masterpieces of design. And yet, on almost all of them the side panels were split. Plus the panels would never pass muster in Ethan Allen. You could feel and see the regular scallops of the smoothing planes. Heck – the undulations were so regular and obvious that you could tell what width the craftsman's smoothing plane was.

And that was the most beautiful thing I saw all day.

Handplaned surfaces are not perfect. And thank goodness. They have a slight irregularity to them that I embrace. While it is entirely possible to tune a smoothing plane to produce a surface that looks like a machine dressed it (I'll do it at shows to impress the power-tool guys), that's not my goal. I aim to remove tear-out but to leave my mark.

So what does this look like?

Close up, it looks like crap. The photos above show every little detail of my work on a tabletop of the server I'm trying to complete this week. You can see how I angled my plane to begin my stroke, which reduces chatter at the beginning of a pass. You can see evidence of toolmarks everywhere when you get close enough.

When this top gets a finish on it (oil followed by lacquer), these hallmarks will become less obvious, but they will still be there for someone who knows how to look. For me, they are as telling about my work as my name that I'm going to stamp on the leg.

— Christopher Schwarz

Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 4/8/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

If we haven't yet convinced you to abandon your family/job/comfortable retirement and head to Cincinnati on May 16-17, I hope this blog post will help you come to your senses. That weekend is the free Lie-Nielsen Hand Tool Event here at our magazine's editorial office.

But it's not just going to be me and Thomas Lie-Nielsen cooking weenies and shooting the shinola about bedding angles. The local chapter of the Society of American Period Furniture Makers (SAPFM) has volunteered to give free demonstrations during the two days on a variety of topics. Here is the schedule:
 
Saturday, May 16            
Time    Demonstrator        Topic  
        
noon      Robert Crouse        Hollows & Rounds    
1 p.m.    Dave Heyer           Carving Acanthus leaves on a period chair
2 p.m.    Charles Murray     Bench Planes    
3 p.m.    Dan Reahard       Carving Fluted Quarter Columns
4 p.m.    Donna Hill            Inlay: Preparing Inlays and Sandshading
5 p.m.    Bob Compton
             & Jim Crammond    Chairmaking: Windsors
            
Sunday, May 17
Time    Demonstrator        Topic  
        
10 a.m. Mark Arnold           Inlay & banding    
noon     George Walker        Scratch beader    
2 p.m.   Donna Hill              Inlay: Preparing Inlays and Sandshading
4 p.m.   George Walker       Design: Incorporating Ornament in a Design

And lest you forget, we'll also have other toolmakers in addition to Lie-Nielsen at the event, both showing off their wares and showing you how to use them (the real heart of these events, I might add).

John Economaki
of Bridge City Tools. See the Jointmaker Pro (which we awarded a Best New Tool of 2008 award) in action.

Ron Hock of Hock Tools. Ron is a long-time bladesmith who is extremely knowledgeable about steels and sharpening. Ask him about his forthcoming book on sharpening tools.

Kevin Drake of Glen-Drake Tool Works. Kevin builds my favorite marking gauge of all time (the Tite-Mark), plus other thoughtful tools, including chisel hammers, plane hammers and the thought-provoking double-handled dovetail saw.

Ron Brese of Brese Planes. Ron makes incredible infill handplanes at down-to-earth prices. If you're in the market for an infill, he's should definitely be on your short list.

Bob Zajicek of Czeck Edge Hand Tool will be showing off his wares. He makes fantastic marking knives, awls and other tools.

Jameel Abraham of Benchcrafted will be showing his awesome wagon vise, plus I hear he has a new product in the works that is very interesting.

Need ideas for things for your family to do while you are enjoying yourself? Click here.

Again, you don't have to register. The event is free. Give up your will.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/2/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

In my kindergarten class, someone was snitching cookies from the lunchboxes of the rest of the class. (Spoiler alert: It was the fat kid.) While the teacher's investigation was ongoing, she gave us a speech that I still remember.

"I once had a student who stole cookies," she said. "Then he stole lunch money. Then he stole money from his parent's wallets…."

Long pause. "Then he robbed a gas station."

If you are still in the "smoothing plane" (stealing cookies) stage of your slide into handtools, let me give you a peek at some of bad deeds you'll be committing against your family's checkbook in the years ahead. First stop: plow planes.

Plow planes make grooves in the edges and faces of stock, which is great for frame-and-panel work. They also can be adjusted to make the tongue on a tongue-and-groove joint. And they are great for wasting away stock when you are making decorative moulding with moulding planes.

There are many different kids of plow planes, but I think there really are two families: the wooden plows and the metal plows. And their differences are in more than the raw materials used to make them.

Because that's the most obvious difference, however, let's start there.

Metal vs. Wooden Bodies
If you're buying a used plow, the metal ones are usually in better shape than the wooden ones. And the metal ones can usually be resurrected a little more easily. That's because the wooden body of a plow can warp (very difficult to fix), and the wooden wedge that secures the iron can be frozen in its mortise or can be so modified that it is useless.

That said, I always prefer a wooden grip on a plane, so the metal grips aren't my favorite. Heck I've thought about wrapping some friction tape around the handles to improve the feedback.

Where the Shavings Go
In use, the biggest difference for me is where each tool's shavings go. On the metal plows, the shavings eject into the fence and the user's hand. This is annoying because many times the shavings bunch up like a wad of toilet paper in the fence and you have to stop your work and clear things out.

On the wooden plows, the shavings are ejected away from the user and onto the benchtop. I have yet to find a disadvantage to this way of work – except that you have to sweep off your bench once in a while.

About that Fence
The fence on a metal plow is usually secured with two thumbscrews. Because of the tight tolerances when the tool is made, it's usually simple for the user to get the fence parallel to the tool's skate – a critical detail.

With wooden plows, it's all over the map. Fences can be fantastic or one step above semi-adjustable firewood. The bridle mechanism on my D.L. Barrett & Sons plow is perfection. It's better than a metal plow. One thumbscrew locks everything, and it's always parallel to the skate.

However, most of the wooden plows you'll find have two wooden screws that adjust the fence (or sometimes wedges do the job). With the two wooden screws, it's a bit more of a hassle to get things parallel. Plus, sometimes these screws are damaged beyond saving.

Different Depth Stops
On a metal plow, the depth stop is on the side of the skate that is opposite the fence. On the wooden plow, the depth stop is between the fence and skate. I haven't found either to be troublesome, but you do have to pay attention to your work. You don’t want to waste away part of the wood that you are going to need your depth stop to contact on a later cut.

I work with both tools and find that they both do everything a woodworker needs. The choice of tool comes down to:

• How much you can spend
• What is available in your area
• How much work you want to put into the tool
• And which form makes you drive by Texaco stations that aren't on your way home.

— Christopher Schwarz  


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 3/27/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

Last month I got to visit Roy Underhill's new school in Pittsboro, N.C. (read about my visit here). One of the coolest parts of the visit was getting to try out his foot-powered table saw and grinder.

I've used a spring-pole lathe before while building greenwood chairs, but I'd never used a treadle-powered table saw. It was a humbling experience (crow begins here).

The correct rhythm is slow and steady. As you can hear in the video, it sounds like I'm trying to square dance while smashing cockroaches. Yet, the saw still cut fairly well until the end of the cut.

As I was using the saw, I couldn't help but ponder its similarities to the Bridge City JointMaker Pro, which uses meat power to make your cuts. The major difference between these two machines is that the treadle saw can do long rips (there's a crank that a helper monkey turns). The cut on the treadle saw is pretty good, but nothing like the glassy smooth surface left by the JointMaker.

Roy shot this short video. I'm just grateful he didn't shoot video of me using his grinder. That was humiliating.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 3/24/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share
I've seen better workbenches in prisons. Really.

And that's not a criticism of the more than 100 woodworkers (and their spouses) who entered our "Most Pathetic Workbench Contest." In truth, it's high praise. Many of the entrants also included photos of the projects they completed on their "benches."

As I've said 100 times, you don't need a good workbench to do great work. However, it does help make things easier. And that's why we put together our "Shops and Workbenches" CD of 62 of our favorite articles on building benches, setting up your shop and filling it with the jigs you need. (You can see a slideshow of the contents of our $15 CD here.)

All of the seven winners in this blog entry will win the new CD. And one – our grand-prize winner – will receive the CD, plus an autographed copy of my 2007 book "Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use." Plus an autographed copy of Robert W. Lang's "Build the 21st Century Workbench" DVD.

So without further blathering, here are the runners-up and some comments on them. (The big winner is the last one.)

Jesse's Triple-Pallet Dungeon Bench
We had several entrants that were cobbled together from a pallet. But Jesse used three pallets. Also, several staff members liked the crypt-like atmosphere. We had to do some serious Photoshop work to get a good look at the photo.

Your Favorite Neighbor's Workbench
This is just one of Kevin's benches (he has a nicer one on the wall), but this one has the best base. I want to build my next deck with this guy.

It's a Bench. It's a Boat. It's Garbage.
Kyle's bench is a bit lightweight. And that was a good thing. When Hurricane Ike hit, Kyle's shop filled with 6' of water and his bench floated through the disaster. Sadly, his bench succumbed to mold and had to be pitched.

I Guess Cardboard Was Wood at One Time
This bench (sent in by the spouse) is used for working both wood and clay. Phyllis explained that it's quite tidy because it's in their two-bedroom apartment. The boxes are both a work surface and tool storage.

The World is Your Bench
Eric works overseas (follow his blog at adventuresinwoodworking.com), and I'm always amazed at what he does with what he has. My favorite is the "balcony bench." This one probably won't shimmy.

The Highest Number of Pathetic Benches
Travis misunderstood the contest, I think. We were looking for one pathetic bench. He has six of them. The washer-dryer bench. The log-shaped bench hook. The log-shaped planing stop. The garbage-can twin assembly tables. And the thing that looks like a small mammal.

The Self-cleaning Bench
This is the grand-prize winner. What clinched it for me was the vise. Clearly, Roger is in it for the long haul with this bench and needs our help. Some of the staff questioned if this was a real bench. Perhaps it was staged. Roger said he cleaned the bench right before the photo by simply lifting the top and sliding its contents to the garbage. Congratulations Roger. Once you get your prizes, you're on the hook to build a bench.

Next week we'll post a slideshow of the rest of the entrants. Did your spouse enter your bench in our contest? You'll have to wait and see.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 3/24/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Marking and Measuring
Bookmark and Share

My grandfather’s folding rule reads from right to left, while my tape measure reads from left to right. I never thought much about it, though I always did like using my folding rule when measuring the distance between the table saw’s rip fence and the blade because of this characteristic.

Then last week a reader pointed out that a new folding ruler from Holland reads from left to right – like a modern tape measure. Argh. It was a mystery that only a tool collector could unravel.

So I picked up a copy of “A Sourcebook for Rule Collectors” (Astragal Press) by Philip E. Stanley. What a delightful geek-fest. I have been consuming the thing all evening. (I even got a little chicken piccata on the cover, which explains its lemony-fresh smell.)

If you are even mildly interested in the history of measurement, this 286-page book will delight you. Not only does the book cover the different kinds of rules (carriagemaker’s rules, gear rules, glazier’s rules), it also discusses in detail how they were made. (It’s a very involved process.) And there are interesting articles on the origin of historical measurement systems, including the European units of length before the metric system.

But does the book have the answer to the question? An article by Kenneth D. Roberts in the book has this to say:

“A peculiar difference between American and English folding rules is that the former read from right to left; whereas the latter read from left to right. No known authoritative explanation has yet to be found to account for this difference. It is suggested that it was simply a matter of custom, similar to driving on different sides of the road.”

Another writer in the book notes that some English rules read from right to left.

So really, this is one for Leonard Nimoy to figure out.

— Christopher Schwarz

Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 3/17/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Because of my unholy obsession with interest in workbenches, people send me photos of the beautiful benches they've built. They're like baby photos, and I keep them all.

Sometimes, these kind souls also send me photos of what they were working on before they built their dream bench. I've seen hollow-core doors on plastic sawhorses. A changing table converted to a workbench. A sorrowful stack of cinderblocks.

There have to be some even more pathetic workbenches out there, and we decided to hold a contest to find the photo of the lamest woodworking bench ever. The "winner" of our contest will receive all the resources he or she needs to design a first-class workbench, including:

1. A copy of our new "The Best of Shops & Workbenches" CD that contains plans for 10 workbenches, plus 11 of our best articles from the last 10 years on setting up shop and plans for 37 jigs and toolboxes. This CD, which arrived in our warehouse last week, is just $15 and contains our best writing on workshop issues. The CD is fully searchable and printable.

2. An autographed copy of my 2007 book "Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use." This book walks you through the design process for any workbench and helps you pick the workholding you need and discard the features you'll never use. Plus, it includes plans for two nearly vanished workbenches, including my French Roubo-style bench. It's a $30 value.

3. An autographed copy of Robert W. Lang's "Build the 21st Century Workbench" DVD. This hour-long video shows you how Lang designed and built the bench that he now uses in the shop at Woodworking Magazine. The DVD also contains a digital SketchUp model of the bench, slideshows of its construction and additional printable drawings. It's a $20 value.

Here's what you have to do to win. Take a photo of your workbench. It has to obviously be a working bench – don't try to fool us by taking pictures of a card table. E-mail it to me at chris.schwarz@fwmedia.com with the subject line "My Pathetic Workbench" before midnight on Monday, March 23, 2009.

The editors will review all the entries and pick the one that we think is the saddest, most pathetic workbench. We'll announce the "winner" in our March 25 e-mail newsletter (and here on the blog).

We'll also publish a rogues' gallery of the winner and the runners-up (don't worry, no names will be used) plus the judges' comments on your entry.

This could be just the excuse you need to get off your duff and design your dream bench. So fire up the camera and good luck!

— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. That "workbench" at the top of this entry? That's Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick's bench at home. It's the kitchen table from her house as a child. Megan, however qualified, is not eligible to win this contest.


Posted 3/12/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Shaping
Bookmark and Share

Sometimes with woodworking, what seems crazy one day can be quite sensible the next.

I distinctly remember reading in the late 1990s a manuscript from an author who was building some Morris chairs. He used an 8'-long beam compass to lay out the shallow curves on the chairs' stretchers and had to enlist his sons to help him strike the arc.

Fellow editor David Thiel and I chuckled about that detail when we read it. It seemed like a lot of trouble for a shallow curve that we would strike using a flexible piece of thin hardwood and a couple nails.

But this week I'm not laughing anymore.

This week I'm building a Stickley sideboard for the next issue of Woodworking Magazine, and one of the prominent features of the piece is a shallow curve on the front rail. When I built the prototype of the project I used the flexible-stick-and-nails approach to lay out the curve.

After staring at that curve for many months on the prototype, it bugs me. It's not a perfect arc. It's a subtle thing, but I think the arc is a little flat.

So yesterday I built a monster beam compass that was more than 4' long. The beam itself is 1/2" x 1". At one end I drove a #8 x 2" screw through the beam. At the other end I drilled a 1/4"-diameter hole. Then I whittled a pencil to fit snugly in that hole. (Good luck trying to find the right drill bit to fit a standard pencil. Are pencils metric?)

I drove the screw into my benchtop just a tad then secured my sideboard's stretcher to the bench with a holdfast. I struck the arc then cut it out. It's perfect.

What's next? Am I doomed to build a jig that holds too-thick biscuits so I can sand them to perfect thickness? Am I going to build a router table with a micrometer built into the fence?

Shoot me if I do.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 2/28/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

For all the girls I’ve maimed before: I’m sorry.

Though I have fairly good hand skills, my feet skills on the dance floor are murderous. When I dance, most people look for a wooden spoon in order to help me through my grand mal seizure.

So it should come as no surprise that woodworking machines powered by feet should be a challenge for me. I first started working on treadle machines when I took a chairmaking class in Canada. We turned all the spindles on a springpole lathe. And it took me an entire day to get the rhythm to actually work a chunk of ash into something round.

This week I went to visit Roy Underhill and he let me work on two of his foot-powered machines: a Graves treadle-powered table saw and a treadle grindstone.

The saw is something special. I want one, though it’s doubtful I’d ever be able to get my feets on one. You pump the treadle, which turns a flywheel, which spins the blade. You adjust the height of the blade by raising and lowering the table. You make crosscuts with a miter gauge in a miter slot.

Rips are a little different. One person turns a crank (included!) to spin the blade. A second person guides the stuff through the blade. There is a rip fence that locks into a second slot.

Roy Underhill had no problem crosscutting stuff time after time. The blade never slowed. The cuts were clean. His rhythm was slow and steady.

For me, it was like a spastic weasel pumping a Nordic Trac. Too fast. And then the thing stalled. After a few tries… it got worse.

Underhill kept saying, “It took me a whole day to get the hang of it.”

Liar.

Then we went out and played with his treadle-powered grindstone. Underhill sharpened a chisel in about a minute. Then he let me try – in front of the entire hamlet of Pittsboro, N.C. Again, my feet kept getting tangled up in themselves. I couldn’t get more than two seconds of grinding before my legs looked like something at the Auntie Anne’s pretzel counter.

Underhill kept saying, “I need to tighten up those pedals. That would make it easier.”

Again, Underhill is an excellent liar.

I think I should stick with hand tools. Foot tools are just beyond me.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/27/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Editor’s note: Joel Moskowitz is the owner of ToolsforWorkingWood.com, a long-time woodworker, tool collector and book collector. He has the largest woodworking library I’ve ever encountered. During the last few weeks, the magazine’s staff has been asking people for their lists of favorite woodworking books. The results have been very interesting – we’ve even encountered a few books we’re not aware of.

Below is Joel’s list. Well, actually a couple lists. Joel’s an over-achiever.

— Christopher Schwarz


Woodworking Books in Print

Here are some book lists. I know the second I send this off, I will think of other titles that should be included. It’s hard to limit yourself to 10 or 20 “Must Have Titles” on anything. Because I love books, I have hundreds of books in my collection. Some are a learning experience on every page, some are useless but popular in their day, and others are beautiful to look at, but turgid to read. The books listed below are at least a good place for anyone to start. I prefer information that isn’t dumbed down, so my favorites mostly are books that try to talk to me like an adult, expect I’m not an idiot and are comprehensive in professional technique.

This first list is of stuff in print that we mostly stock at ToolsforWorkingWood.com and I recommend to everyone.

"Whittling and Woodcarving" by E. J. Tangerman. My first book on woodworking and still one of my favorites. Best of all: Lots of the samples of carving come from the Metropolitan Museum of Art and are still on exhibit.

"The Encyclopedia of Furniture Making" by Ernest Joyce. I have an older edition but it’s a great overall resource on different approaches to making furniture the modern way. Great for figuring out the details of a design; that is, how to do stuff.

"Woodcarving Tools, Materials & Equipment (New Edition), Vol. 1" by Chris Pye. Pye is a great writer and a master carver. The book is a wonderful read, inspiring and systematic.

"The Marquetry Course" by Jack Metcalfe and John Apps. The best book on learning marquetry that’s in print at the moment.

"Modern Practical Joinery" by George Ellis. I recommend this book for anyone doing restoration on architectural woodworking. Not as good as Hasluck, but at least it’s in print.

"Modern Cabinet Work" by Percy A. Wells & John Hooper. A recent reprint; it’s not as good as Bernard Jones, but it’s worth having.

"Dictionary of Woodworking Tools" by R. A. Salaman. Anyone who is even remotely interested in tools should have this book.

"Illustrated Cabinetmaking" by Bill Hylton. A (relatively) new book. I think the drawings are great and it covers a lot of modern-built stuff.

"Japanese Woodworking Tools" by Toshio Odate. The only book on Japanese tools in English worth having. It’s a classic. It explains tons of stuff, and I’ve had a hardcover edition since it came out.

"How to Construct Rietveld Furniture" by Reter Drijver and Johannes Niemeijer. If you like modern furniture that’s easy to build, you can’t go wrong here. It features 1920s modern furniture from the original drawings of a great designer. Simple, classic stuff. The stuff is a lot more comfortable than it looks.

Out of Print and Odd Books

The following books are out of print or expensive, but I think they are some of the best around for their respective subjects. I’ve left off a lot of favorites that are better known, such as Andre Roubo’s works, and included books that I found important to me – even if they’re not directly woodworking related. (I could generate another, different list: the most important books in the history of woodworking. And another list: the most important books on historical woodworking practice.)

"Building the Georgian City" by James Ayres. A tour-de-force that puts the entire construction and woodworking of the period in context.

"China at Work" by Rudolf P. Hommel. Really interesting from an anthropological point of view.

"The Complete Woodworker, Vol. 1" and "The Practical Woodworker, Vol. 2" by Bernard Jones. Probably the best books on hand tool practice out there. A recent reprint is out of print, but easy to get. Volume 1 is essential. Volume 2 is nice to have.

"Notes from the Turning Shop" and "Further Notes from the Turning Shop" by Bill Jones. Fun-to-read books that are very inspiring and can teach you a lot about getting stuff done. Jones is the last of the professional ivory turners and knows what he is doing.

"The Woodwright’s Shop" by Roy Underhill. Roy was a big inspiration for me.

"Marquetry" by Pierre Ramond. A fabulous book on marquetry. Not a great book for beginners, but it features tons of how-to details on advanced subjects.

"Watchmaking" by George Daniels. One of the best books on craft ever written. It makes you want to build a watch.

"Carpentry and Joinery" by Paul Hasluck. The best book ever written on architectural woodworking.

"Woodwork Joints," "Tools for Woodwork," "Carpentry for Beginners," "Cabinetry for Beginners," "Antique or Fake?" and "English Period Furniture" by Charles H. Hayward. Everything by Hayward is worth reading. These books are the core of everything you need to know about woodworking.

"Adventures in Wood Finishing" by George Frank. Well, it doesn’t really belong on this list but I enjoy reading and rereading this book all the time.

"Memories of a Sheffield Toolmaker" by Ashley Iles. Interesting historically, and especially inspirational and helpful if you are yourself starting a small business.

"The Museum of Early American Tools," "A Reverence for Wood," and "Diary of an Early American Boy" by Eric Sloane. These books were very informative and helped kick off my interest in history and woodworking when I was a boy, and they’re still engaging today. Wonderfully illustrated.


"In Praise Of Shadows" by Jun'ichirō Tanizaki. I first read this book when I was in my 20s and thought it xenophobic, but when I met Toshio Odate many years later he said I should reread it. I did, and I think it is one of the greatest written appreciations of craft and how it calms our lives that there is.

— Joel Moskowitz


Posted 2/26/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

This week I’m at my father’s house in Charleston, S.C., to get my USRDA of grits, tasso and shrimp. Whenever I visit the Holy City, I always make sure to pack comfortable shoes and a tape measure – I never know what I’ll find.

This morning I’ve been poring over my father’s small collection of English chests. Most of them he purchased from dealers on King Street a few blocks away. When I helped him pick these chests out, I was always looking for the ones that displayed the best craftsmanship. These well-made chests, however, weren’t always the best-looking chests. So usually he purchased a chest that looked really good and was passable in the craftsmanship department. Funny, he doesn’t take me with him to shop for antiques anymore.

One of the chests in father’s dining room is similar to a piece I’ll be building at home this year. The chest is circa 1810, according a friend of my father who deals in Early American architecture and furnishings. It has some interesting details from the woodworking side of things.

The chest is a typical size: 39-1/8" high, 37-5/8" long and 19-1/4" deep with four graduated drawers: 5-1/4", 6-3/4", 7-3/4" and 8-3/4". The entire chest is pine that has been veneered with mahogany.

The top is an interesting construction. The front 4-1/2" of the top is 7/8" thick. The rest is 3/4" thick. I assume that the 7/8" piece is edge-glued to the 3/4" piece – at least that’s the way it looks.

As always, the drawers are interesting. The sides and back are all 3/8"-thick material. The front is 3/4" pine veneered with mahogany (with some string inlay). Each drawer has a tail at its bottom edge that is straight instead of sloped. This straight tail houses the groove for the drawer’s bottom. Like all my dad’s English chests, the bottom of the drawer sides have been reinforced with small strips of wood to effectively double the thickness of the drawer side under the bottom.

The drawers in this chest run on solid dividers – no web frames in this chest. The back is four wide boards of pine in a rabbet. No shiplaps or grooves as far as I can tell – the backs have shrunk a bit, and you can see between them.

I really like the flowing lines of the plinth (they are repeated on the sides) and want to trace them before I leave. I’ll have to keep my eye peeled for some wide butcher’s paper in town.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/25/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

The afternoon is quickly fading to evening in Roy Underhill’s shop in Pittsboro, N.C. And as the shadows across the workbenches grow longer from the windows facing Hillsoboro Street, Underhill announces he is going outside to do some sharpening.

He pulls a foot-powered grindstone out onto the sidewalk and fetches a coffee cup filled with water to drip on the stone. And as the evening car traffic builds in the street, he cranks the stone and sharpens a wide firmer chisel.

About 30 seconds into the job a mother and her toddler wander up to the grindstone. The little boy stares intently at Underhill as he grinds a new bevel on the chisel. Then Underhill stops and looks up – not at the mother, but at the boy.

“This is sandstone,” he tells the boy, as if he’s addressing an adult. “I use it to sharpen things like scissors. Or maybe an axe so I can chop down a tree.”

The boy says it must be hard – really hard – to sharpen. Underhill just smiles.

That’s because if Underhill’s plan works, his latest endeavor will make it easier for the next generation to enjoy hand-tool woodworking.

“This is not about the past,” Underhill says, his arms spread wide toward the 10 beech European workbenches lined up on his shop’s floor. “Well yes, of course it’s about the past in one sense. But it’s really about the future. The objective is the future.”

Then he pauses for a moment, and you know that something important is coming.

“If you have a hobby,” he says, “why not make it an ethical one – as opposed to one that is noise-making, planet-damaging and waistline-expanding?”

Roy Underhill, host of “The Woodwright’s Shop” TV show, has opened a woodworking school in the small but artistically inclined town of Pittsboro, N.C. The hamlet of about 2,500 is right outside the Raleigh-Durham-Chapel Hill triangle and is a nice assemblage of tidy old homes and active storefronts.

Next door to Underhill’s place, called The Woodwright’s School, there’s an ice cream parlor. Unofficially they have the best chocolate malts ever. To the rear of the school is a cozy bar that serves Red Oak, a locally brewed beer. Plus, there are antique shops, a music store, barber shop and photographer who has Barbie issues (ask Mr. Underhill about that).

“Even the people who live here say it’s Mayberry,” Underhill says. “How about another piece of cherry pie?”

The Woodwright’s School is an ambitious venture. Not only is it a tough time to start a business, but how about a school that focuses on hand work exclusively? All the woodworking tools in Underhill’s shop are powered by cholesterol (or alcohol). The closest thing to a table saw you’ll find is a Graves foot-powered treadle circular saw (want one) and a treadle lathe and scroll saw.

“This should look like you have stepped back into a shop class in the 1930s,” he says.

There are 10 German Hoffman and Hammer workbenches, and each is equipped with a basic set of tools for joinery (and everything is sharp – I looked). The walls are decorated with old prints and photos (FDR). There’s a huge old radio at the back of the shop. If you can ignore the digital camera attached to one bench, it really does look like an old shop.

As a result, there are a few rules for students when they bring tools to his classes. No tape measures are allowed. Or plastic-handled chisels. Or Japanese-tooth saws.

“We’re going to be doing English-style joinery,” he says. “You wouldn’t build a shoji screen with a big Disston. That would be like stir-frying grits.”

Then he thinks about it for a second.

“We’re trying to do early music with the original instruments,” he says.

The first music is being made this weekend (February 2009) with a series of one-day classes on basic joinery. Those will lead to classes on building a tool chest. And Underhill says he’s going to bring in other instructors as well.

Those people will teach a class for a week and then Underhill will shoot a segment with them during the weekend for “The Woodwright’s Shop.”

The other different aspect of Underhill’s school is that he wants to ensure that locals, especially young locals, get plenty of opportunity to take classes. That’s why he’s planning shops that will run on weekends or, for example, on consecutive Thursday nights.

“We’ll see,” he says. “We’ll see if I can get people to do this sort of stuff.”

— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. The school doesn’t have a web site yet (hey, it’s the 1930s OK?). If you want to get on Underhill’s mailing list to learn about future classes, send your request to woodwrightroy@gmail.com.


Posted 2/18/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

Our tale starts at Mike Ditka's restaurant in Chicago during a tool show. Someone at our table had just spilled red wine on Bill Krier (editor of WOOD magazine) and the place was swirling with waiters trying pat him down and clean up the mess.

That's when the guy across the table caught my eye and lowered his voice. "Say, have you ever heard about the tool vault at Stanley?" he asked.

The guy had been a product manager at Stanley several years before and he said that Stanley had a vault where they kept one new-in-the-box item of everything the company had produced. I said he was pulling my leg. He swore it was true.

Imagine, he said, a new No. 1 plane in the box, still fresh from the factory floor. New 750 chisels still in the wrappers. Even the much-hated fiberboard planes had to be worth something if they had never touched fiberboard, right?

During the last 10 years, I've made a few inquires at Stanley and sent interns to check out the story. Nobody knew what I was talking about.

Fast-forward to a few years later when our magazine staff is hosting a dinner with some officials from Porter-Cable and Delta Machinery. Somehow the topic came up about how there are all these great woodshops on military bases.

One of the Delta guys said the military was a good customer. In fact, they had bought hundreds of table saws, sealed them up and buried them in the desert. Why? In the event of a nuclear holocaust, there would be functioning table saws that could be used to rebuild the country.

Believe it?

And our last "Tale from the Wood" for the week comes from reader Bill Taggart:

In my previous career, I used to travel a lot all over the continental United States. I was at a Cracker Barrel somewhere out in the Midwest one time and saw a couple of pretty nice tools on the wall.  I called the manager over and asked him if I might buy them.  He said that they had people ask that once in a while, but they weren't allowed to sell them because they belonged to the restaurant. Then he said words that, to this day, make me feel more than slightly nauseated.

He said that Cracker Barrel corporate had people whose job it was to seek out and find all the artifacts on display in the restaurants.  He said they had a big warehouse in Kentucky with about 10,000 items in it that they used to stock the restaurants.

He did say that some things were reproductions, though.  I think those are mostly the advertising signs and such.  But you can tell that the tools are mostly the real deal.

Next time I go to a Cracker Barrel I'm taking my Milwaukee impact driver. Think anyone will notice?


— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/11/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

Reader James Carpenter is trying to put together a list of tools to purchase as a gift for his 6-year-old nephew. Man I wish I'd had an uncle like him. The best present I got from an uncle was a "Men at Work" LP.

In any case, James has been doing a lot of research and come up with this preliminary list. What do you think of his choices?

• 6" or 8" sweep Millers Falls 30 series brace with improved Barber chuck without ratchet.
• A nice complete set of auger bits appropriate to the bit brace.
• An auger bit file appropriate for sharpening the auger bits.
• Miller Falls No 2A Hand drill. (Maybe a new $20 Schroeder Hand Drill with ¼" chuck)
• Better quality small woodworker's vise (mounted into a child-sized workbench)
• Coping saw
• Well-made Ryoba or Dozuki Japanese pull saw.
• Appropriate small hammer (likely  a 225g Japanese Octagonal hammer)
• Small crow-foot for removing small nails. (I'll skip this is if the hammer has crow-foot)
• combination square
• tape measure
• Surform tool
• Assortment of slotted and Phillips screwdrivers
• Assortment of small pliers
• possibly a few books
• child safety glasses
• Nice set of appropriate portable toolboxes.  This will either be a smaller suitcase style toolbox(s) with wheels, or a few small hand carried toolboxes small enough for my nephew to carry.
• wood glue
• rubber bands for clamps

Roughly speaking, the items higher on the list are better candidates for a used purchase than a new purchase.

If you want to help James spend some money, leave a comment below. Also, check out this article on Charles Hayward's basic list.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/10/2009 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

In what is surely one of the signs of the apocalypse, The Wood Whisperer is now selling T-shirts that mash together my likeness with the most memorable line from the forgettable 1987 movie "Spaceballs."

The T-shirt features a highly posterized image of my face (with beard, for those of you playing our home game) and the words: "May 'The Schwarz' Be With You." Sadly, this "Spaceballs" catchphrase is the most famous thing that any Schwarz (or Schwartz) has ever done.

Marc Spagnuolo (The Wood Whisperer) and his cohorts have come to call me "The Schwarz" – like other one-name celebs such as Cher or Madonna. This T-shirt is the result.

It's available for $15 from The Wood Whisperer on a shirt that is chestnut in color. And before anyone asks, I'm not getting a dime from these T-shirts (it all goes to Marc and Nicole); and yes, he had my permission.

Marc did send me a few of the shirts, which we'll attempt to give away here on the blog shortly with a ridiculous contest. Or, if we don't have any takers, maybe I'll make one into my own personal Woobie.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/2/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

One of the few other people on this earth who understand my sickness affection for workbenches is Rob Giovannetti.

I met Rob at a Gallotapalooza event outside Chicago several years ago, and we've stayed in contact via e-mail. Rob – and I say this in the most affectionate manner possible – has a workbench problem.

He's built eight workbenches (all different styles) and taught two classes about it. You might remember is Rob-O workbench from 2006 that I featured here on the blog.

Rob is about to embark on another bench-building adventure real soon. His next bench I have named the "Manufactured Wood Smurf Bench." Long story. It's going to be cool when it's done, I'm sure.

In the meantime, Rob sent me the following list of the top 10 things he's learned about workbenches. It's an interesting list.

— Christopher Schwarz


1. Benches don't need to made of hardwood.
I've made several benches from hard maple, but the ones I've made from Borg Douglas fir worked just as well and were usually easier to make.

2. I have a love/hate relationship with tail vises.
I've tried every vise you could think of as an end vise, including none, and I keep coming back to the tail vise. I can't fully explain why this is, but it just is.

3. The shoulder vise is the easiest face vise to use, but the most time consuming and complicated to build. Go figure. If you like to dovetail and hand cut your tenons, I recommend this as the vise of choice. A close second would be a twin-screw.

4. Square dogs aren't worth the effort. This may sound like laziness, but aside from a sense of "tradition," there is no reason for me to have square dogs. Round holes are quicker and easier to make, and they hold just as well. Plus, the 3/4" holes can be used for a wide variety of other purposes.

5. If one row of dogs is good, one is even better.
In other words, I've not encountered a single situation where multiple rows of dogs was a benefit; and I have a bench with four rows of 'em.

6. Tool trays are for people who are clutter-aholics.
I am one of them. Even with my tools hanging above my bench, I'm much more likely to throw a tool in the tray than put it back where it belongs. I've found more organized people don't use them.

7. A good bench NEEDS a board jack. Whether the base is flush with the front edge of the top or not, a sliding deadman is a must-have accessory.

8. The only reasons I can figure for having endcaps on a bench are
either 1) they support a tool tray at the rear of the bench, or 2) they support a vise of some kind on one, or both, ends of the bench. I don't believe an endcap has the rigidity to keep a top from cupping.

9. If I had a dedicated gluing/assembly table, my bench would have no finish on it at all.
Even with dogs, wood on wood is the best grip you can get. Even one coat of oil can make a benchtop overly slippery.

10. None of these things apply if you can make masterwork furniture on a sheet of plywood on sawhorses. Some of the best work I've seen has come from the simplest of assembly tables; but if you do a lot of hand tool work, I think the aforementioned points will help make building furniture much easier.

Please note I didn't mention plywood as a bench material. Truth be told, I don't know much about building benches from man-made materials. I do, however, have an idea of building a top from 3" wide ripped Baltic birch and face gluing them together to form a core. Laminate with hardwood veneer or hardboard on the top and bottom, and add equal thickness solid wood skirting around the edges, I think it would be quite suitable for pounding on without much flex.

— Rob Giovannetti


Posted 1/30/2009 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

Perhaps I should break my vow to my wife and build some more workbenches.

During a routine audit of our web traffic on this blog, I was surprised to learn that the most popular page on the blog in 2008 was the "Workbenches" page. (You can access this page by clicking on "Workbenches" in the Navigation bar at right. It calls up all the stories I've tagged as dealing with workbenches and workholding. More than 20,000 people browsed that page last year.

Here the next nine most-popular stories, along with some updates.

2. Free Drawing of the Knockdown Holtzapffel Workbench. The lesson: Give away something free about a workbench and it's bound to attract some attention.  

3. First Look at the Jointmaker Pro. This incredible new saw from Bridge City Tools attracted a lot of interest and controversy. Just this week, Bridge City announced that it is assembling the Jointmaker Pro. You can read all about that here.

4. The Handplanes page. Click on "Handplanes" in the Navigation bar and hope you have a good connection to the Internet.

5. A Japanese Workbench. This was a real shocker. Not a single person commented on this blog post. And it had a cute photo of one of Harrelson Stanley's kids. Almost 9,000 people read the story. Go figure.

6. Free eDrawings of the Tabouret Table. This was a popular project (I get mail about it almost every week). So no surprises here.

7. My First Pair of Pantyhose. Note to self: Write more stories with undergarments and cross-dressing in the headlines.

8. The Holtzapffel Workbench. Another workbench story. Click.

9. The Electronic Drawings page. This is encouraging. We really like the SketchUp and eDrawing files we provide. And it looks like you guys do, too. Or perhaps we just got a lot of clicks from Eastern European thieves who are ripping us off.

10. New Premium Handplanes From Stanley. Production on these planes has been delayed while Stanley officials make sure that the quality is where they want it. Officials say they are very close to being ready to crank up production.

Next week: The least popular stories of 2008. Or maybe not. I'm afraid it will be my "Personal Favorites" page.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 1/19/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

The first time I saw a chisel plane was at an antique market in Kentucky. It was sitting out on a table with a bunch of common planes. Every person who walked up to the table picked it up to check its price tag, but the seller knew what he had. The original Stanley No. 97 "Cabinet Makers' Edge Plane" is a fairly rare bird.

It turns out that wooden-bodied chisel planes are also uncommon, according to John M. Whelan's essential book "The Wooden Plane." As a result, I've always been a bit skeptical as to how useful the form is.

One user told me that he used it for trimming plugs flush to the surrounding surface. I haven't had much luck with the plane for this purpose. Most of my plugs are a tough species, such as oak. And no matter how closely I saw them, there's still too much wood there for me to pare with a chisel plane. Instead, I've had far more success using a plain old smoothing plane for trimming plugs flush.

Lately, however, I have found a few instances where the chisel plane earned its keep.

• Fairing one surface to another. Recently I had to extend the slot on my bench's top to install some new vise hardware. I sawed out the waste and then used the chisel plane to bring the sawn surface into the same plane as the existing slot. It worked brilliantly. The sole of the chisel plane rode the existing slot and pared the face grain with ease. And because there was no mouth on the tool I could work right up to the end of the slot. This operation could have been done with a paring chisel, but it was much easier with the chisel plane. Similarly, the chisel plane helps me fair up the corners of rabbets after I've chopped out the waste with a chisel. Again, this can also be done with a chisel, but the chisel plane makes for tidier results.

• Removing glue. I've been turning to the chisel plane to remove the globs of glue that remain after a panel glue-up. I pare these globs away by working across the grain. The chisel plane works well at this because it doesn't have a mouth. When I'd do this with a block plane, softer globs of glue would get squished by the tool and make a mess of things. I also prefer the chisel plane to a glue scraper because it is less likely to damage the panel.

• Removing finish sags. When I get sags on my film finish, I like to cut them away before adding another coat. I used to use an old block plane iron for this, but it can be hard to hold on vertical surfaces. The chisel plane makes quick work of sags.

In the end, I don't think the chisel plane is an essential tool for your kit – all of the operations above could be handled by other edge tools. But they are handy. If you have found a good use for your chisel plane, I'd like to hear about it, and so would other woodworkers. Post a comment and let us know.

– Christopher Schwarz

When I first bought my chisel plane I tried using it to trim some oak plugs flush. It was not ideal.

Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.

Posted 1/13/2009 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

Nothing is more fundamental to woodworking than the wood itself, however even professional cabinetmakers struggle with understanding how wood works and how to make it work for them.

In our Spring 2009 issue, we show you how the way that a tree grows in the woods directly affects the way we design and build furniture. And understanding wood is the first step to building projects that look better, last longer and are easier to build. Here are a few of the stories we've been researching for the next issue for you. This issue will arrive in your mailbox if you order your subscription by Jan. 30. The issue ships to subscribers in mid-February and will be on newsstands in early March.

• Composing With Grain: Paying close attention to the grain lines in a board is essential to building a harmonious-looking piece of furniture. We show you the rarely explored rules of composing with wood grain that the best furniture makers use to ensure that their projects look their best.

• Understanding Grain Direction: Most people learn to read the grain of boards through trial-and-error. Few people know that there are two reliable ways to read aboard's grain direction: using the edges of a board, and using the end grain and face grain. Knowing both of these methods will ensure you will work faster and with far less tear-out.

• 18th Century Connecticut Dry Sink:
Our cover project features an early American dry sink with classic lines. We show you how to build this project using either traditional or modern techniques.

• Water-resistant Finishes: Some of the projects we build, such as dining room tables and bathroom mirrors, need to survive in wet environments. What's the most water-resistant finish that can be applied easily at home with simple tools? We find out.

• Countersinks:
There are so many kinds of countersinks on the market that even we're bewildered. We explore when you need a tapered countersink vs. when you need a straight one. Plus we explore how quickly and cleanly some of the new countersink designs cut.

Plus, as always, we features shop tips in our Shortcuts section, your Letters, a woodworking Glossary and absolutely no advertisements whatsoever.

This issue can be yours if you subscribe by Jan. 30, which will get you four issues for $19.96. Click here to subscribe or call 800-283-3542.

— Christopher Schwarz, editor


Posted 1/12/2009 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Joinery & Fastening
Bookmark and Share


Pint-sized router planes see a lot of use in my shop. Instead of using a trim router, I always prefer to cut mortises for hinges with a chisel and a router plane. So as soon as Veritas and Lie-Nielsen started making small router planes based loosely on the Stanley No. 271 about 18 months ago, I was first in line.

I now have many hours on both tools – I've sharpened each one about seven or eight times. And I have developed some firm likes and dislikes about each tool. The next paragraph is a spoiler, so if you like a little suspense when reading blogs, skip it.

Neither router plane is perfect. But nor is there one clear winner in the category. If I could combine the best of both tools (the Lie-Veritas?) I think it would be the router plane of my dreams. Here's the lowdown on each tool.



The Veritas Small Router Plane
First the good: This plane has a closed throat and is quite compact. The closed throat allows you to work on the edges of boards without any danger of the tool tipping. The downside to a closed throat is you sacrifice a little visibility – it's a tad more difficult to see where you are cutting.

The compact size is a big plus with the Veritas. The tool is 3-1/4" at its widest, and that is an asset when you are cutting hinge mortises inside assembled casework. Sometimes larger router planes are too big and ram into the top or bottom of your case. This little guy sneaks in everywhere I ask it to go. The fit and finish is excellent, as is the knurled brass locking knob. The iron is durable.

The downside: I don't care for the round shank that the iron is mounted to. No matter how tightly I secure the locking knob, the shank can shift if you take a big bite of wood with the plane. When the shank slips, usually the blade height doesn't change, but the iron rotates left or right. You can rotate it back, but there is the danger of changing your blade's projection. So take light cuts.

Lie-Nielsen Small Router Plane
The good: The blade-locking mechanism is incredibly solid and the iron never slips. The iron is mounted to a square shank, so there's no chance that the iron can rotate during heavy use. Plus, I quite like the fact that the blade-locking knob can be turned with a straight screwdriver. The knob is small, so this is a big plus.

I also like the curved fingerholds on the body. These are comfortable and feel right when you are skewing the tool into a hinge mortise. Plus, they give the tool a little sex appeal. The fit and finish on this tool is also excellent. The iron is quite durable.

The downside: The tool has an open throat. The almost 3/4"-wide open section on the sole makes the tool unsuitable for work on narrow edges, such as cleaning up the ends of haunches in frame-and-panel work. If your work consists of a lot of work on edges, this isn't the tool for you.

Bottom line: I think the perfect plane for my work would be a router plane that had a closed throat, a compact size, curved fingerholds and an iron that had a square shank. Perhaps there's a vintage tool out there that meets these criteria, but I don't plan to start scouring eBay any time soon. Having both these tools covers all my needs.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Free Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Like tools? We do! Read our latest tool coverage HERE.
• Looking for free project plans? We have hundreds. Click HERE.
• Learn a new woodworking technique today. Click HERE.
• Want more videos? See all our free videos HERE.
• Check out our selection of half-price woodworking books HERE.
• Get 8 years of Popular Woodworking on one CD. Click HERE.


Posted 12/25/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

The August 2000 issue of Popular Woodworking is one of my favorites. On the cover is a secretary that Troy Sexton built that was the result of a lot of hard work by the entire staff. We worked with Troy during almost an entire year to pull together the story about his excellent design.

So you can imagine my dismay when the magazine went out to subscribers, and my phone started ringing off the hook with angry readers on the other end of the line.

“Where,” they would ask, “is the story on wainscoting?”

It seems that as we were carefully massaging the story on the secretary we had messed up the cover. The top headline on the cover was “Wainscotting in a Weekend.” Only there was no story about wainscotting in the issue. We had removed it and then forgotten to change the cover.

Grrr.

It seems that we spend most of our days at the magazine making our own mistakes and cleaning up the mistakes of others. That is the job description that should be on my business card (if I had business cards – long story).

Some of my mistakes are mistakes of omission. For example, for the last 12 months I have been meaning to write a review of the shoulder plane kit produced by Legacy Toolworks. It’s a gorgeous kit and looks about 10 times better than the shoulder plane kit I’d built from Shepherd Tool years ago. But I overbooked myself this year and haven’t started the kit. And now Legacy has announced it is closing its doors. If I had been able to review the kit, perhaps that could have helped them.

Other mistakes are what we call in Arkansas: “Getting bit by the dumb-a**.” This is where you do something so stupid that the tale should begin with, “Hold my beer while I….” Such as when I told 200,000 readers to run the router the wrong way to cut a rabbet on a door frame. I didn’t mean to do it, I just got turned around and never caught my error.

So it should come as no surprise that toolmakers also make mistakes. Most readers probably think that the tools that come into our shop have been carefully tested and tuned by the manufacturers to make sure they are perfect. Based on how many goofed-up tools I’ve seen in 13 years, I doubt that’s the case.

And in fact, I take it as a mark of the toolmakers’ honesty that they send us one right off the warehouse floor.

Here’s a small sample of some of the stuff we’ve seen:

DeWalt: The company makes good tools, but we had a jigsaw come into the shop where the blade clamping mechanism failed. It went click, click, and then the blade dropped out like a rotten tooth. When DeWalt introduced its first hybrid table saw, the first rip fence we got was twisted. So was the second. The third replacement was fine.

Delta: When Delta introduced its C-arm drum sander, we were all excited in the shop. We set it up, plugged it in and cranked the puppy up. It spun up and then spun down forever. The motor burned out after three seconds.

Harbor Freight: It might sound too easy to pick on this discount seller. But they sell tools and people buy them. So here goes: When we tested the company’s plunge router, the collet failed. The bit slipped out and flew out. That was one of the days that I wished we had some Depends in the first aid kit.

Black & Decker: Here’s every tool marketer’s worst nightmare. Black & Decker sent us its new cordless tape measure. Now let’s ignore for a moment the possibility that you do not need an electric tape measure. So Senior Editor David Thiel takes it out of the box in front of the entire staff and demonstrates how it works. The tape extends about a foot and then dies forever.

Metabo: Cordless drills aren’t supposed to shoot flames out the back are they?

Lobo: When we tested its edge sander the sheet metal base flexed like tin foil. You would turn the machine on, and the thing would do the twist like Chubby Checker.

Powermatic: Yes, even Powermatic. An early version of its benchtop mortiser had a flaw in the piece of metal that joined the motor to the arm mechanism. The gears on the interior stripped out. So when you pulled the arm, the motor never moved.

Tools for Working Wood: The Ray Iles mortising chisels are great, but one of my students at the Marc Adams School of Woodworking snapped the tip off one when working in poplar. I heard it from across the room. It turned out that a few of the tools had been made from A2 instead of D2. It did make for an amusing day as everyone crowded around the chisel like the victim of a car accident.

Lie-Nielsen Toolworks: I had a narrow iron shoulder plane that was an early production run. The bronze grip wouldn’t stay in place when you retracted the iron. When I turned the screw, the plane disassembled itself in my hands.

Veritas: An early version of the Veritas cabinet scraper (an adaptation of the No. 80) would clog after a few passes like Crystal Gayle’s shower’s drain. The company has since fixed that problem and the tool works great.

Stanley Tools: During a test of jack planes, we had a tool that simply would not function. It was like it was haunted. If you snugged up the frog screw to where you thought it should be, you couldn’t adjust the iron. If you loosened the frog screw so you could adjust the iron, the thing would chatter and shake like a Vega going 56 mph. We never figured that one out.

Wenzloff & Sons: While teaching a sawing class at Kelly Mehler’s School of Woodworking, one student’s carcase saw was misbehaving. It was tearing out the shoulders of his tenons something fierce. At first I though it was user error. Turns out the saw was filed for rip when it was supposed to be crosscut.

Let me conclude by saying that mistakes slip out the door for every toolmaker (and magazine editor). We’ve never heard of any toolmaker with zero returns. The real test of a toolmaker (and editor) is how you deal with the mistakes when they occur.

We published the “Wainscotting in a Weekend” story in the following issue and have not made an error on the cover since that day. And almost all of the toolmakers above are known for cheerfully replacing any defective unit and then correcting the problem.

And that’s one of the reasons we’re all still in business.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/23/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

There are so many fine Western sawmakers today that it's hard to believe that there were virtually none in 1996 – the year Independence Tool was founded.

New sawmakers are cropping up so quickly that it's tough for me to keep track (and heck, it's my job). I do try to stay on top of the market as best I can, and during the last couple years I've gotten to use saws from almost every maker – thanks to the handsawing classes I've taught in Michigan, Kentucky and Oregon.

I'm telling you all this because I've been working with a dovetail saw these last two weeks that has blown me away. It is, compared to its peers, the first among equals.

The dovetail saw from Andrew Lunn's Eccentric Toolworks is a super-tuned jewel of a saw. It starts easier than any Western saw I've used – much like a Japanese saw. It flies through ½" and ¾" stock with ease. It is extraordinarily balanced. It leaves a whisper of a kerf behind.

And on top of all that, the saw has handmade touches (such as carving on the tote and engraving on the brass back) that make it as nice to look at as it is to use.

The price of all this amazingness? As of Jan. 5, 2009, it's $350.

So who the heck is Andrew Lunn? And where did he come from?

Denizens of the discussion groups, such as WoodNet, have seen Lunn's work. And if you were at the Woodworking in America conference, you might have seen some of Lunn's saws in Mike Wenzloff's booth (Wenzloff graciously agreed to host a couple toolmakers in his booth).

But Lunn is not a professional toolmaker. He's a 37-year-old 911 paramedic who lives in Worthington, Ohio, and makes saws in his spare time. He describes himself as "obsessed" with saws, and that's not an overstatement.

His dovetail saws are different than other premium saws in several significant ways. The blade is thinner than any other Western saw I've used at .015" thick. Other saws use steel that is .018" or .020" thick. One criticism of this thin steel is that it will kink more easily if the saw is abused. Perhaps. But I think the saw's blade feels very steady.



The teeth are minimally set – Lunn sets them with a special hammer that he forged himself. As a result, the saw removes very little wood and produces a razor-thin kerf that looks like a kerf from a Japanese saw. This is one of the other factors that makes the saw plunge through wood.

Also different: The saw's rake. Most commercial saws have a consistent rake on every tooth. Relax the rake and the saw is easier to start but slow. Tighten it up and the saw becomes more aggressive but harder to start.

Lunn has relaxed the rake at the toe, which makes the saw easy to start. In the middle of the blade the rake is almost zero, which makes the saw aggressive once you start it. And he's relaxed the rake at the heel as well, which prevents the saw from sticking there. It really works.

A criticism of this filing is that it is going to be a challenge for the user to replicate. Perhaps, but you can always get Lunn to resharpen it.

Another interesting difference is the folded brass back. The back is narrower at the toe than at the heel, which reduces weight at the toe. Also, the saw's blade is "canted," which means it's narrower at the toe than at the heel. Both of these tweaks help give the saw its excellent balance.

And finally, the tote is thicker than those on other saws. When I first picked it up I thought the tote felt too thick (so did Senior Editor Glen D. Huey). But after working with the saw a bit, we changed our minds on that score. It's a very comfortable handle.



The handmade touches only add to the whole package. The saw uses traditional split nuts, with a hand-engraved medallion. The tote itself feels very handmade with no sharp edges for your hand and has the subtle toolmarks of good hand work. The engraving is just cool.

All in all, I'm profoundly impressed and recommend this saw without reservation. Lunn loaned it to us to try, but it's not going back. I am buying this one personally for my shop at home.

To contact Lunn about making a saw for you, visit his web site at Eccentric Toolworks.

To download a chart comparing the saws in our shop right now, click the file below.

Dovetail Saw.pdf (23.5 KB)

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/18/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

I really need to start keeping a list of all the things I use my sawbenches for. Sure, I saw stuff on them. And I stand on them while go-go dancing in the shop to amuse visitors. Those things are obvious. What's not so obvious is how often they get me out of weird jams with my handplanes.

On Monday as I was planing down the face frame of this dry sink, the sawbench was the obvious choice to lend a hand. I wedged it between my bench and the dry sink, and voila. The job was done.

I also plane down table aprons in the same fashion with a sawbench (this particular sawbench was made by craftsman John Wilson; all mine seem to end up in the shops of friends). Frequently, I'll assemble cabinets or glue up panels on them as well.

If you've come up with other good uses for the shop appliance, post them here. Your suggestion might convince another woodworker that they should build a pair.

— Christopher Schwarz


Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.

Posted 12/16/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials
Bookmark and Share

When I first got serious about woodworking after college, I remember reading a dire warning in a woodworking book about working with pine:

“If you work with pine, be sure to purchase your material, mill it, cut it and assemble the entire project all in a single day. If you let pine sit overnight, it will warp and be unusable.”

At the time, the warning flummoxed me. Sure, the pine from our home center tended to cup a bit if left to its own devices. But the pine I'd salvaged from my home’s 100-year-old floor was the most righteous and stable stuff I’d ever laid hands on.

Since those early days, I have had lots of experience with pine. Thousands of board feet of all sorts of species have passed under my hands: yellow pine, sugar pine, some wacky junk from Sweden, and (this week) Eastern white pine.

All of the species have their charms. The yellow pine is tough like maple but is difficult to saw. The sugar pine is lightweight and stable but splintery. The Swedish stuff reminds me of some exchange students at my high school. And the Eastern white pine cuts and planes beautifully.

Here’s the truth: What I have found is that pine is stable when it’s properly dried and at equilibrium with its environment. Pine’s bad rap comes from the fact that it’s usually sold a little wet at the lumberyard. As it dries, it moves. Also, I've found that construction-grade pine is prone to suffer from drying defects, such as case-hardening, which also besmirches its name.

The hard data from the U.S. Forestry Service backs all this up. The government’s “dimensional change coefficient” figures for hardwoods and softwoods predict how much a species will move when the humidity changes.

Most of the pines are more stable than typical domestic hardwoods. Eastern white pine and sugar pine, for example, move less in service than all the typical domestic hardwoods: maple, cherry, oak, walnut, alder, beech, birch, hickory and ash. And quartersawn Eastern white pine barely moves at all, according to our government. It’s like the MDF of the softwood world. A theoretical 12"-wide quartersawn board would move about .009" when its moisture content changed by one percentage point. That ain’t much.

The pine in our shop this week is a joy. When we brought it in, the moisture meter readings indicated it was actually a little drier than the rest of the wood in our shop. And so I knew what to do: Cut the stuff to length and let it soak up a bit of moisture. It moved a bit. And now it’s tamed.

— Christopher Schwarz


When pine goes bad. Here's a piece of yellow pine that was brought in right from the lumberyard and planed to 3/4" thick. Overnight, it cupped like this. Of course, this could be a novel way to make a coopered door....




Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.


Posted 12/15/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

Cabinetry is made of chunks of wood that are fairly standard in size. Most of your parts are going to be shorter than 48" long. It’s rare that individual planks will be wider than 12", or that your casework is going to be much deeper than 24" or so.

And so most of our tools, workbenches and shops are set up to deal with parts and assemblies that fall into those ranges. What’s really amazing to me, however, is how things can fall apart when you step just a little outside those standard sizes.

This week I’m building a reproduction of an 18th-century dry sink that is based on a Connecticut piece. I drew up the plans after studying a lot of photos of the piece and its actual measurements. In my zeal to make my reproduction look spot-on, I glossed over some details that should have raised red flags as I was sketching.

1. Danger, Wide Load: The carcase of this dry sink is 50" wide. That gave our table saw’s sliding table some fits, but I was able to work around its limitations. Where things got hairy was when I assembled the carcase. I needed some 50" clamps to secure the sides to the bottom. But all our clamps only go to a shade more than 48". Our shop's band clamps have fallen into the same black hole as a set of long-missing bed bolts. So I drove the bottom into the dados in the side pieces and used cut nails to hold everything in place while the glue dried. Good thing the original used cut nails as well.

2. In Too Deep: The carcase is almost 27" deep, which means the side panels were too wide for my 24"-wide workbench. So I had to work in stages: I planed as much as I could. Then I shifted the panel and planed the remainder. It was slow, but it worked.

3. Wood Too Wide:
The dry sink's door requires panels that are 14" wide. Even our massive machinery can only face-joint a 12"-wide piece. So those boards for the doors had to be processed with handplanes. It wasn’t a show-stopper, but it sure slowed me down.

4. Two Inches Too Long: Because the carcase is 50" wide, many of the boards for the top and bottom were 49" to 50" long. Because the rough stock was 8' long, there was no way to get two 50"-long pieces for the top from a 96"-long piece. As a result, I had to struggle not to waste too much wood.

The good news is that I’m going to adjust the construction drawings and cutting lists for the readers so they won’t stumble with these slightly oversized parts and assemblies. Shaving an inch or two will save a thousand headaches. The bad news is that I probably should spring for a few 52"-long clamps for the shop so this doesn’t happen again.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/18/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

During the Woodworking in America conference, I moderated a discussion on saws between toolmakers Mike Wenzloff, from Wenzloff & Sons, and Joel Moskowitz, from Tools for Working Wood.

Both men are knowledgeable and have firm opinions about the topic of saws. The discussion was spirited and at some points contentious, though no blood was drawn. It took a long time for the three of us to navigate the technical details of the shape of sawteeth, and so we didn't get to spend much time discussing what saws you need to build furniture. Several attendees approached me after the session for guidance, and so I decided to share it with everyone here on the blog.

Earlier this year I wrote an entry that explains my personal set of saws (check it out here) and their configurations. This is a good place to start.

Number of Teeth
In general, when I choose a saw I try to match the number of teeth on the saw (called the pitch) to the thickness of my work. With backless saws, such as handsaws and rip saws, I aim to keep six or seven teeth buried in the wood at all times. With backsaws (such as dovetail and carcase saws) I aim to keep 10 teeth buried in the wood at all times.

Here's an example of how this works. If I have a 3/4"-thick carcase to dovetail, I'm going to pick a 15-points-per-inch (ppi) saw. But if I am dovetailing a 1/2"-thick drawer side, I'm going to reach for something finer, such as an 18-point or 20-point saw.

Either saw will work for carcasses or drawers, it's more a matter of what will work better. You don't have to own two dovetail saws. Just pick the one that suits the style of work you do. (Note that these rules don't apply to Japanese saws because they have deeper gullets that don't fill with sawdust.)

And note that there are practical limits. Few tenon saws come coarser than 10 ppi, but sometimes you have to saw a 2"-wide tenon cheek. A 5-point tenon saw would be a bear to start. So be flexible.

Kinds of Saws and What Order to Buy Them In
If you build typical furniture – cabinets, chairs, tables and chests – the following list of saws is meaningful. If you build smaller stuff (jewelry boxes) or bigger stuff (huge armoires), you are going to have to adjust. But I think this is a good list.



Carcase Saw
Typical blade length: 10" to 14"
Points: 12 to 14 ppi
Type of filing: Crosscut
I think this is a great saw to purchase first. It is easy to start and control, and it is useful for all sorts of crosscuts with a bench hook. Practicing with this saw will prepare you for the more challenging backsaws. What length should you choose? As with all saws, I think longer saws make straighter cuts, but they can be harder for beginners to control. My favorite is 14" long. I'm not worked up about the ppi. I see little difference between 12 ppi and 14 ppi.



Dovetail Saw
Length: 6" to 10"
Points: 14 ppi to 21 ppi
Type of filing: Rip
No matter what I write you'll buy a dovetail saw as soon as possible. We all want to cut dovetails. So go ahead. The smaller dovetail saws generally have finer teeth so the length isn't as issue as much as the ppi. Choose a ppi that matches what you like to do. Do you build lots of drawers? Get a finer saw (18 to 20 ppi). Like blanket chests? Get something in the 15 ppi neighborhood. What about the "progressive-pitch" saws, where the teeth are finer at the toe and coarser at the heel? I like them, but it took me a bit of time to acquire a taste for them. If you can try one before you buy it, that's ideal.



Tenon Saw
Length: 16" to 20"
Points: 10 ppi to 11 ppi
Type of filing: Rip
I'm using the specifications for an old-style tenon saw. Usually they don't come this big anymore, except for one made by Wenzloff & Sons. I like a big tenon saw (19"), but I seem to like bigger saws in general. When I teach sawing, my students are split: Half like the bigger saw for cutting tenon cheeks; the other half like a smaller sash saw instead.



Sash Saw (aka a Modern Tenon Saw)
Length: 14" to 16"
Points: 10 ppi is typical
Type of filing: Rip or Crosscut is available
The name "sash saw" has disappeared from most catalogs, but the form lives on as a "tenon saw" or a "crosscut tenon saw." I like a rip-filed tenon/sash saw because cutting the cheeks is a rip operation. Some people choose a crosscut sash saw in place of a crosscut carcase saw because they like big saws or have larger-scale work to do. As you can see, this is where it gets complex. You don't need both a rip tenon saw and a rip sash saw (though you are free to get both). Choose one that suits you. I like a 14" sash saw no matter what the filing. Go figure.



Handsaw
Length: 22" to 26"
Points: 5 ppi to 12 ppi
Type of filing: Crosscut
These backless saws are used to break down rough stock before you process it and to cut larger components to size before you shoot them to their final lengths. I like a 7 ppi saw (they're as common as dirt). Choose a shorter saw if it matches your stature or if you work on top of a workbench. Choose a longer saw if you are taller (I like 26") or if you work on a sawbench (an 18"-high platform designed for sawing). I think these saws are great because they give you lots of sawing practice, which pays off big when you cut dovetails. Usually the saws shorter than 26" are called panel saws.



Ripsaw
Length: 22" to 26"
Points: 3-1/2" ppi to 5 ppi
Type of filing: Rip
I don't use a ripsaw all that much (see the dust on the sawplate?). Honestly, I prefer a powered band saw. Long rip cuts are a lot like work. I'd get a ripsaw only if you are deep into the purity of hand work or you have kids sleeping upstairs.

I hope this has helped some of you at the conference. If you didn't like the session, I apologize. We'll do better next time.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 10/30/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

I've been doing this job for 12 years now; and that's the longest commitment I've given anything, except for maybe shaving, remaining married and pork barbecue. So clearly I like my job, or I'm un-hirable in any other profession.

Most days are great: I read about woodworking, write about woodworking and do woodworking. But there are a few days that make me grind my teeth in frustration. This is one of those days.

I'm editing a piece by bodger and blacksmith Don Weber for the February 2009 issue of Popular Woodworking. Don has built an interpretation of a Sidney Barnsley hay-rake table and has done a beautiful job. And that's the problem.

I've been dying to build one of these tables since before I came to work here. Barnsley has long been one of my heroes. He was a trained architect who chucked it all to design and build furniture mostly by hand. And to top it all off he had great design sensibilities.

Of course, now that Weber has built this table for the magazine, there's little chance that I'll be able to build one unless I can find a customer. Casa Schwarz doesn't need a massive dining table (already got one). Nor does anyone in my family. I could build one on spec and try to sell it, but I think I'd probably end up with the world's fanciest basement Pla-Doh table.

Maybe I could just build a small model of it…. Aw crud.

— Christopher Schwarz



Looking for More Woodworking Information?
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews HERE.
• Looking for free articles from Woodworking Magazine? Click HERE.
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work HERE.
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click HERE.

Posted 10/20/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials
Bookmark and Share

Getting all the bits of hardware to match on a project is a critical detail for me. I go to great lengths to ensure the hinges, pulls and other assorted metal bits look like they came from the same family.

For example, for the blanket chest on the cover of the Summer 2008 issue I wanted to get the brown steel stays to match the black iron chest hinges. I ended up painting the steel stays black, then lacquering them and rubbing them out until they looked like the powdery black iron.

This might seem excessive, but every time anyone (even my kids) opens the chest for the first time, they comment on the cool hardware. It's definitely worth it.

One of the biggest problems with getting your hardware to match is dealing with shiny brass. I really dislike the way it looks for some reason. So I usually end up aging all the brass bits until they look like they have seen about 100 years of use.

Here's how I do it. First I strip any lacquer off the hinges. I'll pour a little bit of lacquer thinner into a Mason jar, drop the hardware in and shake the jar for a few minutes. Usually the thinner gets a little tinge of color (sometimes green).

I discard the thinner, dry off the hinges and clean out the jar. Then I drop the hardware back into the jar and add a tablespoon of liquid gun blue (I use Perma Blue made by Birchwood Casey). I shake it around until the brasses and screws are colored. Then I pour the gun blue back into the bottle and pour cold tap water into the jar.

After rinsing the hardware, I'll dry it off and let it sit out awhile. The instructions say you should allow the stuff to cure overnight. I haven't had any problems installing the hardware almost immediately.

I really like the color that gun blue imparts. It's always consistent, never streaky and doesn't look like a dye job.

There are other ways to go about this process. You could install the hinges and wait 100 years. You could use ammonia, which is the process Senior Editor Robert W. Lang uses. And I'm sure there are even more out there. If you have a favorite one that you think is even easier, post a comment below.

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 10/10/2008 in Handplanes | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

Reader Tim Williams writes: I have a number of old Stanley planes that I’ve spent a lot of hours cleaning and refurbishing. I’ve read multiple places about how when tuning up a plane, it’s a good idea to flatten the mating surfaces of the frog so the iron beds well, with lots of contact, to avoid chattering.

However, I find that whenever I take a flat iron and attach a chipbreaker to it, the tension of the chipbreaker on the iron puts a very gentle curve on the iron. So, when I attach the chipbreaker and iron to the frog, there’s a very slight gap under the middle of the iron (just enough to see light through if I hold it up to a light). I’ve tried loosening the bolt holding the chipbreaker and iron together to reduce the tension, but if I loosen it enough to remove the tension, the iron slides against chipbreaker.

 On one plane, I’m using a Hock chipbreaker. It mates more fully against the iron and doesn’t curve the iron, so it appears to bed better on the frog.  Finally, I’ve not really used these enough to notice much chattering.  Should I even be worrying about this?

 
What's happening here is that you have too much curvature in your chipbreaker. When you cinch down the iron, it bends to match the shape of the breaker. There are several solutions to this: You can remove some of the curvature in your chipbreaker. Place one end of the breaker in a vise and push against it gently. It will bend easily. Then try again.

Another solution is to replace the iron with a thicker aftermarket iron. This is always a good idea. The thicker iron will resist bending. Or you can replace both the iron and chipbreaker, which is what I like to do with vintage handplanes that I am going to use for high-tolerance planing (jointing or smoothing).

The bigger question is if the bending is even a problem. It depends. With some forms of planes (such as infill planes) the lever cap puts so much pressure on the iron and breaker right up by the mouth that it doesn't matter if the iron ouches the frog or not.

In Bailey-style planes, the more contact you get between the frog and iron the more stable the whole assembly will be and the less likely that bad things will happen, such chattering or the plane going out of adjustment while planing.

When I set up a Bailey plane, what I shoot for is a flat sandwich of frog, iron and breaker, as shown in the photo above. That works best.

— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. Our RSS feed has been bockety this week. If you like this post, you might also like my post earlier this week on how to understand the system of bench planes which is here.


Posted 9/30/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Normally when a book publishing company sends out a copy of its newest book, the marketing people will include a transcript of a short interview with the author that discusses the book. This is so that a lazy writer can quote the interview without having to actually do the interview.

What, you didn't know this? Well that's because these canned interviews are about 97 percent worthless. And any writer who quotes from them will be ritually shunned at the next gathering of media professionals (usually held at a stinky bar).

Not so with the interview that accompanied Roy Underhill's new book, "The Woodwright's Guide: Working Wood with Wedge & Edge" (UNC Press). The folks at the University of North Carolina Press conducted a fairly amusing interview with St. Roy. And so we're reprinting it here in its entirety for you to enjoy.

By the way, in case you missed it, check out the review I wrote of Underhill's new book for the blog last week.

— Christopher Schwarz

Q: How does The Woodwright’s Guide differ from other books in the Woodwright’s series?
A: The Woodwright’s Guide is an environmentally organized guide to woodcraft. It starts in the forest with felling the tree and ends with the final finishing in the workshop. My other books have followed a similar path, but this is the most comprehensive guide in the series, benefiting from thirty years of experience. It is also my first line-illustrated book with brilliant drawings by my daughter Eleanor. Her drawings, done from my photographs, give clarity to the ideas but retain the specificity of the places and the real people who do this wonderful work.

Q: How did your collaboration with daughter, Eleanor, come about?
A: Both my daughters, Eleanor and Rachel, worked with me on television and traveled with me to museums around the world. When it came time for the new book, I was looking at thirty years of photography of tools and techniques. Having Eleanor make drawings from the photos gave us both consistency and specificity.

Actually both daughters worked on the book. Eleanor did the drawings, and the ones that needed retouching went to Rachel. Both my daughters grew up surrounded by wood and tools, and it’s wonderful that we can still work together!

Q: Are there any special features of this book you’d like readers to be aware of?
A: The Woodwright’s Guide is a book with grain—just like wood. You can work it with your left-brain intellect, following the ideas in the text like a wedge following a split. You can also engage your right brain by grasping the “gestalt” captured in the illustrations. You can also put both the brain and hands to work because in the back of the book I have plans for workbenches, screw-cutting engines, and treadle lathes. I only regret that we weren’t able to include a few Band-Aids with each copy—but that’s in the works.

Q: What is the meaning of the book’s subtitle, Working Wood with Wedge and Edge?
A: The thread of “wedge and edge” runs through the entire book. A blade meeting wood either splits it as a wedge or cuts it as an edge. Wedge and edge consciousness in your woodworking gives meaning to the feedback through the tool handle, guiding your decisions with every move. Wedge and edge means honest woodworking that engages both the grain and the brain.

Q: What do you hope this book will impart to your many readers and fans?
A: I hope everyone can share the sense of wonder at the complexity and beauty of our connection to tools and wood. Our language, our culture, our ways of thinking, all evolved with the tools in our ancestors’ hands. Artisanship in wood is part of every human’s legacy, so let’s honor it.

And it’s not just nostalgia. We know that biodiversity is important to us. Well, so is techno-diversity. We can value heirloom technology just as we value heirloom tomatoes. It may not be commercial, but it sure tastes better!

Q: What led you to give up power tools and devote yourself to a career of working exclusively with hand tools?
A: During the back to the land movement of the 1970s I was homesteading in the New Mexico mountains, struggling to live off the grid. A chance encounter with a tool collector’s trove of treadle-powered tools made me realize that an advanced technology of non-electric machines had once flourished and then been abandoned. This was during the energy crisis of the 1970s and the deep significance of sustainable technology hit many of us like a trip hammer (a water-powered trip hammer, of course).

Q: What about woodworkers who blend the use of power tools with hand tools? Is this book also for them?
A: Curiosity is the ultimate power tool. If you work with wood, or just live on a planet where people work with wood, this is the book for you. That’s because The Woodwright’s Guide cuts deep, both into the way wood works, and into the history of the way we work it. So, if you’re trying to do better at a single task of joinery, this book brings you the observations of a thousand years. And, if you’re curious about our enduring relationship with the natural world, The Woodwright’s Guide will give you a sharper axe to hew your own insights.

Q: What have you been up to since your last Woodwright’s book, published in 1996, and how has it influenced this volume?
A: Shooting the PBS series The Woodwright’s Shop gives me the chance to travel and meet craftsmen and women from all over the world. It’s astounding the extraordinary depth of knowledge so many people have about specific areas of the craft. But it’s the stories I appreciate the most. From woodcarver Nora Hall, I heard stories of her father’s carving shop during the Nazi occupation of Holland. Even the work-worn log cabins and ground-down tools preserved at the Museum of Appalachia tell stories—stories of life and hard work in America’s “wooden age.”

Q: What or who have been the major inspirations during your career?
A: Working at Colonial Williamsburg (in spite of the fife and drum parades) was my university of hand craft. The master craftsmen at Colonial Williamsburg are people at the top of their art. It was a constant struggle for me to live up to their high standards of historical research, craftsmanship, and aesthetic sensibility. Still, it was a great place for me, a generalist, to be. If I needed to know something about wheel wrighting, blacksmithing, cooperage, or any of the trades that built our civilization, all I had to do was walk down the street and ask one of the master craftsmen. As Francis Bacon put it, this was a place where “Many ingenious practizes in all trades . . . shall fall under the consideration of one man’s mind.”

Q: You wrote your first Woodwright’s Book in 1981, over 25 years ago. Have you seen a resurgence in interest in hand-crafted woodworking during this period? Have attitudes changed? Has working with hand-tools gone in and out of style, according to larger trends in popular culture?
A: The cycle of high tech and high touch goes back hundreds of years. The first hand-craft, how-to book in English, Mechanick Exercises, or the Doctrine of Handiworks, was published in 1678. Even then, they were as much concerned with the virtues of “vanishing” hand craft as they were in getting the job done.

Now, of course, we are at a technical crossroads, and it’s good to have a back-up in case the big machine breaks down or runs out of gas. And if you’re going to have a hobby, it might as well be ethical. It seems counterproductive to make a nice wooden cradle for your grandchildren if you choose to make the planet uninhabitable in the process.

But even without the green issue, making things directly with our hands goes to the full depth of our humanity. We’ll never be done with it. Making something gives us the same kind of primal happiness we feel when we encounter a berry bush loaded with ripe fruit. Just as the old hunter-gatherer still resides in each of us, so too does the ancient hand craftsman.  

Q: How does the work you do and the way you do it connect to a larger philosophy of life?
A: It’s a mission. With the gross failure of the intellectual class, it has fallen to the craftsman to expose the hidden power inequities of society. Subversive woodworking has to take the lead, helping people make a choice between mindless consumerism and conscious craftsmanship. Just say “NO” to power tools! Let’s take a bite outta Norm!

Q: Why do you think your many fans have coined the nickname “St. Roy” to describe their devotion to you?
A: I’ve cut myself so many times on the television program that I remind folks of unfortunate martyrs like St. Sebastian. He met his fate on the receiving end of arrows, and St. Simon has an even more distressing history with the saw. I have the chisel. 

In my own defense, however, my TV director kept yelling “Cut!” and I was just trying to oblige.


Posted 9/22/2008 in Electronic Drawings | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Ever since we published plans for the Holtzapffel Cabinetmaker's Workbench in Issue 8 of Woodworking Magazine, readers have requested information on how to build the bench so it could be easily knocked down and moved.

The version I built and published plans for in Issue 8 used old-world bench-building principles where the legs were tenoned into the top and the base parts were permanently drawbored. But when Kelly Mehler and I taught a class in constructing the bench last month, we decided to modify the plans to make the whole thing break down for easy transport. The students hailed from all over the country (Missouri, Alaska, Michigan), and so a portable version was necessary.

By the way, if you missed my daily blog posts about this class, you can find them over at the Popular Woodworking editor's blog by clicking below.

Day 1: Sticks
Day 2: Glue
Day 3: Grit
Day 4: Gruntwork
Day 5: Grease
Day 6: Guessing
Day 7: Gone


This weekend my blisters from the class began to fade, and so I cleaned up the construction drawing and cutting list a bit – you can download them for free below.

Here's how the knockdown construction works in a nutshell: The workbench's base is made up of two end assemblies, which are permanently glued and drawbored, plus two long stretchers.

Compared to the original design, the only changes to the end assemblies are that the legs don't have tenons on the top and you need to add a 3"-wide top stretcher to each end assembly. These top stretchers will help you attach the base to the benchtop.

The base's long stretchers are significantly different. The long stretchers have short tenons and are attached to the end assemblies with 1/2" x 8"-long hex-head cap screws, washers and nuts. All in all, the base's joinery works a lot like a traditional bed.

The assembled joint that shows the cap screws in place and the plywood template.

The disassembled joint that shows the short tenon on the long stretcher.

To install the cap screws, drill 5/8"-diameter holes through the legs. Then rout out slots for the nuts and washers in the long stretchers using a plywood pattern, a 1/2" spiral bit and a guide bushing (see the photo for what this looks like). With the slots routed, install the cap screws, washers and nuts. Snug everything up with a socket set and box wrench.

With the base assembled, attach the workbench's top to the base with 3/8" x 5"-long lag screws through the top stretchers in the end assemblies. We used four lag screws per bench. The screws at the front of the bench were in 3/8"-diameter holes. The screws at the rear of the bench were in 1/2"-diameter holes, which allows for wood movement.

Everything else about this bench is identical to the plans found in Issue 8.

Holtzapffel_KD_Bench.pdf (52.91 KB)

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 9/2/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

I'm passionate about cooking, but I don't get excited about cooking equipment. I've got decent cookware, questionable Far East knives bought from an infomercial and (somehow) enough silicone basting brushes for the whole neighborhood. Want one?

But when it comes to marking knives for woodworking, I'm tough to please. Exhibit A is over at WKfinetools.com. I've probably had about a dozen marking knives pass through my hands during the last decade, and none has pleased me as much as the small knife from Blue Spruce Toolworks.

It's the only knife that does everything I ask from a knife, from marking out skinny dovetails to making a coarse cutline for a crosscut handsaw. And I've written over and over how much I like it – perhaps to the point where you're wondering if Dave Jeske at Blue Spruce is padding my secret account in the Cayman Islands.

So a few weeks ago, I got a small box from Steve Quehl, who runs the Woodcraft store outside Atlanta. In it was a new knife made by Bob Zajicek of Czeck Edge. It's called the Kerf Kadet, and Steve offered to loan it to me to test in the shop.

I used it to mark out the joints on a Gustav Stickley plant stand I built last month, and today I spent some time marking out dovetails with it. And I can safely tell you that Steve is not getting this knife back. The most he can hope for is a check to reimburse him.

The knife is similar in some ways to the Blue Spruce knife, but it has some significant differences that are worth noting. The Czech Edge blade is a bit narrower (5/16" compared to 23/64") and shorter past the ferrule (1-5/16" compared to 1-1/2"). With those statistics, both knives will do most standard joint-marking chores.

Where the knives differ is in the handle and ferrule (the metallic transition from the blade to the wood). The Blue Spruce uses a smooth two-piece ferrule. The Czeck Edge uses a single machined bronze ferrule with three grooves turned into it. The grooves are not decorative. When you pinch the knife at the ferrule, the grooves improve your grip on the knife. I was surprised how much I liked the feel.

The wooden part of each tool's handle is also different. The Blue Spruce has a somewhat vase-like shape that opens up at the ferrule. When I grip the Blue Spruce, I put my fingers behind this area, which prevents my fingers from slipping off the knife when I add downward pressure.

The Czeck Edge has more of a pencil-like shape and is lighter in the hand. Both are comfortable in my hands.

How about fit and finish? It's impossible to beat Blue Spruce on this point, but the Czeck Edge is in a tie for first place. The knife is flawless. Crisp and smooth with a perfect transition from wood to metal. It's what you would hope for in your own work. One other nice touch: The Czeck Edge knives come with blade guards for storing the knife. And the price? It's fair: $37.95 to $41.95 depending on the wood you select.

I'm eager to put the Czeck Edge Kerf Kadet to some more use. Lucky for me I have a shop here at the magazine and a shop at home. So I really don't have to choose favorites.  

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 8/29/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

Thanks to everyone who entered our Shortcut contest to win the restored Millers Falls 2A drill from WKTools.com. About 100 people entered the contest, and about one-third of those entries will end up in print in the coming year. So even if you didn't win the drill, you still might will a free one-year subscription to Woodworking Magazine.

The winning Shortcut is what I like to call a "Jedi Mind Trick." It's a little way to remember something very important – in this case, the rotation direction of any router bit. As soon as I read this Shortcut I slapped my forehead.

And that's the sign of a good Shortcut. Here it is from reader Regis de Andrade:

The Right-Hand Thumb Rule

I learned this in engineering school and soon found out it worked for my router. It is called the "right-hand thumb rule."

When trying to remember which way your router bit is spinning so you can feed the wood in the correct direction, you can use the right-hand thumb rule.

Pretend your right hand is a router and your thumb is the router bit. If you are holding the router with your hands and the bit is pointing down to the floor, then hold your hand in front of you with your thumb pointing to the floor. Then curl your fingers. That's the direction your router bit is spinning.

If you are using a router table, hold your hand with your thumb pointing to the sky. Curl your fingers, and that's the direction your router bit is spinning.

That way you will never get confused again and always know the correct feed direction.

And it works for almost anything that spins: faucets, screws (regular thread), changing a tire (if you want to know which way to tighten or loosen the nuts) etc.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/25/2008 in Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

The new Stanley No. 4 smoothing plane.

Stanley Works will release five premium-grade handplane models this year that are designed to compete with planes from Veritas and Lie-Nielsen Toolworks, officials said.

The line includes new designs for a No. 4 smoothing plane, a low-angle jack plane, a shoulder plane and two block planes. All of the Stanley planes will have features that users have come to expect from high-end tools, including irons made from thicker A2 steel, bodies made from ductile iron and handles made from highly polished rosewood.

The new Stanley No. 62 low-angle jack plane.

Additionally, the sole castings will be heavier, all the knobs will be made of brass, the soles will be flat to .003" and many of the planes will incorporate a "patented lateral adjustment locking lever," according to company officials and literature.

The planes, which should be available by November, will have the following manufacturer's suggested retail price: The No. 4 and the low-angle jack will list for $179. The block planes and the shoulder plane will list for $99. The planes will be available through woodworking specialty stores, not home centers. Company officials said the tools’ A2 irons will be made in England and the plane bodies will be made in Mexico.

Stanley officials said they designed these planes after working with the company's "discovery teams." These teams went into specialty stores and furniture-making shops and conducted two-hour interviews with woodworkers about what they wanted in a handplane.

Stanley then designed prototypes and solicited feedback from these users, which they then incorporated into the tools' final designs.

The end results were very interesting. For example, the new Stanley No. 4 is a bevel-down plane. What's different is that the frog and base are cast as one piece. This reduces the opportunity for blade chatter to occur. Also interesting: The plane has an adjustable mouth like a block plane. You unscrew the front knob and slide a throat plate forward and back for different mouth apertures.

The No. 62 Low-Angle Jack Plane also has many of these refinements, including the patented lateral-adjustment mechanism.

The new Stanley No. 92 shoulder/chisel plane.

The No. 92 Shoulder/Chisel Plane also features brass adjustment knobs and a wooden grip at the rear. Though Stanley officials didn't have the finished width of the tool available, the No. 92 was historically a 3/4"-wide tool.

The new Stanley No. 60-1/2 block plane.

The two block planes – the No. 9-1/2 standard-angle plane and the No. 60-1/2 low-angle block plane – have less radical changes compared to their historic brethren. However, they have been redesigned to look like the rest of the new family of planes, and all the planes will use the famous Stanley "Sweetheart" logo from the early part of the 20th century.

When asked if other plane designs were in the works, a Stanley official said there was nothing they could discuss at this time.

As soon as functional production models become available, we’ll be testing these new planes and will report the results in an upcoming issue of Popular Woodworking and Woodworking Magazine.

— Christopher Schwarz



The new Stanley No. 9-1/2 block plane.


Posted 8/19/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

For the next issue of Woodworking Magazine, we’re investigating the best way to make through-tenons – a hallmark of early American furniture, Arts & Crafts pieces and people who like to show off.

I’ve spent a good deal of energy investigating the joint personally. When I started collecting Arts & Crafts furniture in 1990, I quickly became attuned to spotting the joint in pieces for my collection.

Even better, I had a mentor with an incredible collection. Owen Riley was a photographer at the newspaper where I worked, and he had been collecting Arts & Crafts furniture for many years. His entire apartment was stuffed to the gills with the stuff. And he took great pains to teach me the difference between the makers – I can spot an L & J.G. tusk tenon over a Gustav Stickley tusk tenon from across a room.

And so I’ve always had a realistic view of how this joint appears in real-deal furniture that now costs five or six figures.

Here’s the real truth: The craftsmanship is all over the place. Take a look at the photo above. That’s a through-tenon on a signed Gustav Stickley slipper rocker from my collection. All the through-tenons on the piece look exactly like this. Clearly, they were made with some sort of boring tool, perhaps a drill press or perhaps some form of spindle machine. Heck you can still see some torn grain on the surface of the joint that indicates the rotation of the cutter.

No effort was made to square up the ends of the joint. No effort was made to round over the tenon to match the radiused mortise. There’s just a gap that’s plainly visible on the outside surfaces of the leg.

I always like to compare that joint to the through-tenons on my Charles Stickley arm chair. Charles was one of the “lesser” Stickley brothers, and the craftsmanship and style of his work is often derided by modern writers. The through-tenons on his chair are perfect, as good as any high-class modern work in a gallery.

There’s no consistency by maker. Roycroft through-tenons? Raggy. Limbert through-tenons? Not bad except for a couple overcuts – probably from a saw.

So what’s the pattern? Visibility. The more visible the joint, the more likely that the maker went to great lengths to make it tidy. That seems like it should be obvious, but that has not been my experience with modern work (especially my own).

My inclination is to make the suckers perfect. Why? Because I often have other woodworkers snooping around my house, pulling out my drawers, turning over my tables and the like.

So how do you make these joints spot-on? I’ve used several methods, which we’ll be exploring in the issue. For long and skinny joints, it’s hard to beat a highly-tuned hollow-chisel mortiser (though I’m going to try). For squarish joints, it’s hard to beat a template and a router.

And, in the end, it’s hard to beat wedging, which can expand a tenon into a loosely fit joint. Or, if you’ve had a bad day, putty and a dark dark stain…..

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 7/29/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Veritas has just released its much-awaited Side Rabbet Plane (at a special introductory price) and Veritas was generous enough to permit me to test-drive it here in our workshop.

Though I still am getting comfortable with the tool, below are my initial impressions after trimming out about a dozen grooves and rabbets this week.

About Side Rabbet Planes
Side-rabbet planes are specialty tools that belong in the family of joinery planes. They are used to clean up and widen the difficult-to-trim walls of rabbets, grooves and dados. To be honest, some craftsmen don't use these planes at all. Instead of trimming a dado wider, they will trim the mating panel instead. Both perspectives work.
 
There are two kinds of metal-bodied side-rabbet planes (and there are wooden ones as well). The Stanley Nos. 98 and 99 have a right-hand version and a left-hand version so you can work with the grain in grooves in rabbets. The other format is to combine both cutters into one tool. Stanley did that in its No. 79 (with mixed results in my book). And the English Preston version (and later Record version) got it right.

Lie-Nielsen makes versions similar to the Stanley, but in bronze. I've used them and they work quite well.

Veritas Specifications
The Veritas Side Rabbet Plane is similar to the Preston plane: One cutter is on top. One is below. A handle is in the middle. Veritas, as always, has made improvements to the design that are beyond the "socks on a squirrel" variety.

The sleek handle – which reminds me of a beetle's back – pivots up and down depending on which cutter you are using. The handle is spring-loaded and doesn't slip during use – which is saying something because you have to apply significant hand pressure to these tools in use.

The handle is comfortable. It burrows into your palm without poking you.

The other major advancement for the user is the irons. Veritas has lapped the flat faces of these O1 (high-carbon) steel irons so sharpening them up takes only minutes. And when it comes to skew-cutting planes this is critical. A small sharpening error with a skew plane and the tool won't function correctly.

The other thing to note about the tool is its depth stop, which locks quickly and squarely (thanks to some clever machining) in either direction. You also can remove the toe piece of the tool with a screwdriver so you can work into the corners of stopped rabbets, grooves and dados.

In putting the tool to use, I was impressed (as always) with the irons and how easy they took an edge. Sharpening them without a jig is fairly simple work because the bevels are quite large and register firmly on a sharpening stone.

The only modification I'd recommend to the irons is to relieve the acute corner of each iron as it will dig in a little deeply in use (and will get worn away anyway). Veritas recommends this in the manual, and it is a two-minute job with a file. Be careful not to go too far – the point needs to extend beyond the sole a tad.

The real skill to learn with this plane is starting the tool. All the varieties of this tool have a small nose that you have to register against the sidewall of the joint you are going to trim. So it takes a steady hand to start a clean cut. Once you begin, the tool is easy to manage in the cut. The Veritas works in cuts up to 1/2" deep.

Trimming the long grain of grooves and rabbets is easier than trimming the end grain in dados, so start with the easy stuff first. This style of tool isn't hard to use, but I wouldn't practice on a live project piece.

The Veritas Side Rabbet plane costs $139, but it will be offered at a special introductory price of $119. You can order one through this link.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/7/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

When it comes to dovetailing, I’ve never really had a dog in the fight between dovetailers who cut the pins first and those who cut the tails first. I was first taught to cut my tails first, though I’m also comfortable cutting the pins first (I spent a whole year cutting pins first so I understand its advantages).

But as I get older, I guess I’m getting more set in my ways and am officially entrenched with the tails-first crowd. Why? Well I guess it’s because of the tools I use and processes I have chosen through the years that make my choice inevitable.

Reason 1: Gang cutting. I like cutting two sets of tails simultaneously for drawers. This is impossible to do (well) if you cut pins-first.

Reason 2: I own a narrow-bladed knife. One of the big advantages of cutting pins-first is that you have a lot of room to navigate when you transfer your marks to the tail board. I have a very narrow-bladed knife, so sneaking it between the tails is no hassle for me. If I didn’t have this tool, I’d probably be a pins-first person.

Reason 3: I rabbet my boards before cutting the tails. Years ago, Glen D. Huey showed me a trick where you rabbet the inside face of your tails to make transferring the marks to the pin board easier. The shallow rabbet (about 1/8") gives you enormous precision in aligning your pieces. Glen is a pins-first guy, and the system works with pins-first dovetailing. But I think it really shines with tails-first because you can clamp your pin board in a vise and really apply pressure with the tail board.

Reason 4: Gravitational forces. This one is a subtle argument, and I don’t expect it to sway many people, but it is a strong one for me. I think it’s easier to cut a true vertical line than it is to cut a true line at an angle. This is because of the way gravity tugs at the heavy back of the saw. This little detail makes cutting tails-first easier for me. Here’s how:

When you cut any dovetail, the first half of the joint is the pattern for the second. So your first part doesn’t have to be precise when it comes to its angles. It just needs to be clean and neat. If you cut your tails first, that means your first cuts are angled. If you don’t have to be precise with these cuts, then you have one less thing to worry about with this part of the joint. All you really need to worry about is being straight. The actual angle is incidental. Heck I use a pencil alone to mark out my tails.

When it comes to the second part of the joint, it must be an exact complement of the first. Accuracy counts a great deal. When you cut tails-first, that means your second cut is pins. And pins are straight up and down. And straight up and down is easier to do perfectly. Well, straight is easier is for me at least.

If you reverse the process and cut the pins-first, the second part is making the angled tails. And I think those lines are harder to track because gravity isn’t on your side.

Of course, if you do this stuff every day, all this becomes moot. You just do it the way you do it. And you ignore the gravitational prattling of a magazine editor.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/2/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Good books on hand work are hard to find, and after I recommended Robert Wearing's "The Essential Woodworker" in 2007, copies became difficult to find at a reasonable price. I swear I don't have a secret stash of these books I like, though it would be a nifty way to make some cash on the side.

If you cannot get Wearing's excellent book, I have a great alternative: Charles H. Hayward's "Carpentry for Beginners" (Emerson Books). This little jewel slipped under my radar for many years because of the title. Carpentry? Why would I want a book about building a coal hutch?

Well as it turns out, we moderns are a bunch of unskilled dufuses (or should that be that dufi? I forget). What a mid-century Briton considers carpentry is more like what we would consider fine furniture building. (And what we call carpentry must be one notch above flint knives and bear skins, I suppose).

"Carpentry for Beginners" is an excellent book for building basic hand skills. Hayward covers it all, from basic sharpening to flattening a board, mortising, basic dovetailing, half-laps and even case construction. The book is entirely focused on hand work because it is assumed that the home carpenter wouldn't have any machines lurking in the scullery.

What I think is brilliant about the book (and I hope to steal for my own future efforts) is how Hayward first teaches you the basic strokes: sawing, chiseling, boring, planing, marking, testing. Then he shows you how to combine these basic skills into dealing with real-life assemblies. There are entire chapters on "How to Make a Door," "How to Make a Box" and "How to Make a Drawer."

Then these are followed by informative single-page illustrations that walk you through many of the basic joints.

That's the first 109 pages; the rest of the book is a walk through your swinging uncle's house. Hayward shows you how to build swanky item after swanky item for your pad, including a television chair and some Danish un-modern tables. You can probably skip these chapters, except for the section on building a tool chest and workbench trestles.

Where do I find out-of-print books such as this? Try:

bookfinder.com

abebooks.com

alibris.com

powells.com  

Now I'm off to troll these sites to buy up 100 copies of Graham Blackburn's old books for next week's blog entry.

— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. Click here to read about other books I've recommended.



Posted 6/30/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

One of the best recommendations I’ve ever received in the world of hand tools came from a power-tool user who has 660-volt three-phase pumping through his veins.

It’s 1996, and I’m a newly minted managing editor at Popular Woodworking. David Thiel, then an associate editor at the magazine, has been assigned to give me a tour of the workshop and check me out on the machines.

I’ve been woodworking on my back porch seriously for a few years and am comfortable on a table saw, radial-arm saw and a band saw, but I’ve never seen a drum sander, spray booth or shaper. I know I came off like a hayseed because I was dumbfounded by the sheer volume of cast iron and steel now at my disposal.

At the end of the tour, David showed me his work area and made a generous offer: Until I got set up in the shop I could use any of the hand tools hanging in his tool cabinets above his bench.

Several weeks later I’m in the shop building my first serious project for the magazine (an Arts & Crafts project from the Byrdcliffe Colony) and I need a combination square to mark out some joinery before I cut it on the table saw. I snatch one of the squares above his bench and go to work.

That was a Friday afternoon. I remember that because I was compelled to drive up to our local tool supplier Saturday morning to buy my own L.S. Starrett 12" combination square. I didn’t care what the price was. I didn’t care how far I had to drive across town with a squealing 1-year-old in the back seat to get it. I just knew that after an afternoon of working with David’s square that I had to have one for myself.

After a few more weeks I bought a 6" version for $25 at a local antiques market.

During the last 12 years, I’ve had a variety of marking and measuring tools try to shake that Starrett from my toolbox. The magazine’s staff tested all the squares on the market in the late 1990s and somehow the General version ended up on my bench. It’s a nice square, and on the outside would appear to be every bit as good as the Starrett, but something is missing. The blade in the Starrett just moves a bit more sweetly and the engraved markings are just a bit crisper.

As I got more into traditional hand work, I considered trading in my Starrett for a traditional try square (perhaps a wooden one). After all, combination squares were built originally for machinists, not woodworkers. But after dabbling with the old-Testament gear, I fled back into the arms of Starrett. It’s just too darn perfect and useful.

I keep the 6" version tucked into my shop apron and use it for laying out and measuring joinery. The 12" one hangs above my bench and comes into play any time I need to keep two measurements locked in (which is typical) or the joinery is beyond the range of the 6" tool.

It’s almost impossible to overstate my affection for this tool. If I had a family crest, I’d put it on there. If I’m buried with one tool, this will probably be the one I ask my wife to tuck into the pocket of my last suit.

But I probably won’t want to be buried with this square. Instead, I plan to hang it on the wall of my shop in plain view in the hopes that one of my children will pick the thing up when they need a tool for a quick measurement. Perhaps the same bolt of lightning will strike them.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/25/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Boring
Bookmark and Share

Today I'm abandoning a prototype design I've been working on this week between bouts of tending our gerund farm. I'd like to have a Viking funeral for this little end table, but I'm sure the fire inspector would scowl.

Despite the failed design, the experience hasn't been a total loss. While Senior Editor Robert W. Lang wasn't looking, I snitched his Bosch I-Driver, which I've been using all week. You see, I'm in the market for a new cordless drill. My 12-volt tools are more than five years old and feel like they weigh a ton compared to the newest generation of tools.

The I-Driver, what Bosch calls the PS10-2, is just about everything I want in a cordless tool. Where to start? The sucker is built like a tank. Everything is tightly constructed on this tool; many low-priced drills feel like they are going to fall apart on you (and we've had several flame out on us over the years as well).

Second: I love the pivoting head. The chuck pivots 90°, which allows you to get into places that no other drill will go. The low-profile chuck also aids in making this the sneakiest drill I've ever used. The chuck accepts ¼" hex-shank tooling, which some will see as a downside, but I consider it a minor inconvenience for the low profile.

What else? The tool goes and goes. Yes, it's only 10.8 volts, but it took me a long time to drain the battery – and these batteries are a couple years old and have lots of cycles on them. Other plusses: It has a fine clutch (not all right-angle dills do, which is stupid). Plus, the oversized trigger allows you to use two fingers, so your control of the speed is greatly enhanced.

I think I've found my next drill. Sure, it's not going to easily spin 1/16" twist bits, but that's what I have my Millers Falls eggbeater drill for, right?

And now to see if we have any gasoline in the shop. I have a prototype to deal with.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/19/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Lately I've been planing stuff that has been a lot nastier than your typical run-of-the-mill cherry, oak and walnut. First Senior Editor Glen D. Huey tried to torture me by bringing in some curly maple for the blanket chest on cover the Summer 2008 issue.

Then I built the cover project for the Fall 2008 issue from some walnut that should have been on the burn pile. Honestly, I had to go through about twice as much material as usual to find enough wood to build this 18th-century wall cabinet.

Then, this weekend I had to plane some rowy mahogany while teaching at Kelly Mehler's School of Woodworking. Kelly had prepared mahogany pieces for the project that the students built (a Shaker utensil tray). And a lot of that was rowy – which is when the wood has rope-like bands of grain through it where the grain reverses in each rope.

The tool that has kept me away from the wide belt sander these last few months has been my little Wayne Anderson smoothing plane. I've had this tool for more than two years now and have published an article on its long-term performance in the most recent edition of Popular Woodworking, the August 2008 issue.

Below is the text of that article, plus a link to download a pdf slideshow presentation that shows the evolution of this form of plane using pictures supplied by Wayne himself. Enjoy.

Despite the amount of bronze, iron and beech in my tool cabinet, most woodworkers need only three bench planes: A fore plane to reduce the thickness of boards, a jointer plane to flatten them and a smoothing plane to prepare them for finishing.

That’s in a perfect world. In reality, we work with a material (wood) that is unpredictable, cantankerous and vexing – like my first redheaded girlfriend.

During the last few years, I’ve gradually folded a fourth plane into my  arsenal, and now I cannot imagine working without it.

It’s a small smoothing plane with a steeply pitched iron (a 57° angle of attack), no chipbreaker and a mouth aperture that a gnat would have a hard time squeezing through without damaging his Dipteran hinder.

This is my plane of last resort. When my 50°-pitch smoothing plane leaves nasty torn grain in its wake, I pull out this plane. It doesn’t care if there’s a grain reversal in the board. Or if I’m planing against the grain. Or if the grain is interlocked, curly or worse. When set for a fine cut, this plane almost never fails me.

This plane has become a staple of Wayne Anderson, a custom planemaker in Elk River, Minn. (andersonplanes.com or 763-486-0834). This form of plane started out several years ago with Wayne’s interest in high-angle planes without a chipbreaker. He built this version for writer Kerry Pierce to test for a competing magazine. Then I bought the plane from Wayne. (Despite the fact that it was a used tool, I paid full price.)

Since that time, I’ve fallen head-over-heels for the plane, and Wayne has pushed the tool’s design in new directions for other customers. If you’re not familiar with Wayne’s work, he’s a bit different than other custom makers. He seldom makes the same tool twice.

The profile on the rear of the iron might change. Or the shape of the sidewall or lever cap will morph. But the tool still looks like itself – like a fraternal twin.

As to the function of the tool, you could set up a 6"-long block plane to do the exact same job, but there’s no way the tool will look as good or fit your hand so well.

With this small smoothing plane, the coffin shape of the body lets you squeeze the tool right in the middle by its mouth. And having mastered the tool, I find I can change the depth of cut merely by squeezing and pressing at the center of the tool, or by releasing that pressure. The weight of the plane (2 lbs. 2 oz.) keeps the tool in the cut without chattering (try that with your block plane) even when I use little-girl pressure to control it. The result: Thin shavings; no tearing.

The rear bun is rounded nicely so it feels good against my right palm, and the tall iron keeps my hand right where it should be.

The short sole (about 5-1/2") allows you to plane in areas that longer smoothing planes can’t get to. When I say this I don’t mean tight little spaces inside a cabinet, I mean the small and large hollows that occur on any flat board. A small tool rides the gentle waves of a board where a longer plane skims off the peaks instead. And when you’re trying to get a tabletop looking right (perfect flatness be darned) a short plane is invaluable.

If you’re thinking of investing in one custom plane, this plane would be an excellent addition to any standard lineup. These tools start at $825. Need more convincing? Wayne has provided a slide show of the different forms of this plane during the last few years that you can download below. I’ll warn you, however, it’s dangerous to watch.

WAminis-1.pdf (2.16 MB)

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/16/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

What I dislike most about the Summer 2008 issue is the fact that I didn't get to build the Sea Chest that Glen D. Huey constructed. I had designed the entire issue around me getting to build the thing. Then we ran out of time. Or, put more correctly, I had to choose between building and occasionally chewing my food.

So Glen built the Sea Chest and did great job (grumble). During construction, he had to bend the hinges on the sucker to fit the canted sides. We promised a short tutorial on the process and here it is, with photos.

And by the way, the story has a happy ending (for me). I ended up with the Sea Chest gracing my living room as a coffee table. And I experienced some evenings of fine digestion. Win-win!

Manipulating hinges for the sea chest is extremely easy. To begin, use a combination square or small square to strike a line across the back face of the hinge leaf that fits to the chest. The line should be at 3/4” off the barrel (or equal the thickness of your chest back).

Place the scribed hinge leaf into a vise leaving the line about a 1/16” above the jaws. This compensates for rounding the metal as you bend the leaf. Then, grab a stout hammer and relieve your frustrations by pounding over the leaf. Be sure to make the bend toward you or so the barrel is folded away from you as you finish shaping the bend. Keep a hand pulling on the opposite leaf to help bend the leaf (the metal is not that rigid). Keep in mind hitting that hand with a hammer is not much fun, so slide back the leaf a bit.

That leaves the leaf at something near 90º. Due to the cant of the front and back of the chest, it’s necessary to continue the bend a few degrees more. To complete the bending, remove the hinge from the vise, hold the hinge against the vise and add a couple firm hits with my hammer. That should bring the hinge to a match with the chest.

— Christopher Schwarz (with captions by Glen D. Huey)


Posted 6/16/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Anyone who builds furniture while in a wheelchair is up against serious challenges. Not only are the machines and workbenches too high off the floor, getting the wheelchair close enough to the workbench to actually work is a serious problem.

All the workbenches I built for "Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use," are unsuitable for the wheelchair user. The bench's bases won't let a wheelchair user get anywhere near the working surface.

Several wheelchair users have approached me about designing a bench for wheelchair users, but I wasn't sure where to begin. Sjoberg makes this version that is adjustable in height, which is very similar to Jeff Noden's Adjust-a-bench – at least in basic form.

Reader Larry Arnold, a wheelchair user, designed and built this workbench, which is quite stout, passes my kitchen door test and is handsome to boot. Here are some of the statistics:

The base is made using ¼" steel tubing. The legs are 3" square; the other steel rails are 2" x 3". The base weighs 106 lbs.

The top is 2-1/4" thick, 24" wide and 66" long. The top is 29" off the floor and made from Douglas fir. Both the vises are Lee Valley face vises, which Arnold said he chose because they have a low profile under the bench, allowing him clearance to roll under there.

He also has a deadman he bolts to the top, which will allow him to clamp long boards, doors and the like.

"I built it all myself with no help, except for the top which I took to a cabinet shop to run through their wide belt sander," he says. "I have full access under the bench with no restrictions except for the vertical legs. It's going to be so much better than what I have been using, wish I would have built one sooner. I know it's not what you would build for yourself,  but for me in my situation I can't think of much I could add to make it work better for me."

And here's the best news about the bench: Arnold is going to put it into service to build two Shaker-style tables from Issue 2.

Congratulations to Arnold on his new bench.

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 5/20/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

Learning to cut woodworking joints is one thing. Figuring out how to assemble all those joints in a correct and efficient order for a project is another skill entirely.

In the upcoming Fall 2008 issue of Woodworking Magazine, we're delving deep into the topic of cabinet construction. And the method we have developed during the last decade is different than any other you have read, but it will do three things for your woodworking:

1. You'll make fewer mistakes and waste less wood.

2. You'll have an easier time fitting your doors and drawers.

3. Your cabinets will go together faster with tighter joints.

If you'd like to learn about our new method, then I encourage you to subscribe to the magazine by May 30 to guarantee you will receive a copy of the Fall 2008 issue. In addition to our research into cabinet construction, you'll also find:

Fitting Doors & Drawers: We show you how to square up doors with a table saw and fit it precisely with a hand plane. Plus, we explain how to size your drawers so they'll fit properly with only minor adjustments with a plane.

Tool Review – Sliding Bevels: Why do so many of them slip and slide around on you? We investigate the major brands available today and find the best ones.

Coloring Walnut: Walnut with a simple clear finish looks cold and lifeless.
We show you how to warm up this beautiful wood with a variety of approaches, including shellac and stains.

So why should you subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? We think it's different than every other magazine out there. It's written to help all woodworkers fill in the inevitable gaps in our skills that result from teaching ourselves woodworking.

We show you the historical, time-tested and frequently forgotten methods to saw any joint, drawboring, wedged through-tenons and splines. We review tools that other magazines won't touch but are extremely important: like 6" rules, screws, combination squares and moisture meters.

Plus, we offer projects you won't elsewhere. We build only time-tested forms in classic styles, such as Arts & Crafts, Shaker and early American. More importantly, we pick projects that can be built without an enormous outlay of time, wood or tools.

And that's not all that's different. Woodworking Magazine has no advertisements and is printed in glorious sepia-toned black-and-white on its inside pages.

If you're ready to subscribe, we're ready to take your order. Click here and we'll sign you up to receive the next issue.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/17/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

Between bites of salad, Kevin Drake pauses to take a close look at the common chair sitting in our local Panera.
 
When I look at the chair, all I see is your typical bent-lamination, factory-made, comfortable-for-about-32-minutes padded chair.
 
But Kevin, the founder of Glen-Drake Toolworks, sees a lesson in Japanese aesthetics and composition by Japanese arts teacher Shozo Sato. What is the dominant focus for the viewer? What is the sub-dominant; the subordinate?

I was chewing my food at the beginning of the explanation, but by the end I was listening so intently that I forgot about the baguette soaking in my own mouth juices as I finally "saw" the chair.

Nothing makes me happier than to have lunch with someone whose brain is on fire with ideas different than mine. Someone who sees the same world with different eyes.

Which brings us to handsaws.

It's a common thing to read in woodworking texts that the ripping teeth in a Western saw (power- or hand-driven) are shaped like chisels. And that crosscutting teeth are shaped like knives.

But when Kevin sees sawteeth, he sees something different. He sees the function of the teeth relating more to its "rake," which is how forward or backwards each sawtooth leans. On a handsaw, teeth with the cutting face straight up have "zero rake." Teeth that lean forward into the cut have a more aggressive rake. And teeth that lean backward have a relaxed rake. (Whether the rake is "postive" or "negative" depends on whether it's a power tool or hand tool user describing it.)
 
To Kevin, Western ripping teeth don't look like chisels; they look like scrapers. Scrapers attack the work in an almost vertical position – like a zero-rake sawtooth. I can see this (see the photo at the top of this entry of a wooden model of Western sawteeth).
 
And to Kevin, it's the Japanese-style sawteeth (shown above right) that look like chisels. They lean forward like a chisel being used for paring. And I can see this, too.
 
So Kevin then asks three questions:
 
1. What type of wood scrapes better, hardwoods or softwoods? Easy. The harder the wood, the easier it scrapes.
 
2. In general, which woods are harder, Japanese woods or Western woods? Again, it's an easy question. Western woods are harder.
 
3. When you scrape a wood, is it easier to push the tool or pull it? You can do it both ways, but I definitely prefer to push the tool.
 
"That," Kevin says, "is why I prefer Western push-style saws."
 
That statement was like a Zen Buddhist riddle (called a koan) for me. Thanks Kevin. Now I'll never look at my saws (or the Panera chairs) in the same way ever again.
 
— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. This coming week (May 19 to 23) I'll be teaching at the Marc Adams School of Woodworking, so there won't be many (if any) updates to the blog. Enjoy your vacation!


Posted 5/1/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

As woodworkers dive into handwork, they usually start with a block plane, then the bench planes, the saws and the joinery planes.

Joinery planes – such as plow planes, router planes, shoulder planes and rabbeting planes – are some of the easiest planes to set up and use. Their irons are straighforward to sharpen (no curves needed), and because the tool doesn’t produce a show surface, you don’t need to be a maniac about the keenness of your cutting edges.

One of the most essential joinery planes is the moving fillister. It cuts a rabbet either across the grain or with the grain. And it can make a rabbet of almost any size thanks to its adjustable fence.

Moving fillisters are different than other planes in the rabbeting family in that its fence is adjustable (planes with a fixed fence are called standing fillisters), plus it can work across the grain because it has retractable nickers (planes without the nickers are just plain old rabbet planes).

The iron Stanley No. 78 is the most common vintage version of this tool, however I’m not fond of the form. The fence wobbles because of the way it is attached to the body, so the plane does a poor job in hard woods (in my experience). Record, by the way, fixed this problem with its metal version of this plane, though it’s a tough tool to find in North America.

This really is a case where the wooden versions of a plane are superior. Wooden-stock moving fillisters are fairly common in the secondary market, though they usually require some rehabbing to be usable. So what do you do?

You could ask Clark & Williams to make you one – they showed me an excellent moving fillister they make a couple years ago. You could buy an ECE from toolsforworkingwood.com. Or you could buy a new traditional one from Philip Edwards at Philly Planes in England.

Philip’s planes are excellent. I recently reviewed his miter plane plus a plane designed for raising panels for drawer bottoms. They both work like a charm. So it’s very exciting to me (and a good sign for hand work in general) that there is a new moving fillister on the market from Philip’s shop.

We’ve ordered one for our shop here, and I will offer a full report once it arrives. Until then, however, if you need a moving fillister, I can recommend Philip’s planes highly.  

— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. Want to learn more about joinery planes? Then definitely pick up a copy of “The Wooden Plane” by John M. Whelan.


Posted 4/24/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

For me, finger joints have always been the nerdy, square cousin to the dovetail.

Finger joints are immensely strong when glued properly. But they are usually used by beginning woodworkers in places where a dovetail would be more appropriate, such as on a piece of 18th-century casework.

Add to that the fact that finger joints are tricky or dangerous to make on wide boards (without a commercial jig) plus the fact that gluing them with yellow glue is stressful, and it's a wonder that anyone uses them at all.

And so we decided to tackle finger joints for the Summer 2008 issue of Woodworking Magazine, which will be shipping to subscribers next month. It took us a few months to really pin them down (pun intended), but I think we nailed it (and no, cut nails are not involved).

Here's a small taste of some of the problems of the joint we solved after three months of testing in our shop:

Appearance:
Finger joints are a product of the machine age. Using them in styles before circa 1900 is just wrong to the eye. So consider the joint for more contemporary pieces only.

Cutting them Accurately: Right now there are basically two different ways to cut the joint: A shop-made jig for the table saw for narrow boards, and using a router jig that costs several hundred dollars for wide boards. We set out to develop a simple and safe shop-made jig that could handle both wide and narrow boards. Senior Editor Robert W. Lang had a stroke of genius on this and solved the problem forever (in my opinion).

Gluing Them Easily: You can assemble small boxes with finger joints fairly easily when using yellow glue. But at a certain point, you hit the wall because the glue sets up before you can close all the joints. So the solution would seem to be a slow-setting glue. Well, that's one way to go about it. But we found an easier and faster way that is super-strong (see the photo of Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick's boot on a sample joint). In the end, it took an anvil to bust up our sample joints.


Also in the Summer 2008 Issue

The finger joint is just one of the major themes running through the issue. Here are some of the other stories you can look for in the coming issue:

Building a Better Chest: Most woodworkers build chests using the most convoluted and fussy assembly imaginable. After reviewing hundreds of historical models, we settle on a method for building a chest that looks more complex at first glance, but actually saves an immense amount of shop time, requires less fussing around and allows more design flexibility.

Crackle Finishing: Many woodworkers who try a crackle finish have inconsistent results. Sometimes it works; sometimes it doesn't. And predicting how much it's going to crackle is almost impossible. Senior Editor Glen D. Huey cracks the code of crackle finish and finds out that the easiest and most predictable way to do it is also the simplest.

Trimming End Grain: When you have to cut back some end grain so it's flush with some face grain, it's always an opportunity to mess up the project. We show you two (actually three) methods for doing it right every time with a block plane, sander and pencil eraser.

And one more thing about the Summer 2008 issue: This issue is going to be mailed out to subscribers in a protective plastic bag, which will reduce the chances that the postal service will mangle it. If the plastic bag works for you, let us know so we can encourage our manufacturing division to continue using it.

And if you're not a subscriber, you can easily remedy that here.

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 4/22/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

About a decade ago, my boss Steve Shanesy told me something about design that knocked me flat. When he was a struggling custom furniture maker, he took some time off to do something that few people do.

Create a new style of furniture.

That is one of the most ambitious personal projects I could imagine. I wonder if there has there been a new style of furniture created in my lifetime. Does James Krenov’s work constitute a new style? Sam Maloof? George Nakashima? I don’t know the answer to this question, but I do know how one mouth-breather of a woodworker (me) goes about it.

And because I never tire of hearing how other people design pieces, I thought I’d share with you the convoluted path I’m taking this week to make a simple thing for our fall 2008 issue.

I like old furniture – anything from Ancient Egypt to World War II interests me greatly. So when I set out to build something I hit the books to look at as many examples of furniture and decorative objects from that period as I can. In this case, we decided to build an 18th-century wall cabinet for the fall issue, so I cracked open all my books from Wallace Nutting, particularly “A Furniture Treasury.” This out-of-print book is available in many forms and is fairly inexpensive. I paid $20 for my two-volume set at Half-Price Books.

I might not look at wall cabinets when I scan these books. I look at lots of casework pieces and their proportions, mouldings and the arrangement of the components, such rails and stiles from doors.

When I’m saturated (a few trips through the treasury will do that), I’ll start sketching. It’s not formal. I just draw without regard to perfectly straight lines or dimensions. I sketch in the car while waiting for the kids to finish track practice. Or in the few minutes of peace I get between the bedtimes of the two kids. I sketch things that I’m sure won’t work just to give them their day in ink.

The more examples I draw, the better the chance I’ll hit something I really like. I don’t use the Golden Section or any other mathematical formula. It’s all gut.

Then I fire up a CAD program on my laptop and try to turn the sketches into something that can be built and has some dimensions that make sense – a dining table that’s 30” high, for example.

While In CAD I’ll make a few variations that take advantage of the cut-and-paste power of the program. I’ll move the drawers and doors around. Add a cupholder. With this wall cabinet I tried it with two doors (like the Nutting original), one door, then a door with a drawer.

Then I show the CAD drawings to others and ask them which ones they like. Why they like it isn’t as important – though I always ask. Maddy, my 12-year-old, liked the two-door version of this cabinet because of the symmetry and that you could display two contrasting pieces of pottery behind the glass panes. Katy, the 8-year-old, liked the drawer because it could be used to “hold little things.” Lucy, my wife, declined to put a dog in that fight.

Next stop: If I have time, I’ll knock together a prototype in poplar to see if it looks awkward. Prototyping always pays off in two ways: I make small adjustments that improve the design, and I’ll typically keep the prototype for our family.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/15/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Electronic Drawings
Bookmark and Share

Now you can download six free SketchUp drawings for projects published in Woodworking Magazine during the last four years.

These files work with Google's free drafting program, SketchUp, and allow you to take the projects apart, see the joinery and view the projects at any angle. These files are great for understanding how a project goes together before you start building it.

These files were provided by draughtsman Louis Bois, who has been providing technical illustrations for Woodworking Magazine for the last couple issues. Louis does these drawings as a free service to the readers, so please join me in thanking him for his hard work.

The projects below are some our favorites:

Shaker Hanging Cabinet: This is the cover project from Issue No. 1. I've built this project about five times now for various family members and customers, and it is always well-received.

HangingShakerCabinet.zip (100.4 KB)

Shaker Side Table: This project from Issue 2 has enormous popularity. The delicate legs and fine proportions of the top make this project one of my favorites.

ShakerEndTable.zip (125.94 KB)

Sliding-lid Box: Also from Issue 2, this box is a great lesson in how to build drawer boxes (with one table-saw set-up) and makes a great home for your chisels.

SlidingLidBox.zip (31.44 KB)

Dining Room Tray: From Issue 5, this project is a great lesson in learning to use cut nails (and a tanning bed) to build a nice cherry project.

DiningRoomTray.zip (24.34 KB)

Enfield Cabinet: Also from Issue 6, this tall cabinet -- it looks like a jelly cupboard I suppose -- is an excellent lesson in vintage case construction techniques.

EnfieldShakerCabinet.zip (128.46 KB)

American Trestle Table: This cover project from Issue 6 has a special place in my heart because the prototype is my dining room table. Endless nights of homework have trashed the perfect film finish, but I like it even more now than they day I finished it.

AmericanTrestleTable.zip (75.25 KB)

All of these files are compressed in a .zip format. Double-clicking on them will unzip them.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/14/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

As I was unpacking my tools for the Lie-Nielsen Hand Tool Event in Chicago this weekend, John Economaki from Bridge City Tools stepped up to my workbench with an astonishing piece of wood.

It was a narrow slice off the end of a dowel that was .004" thick. It was cut with a handsaw.

"I cut this with my new saw," Economaki said. "You ready for a rematch?"

Earlier this fall, he and I had a sawing contest to see who could make the thinnest crosscut (he won that contest; see the full story here). Economaki handed me the paper-thin slice and I knew two things: I didn't want a rematch, but I definitely wanted to see his new saw.

Turns out it is more than just a handsaw. It's a Japanese sawblade mounted in a frame that was topped with sliding tables. It is, in essence, a hand-powered table saw with sliding tables. Economaki calls it the Jointmaker Pro, and it's going to be available this summer (most likely June, Economaki said).

In this photo, Economaki pulled away the stops so you can see what the cutting action looks like across the sloped blade.

Here are the particulars: The sawblade is mounted teeth-up in the frame of the Jointmaker. And the blade slopes up from the front of the tool to the rear. On top of the Jointmaker are two sliding tables – one on either side of the blade – that slide on dovetailed ways (no bearings, just a perfect fit).

Some of the controls are like a table saw: You raise and lower the blade with a crank, and you can bevel the blade left and right. To make common cuts, the Jointmaker Pro comes with a series of stops that you can set for the particular bevel angles.

Look familiar? The Jointmaker Pro has controls similar to a table saw. And as a bonus it bevels both left and right.

The two sliding tables can be moved in tandem at any angle between 0° to 47° by securing the Jointmaker Pro's wooden fence across them. Then you simply secure your work on the table with a couple very clever hold-downs and – zip – push the work over the blade.

The slope of the 28-tpi crosscut blade (a rip blade is available) cuts the work with surprisingly little effort. But how much wood can you cut with a human-powered table saw? Economaki said you can cut stock up to 5" wide and 1-1/2" thick. Thick stock requires a lot more strokes against the blade, but it's easy (I tried it).

What is most surprising about the tool is the resulting cut. It is the cleanest sawcut I've ever seen, whether by hand or power. Economaki made dozens of different kinds of cuts during the hand-tool event for dovetails, tenons, half-laps and bridles – and all them were flawless from the saw.

At the end of the show, he made a series of compound miters, and they went together with an air-tight fit.

Economaki said the idea for the tool came to him during a sleepless night.

"I began by putting a Japanese saw blade upside down in a vise," he said. "I made a cut by pushing the work over the blade, and the light went on."
 
The Jointmaker Pro will cost $1,195 retail, Economaki said, but there will be an introductory price of $995.

"It costs 10 times that of a good dozuki," he said. "Yet you get perfect results."

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/9/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

If you haven't surmised it yet, one of the themes running through the Spring 2008 issue is the fact that accurate sawing has a lot more to do with accurate chisel work than anything else. When you cut a tenon shoulder, it's the chisel that cuts the part of the joint that shows – the saw just removes the waste below.

Several readers have picked up on this theme, and they've also pointed out (politely, I might add) what looks like a contradiction in my instructions about chiseling.

In the article on the Stickley Tabourets, I'm chiseling the joint line for the half-lap joint with the bevel of the chisel facing away from the waste (you can see this on page 10). A few pages later (page 19) I'm chiseling the shoulder for a tenon with the bevel of the chisel facing into the waste.

Have I finally taken one too many sips of La Fin Du Monde?

Perhaps, but I did have a good reason for what I did – I just didn't have the room in the issue to explain it. So here goes:

When you deepen a knife line by striking it with a chisel, there are two important things to consider. First is what shape the resulting knife line will be, and second is how much the chisel will shift when you rap its handle with a mallet.

The first part is easy to understand. Chisels are wedge-shaped. They have a flat face and a bevel. So when you knock the tool straight down into your work it makes a "V"-shaped cut that is a photocopy of this shape. One side of the V is straight up and down. The other side of the V is sloped.

The second part also has to do with the fact that chisels are wedges. When you drive a chisel with a mallet, it doesn't want to travel straight down in a line that's parallel to the flat face of the chisel. Instead, it wants to travel at an angle that is halfway between the bevel and the flat face. So if you have a 20° bevel on your chisel (as I do in the paring chisel shown in the articles), the chisel doesn't want to travel at 90° (straight down), it wants to move at 80°. (This assumes you have wood pushing back equally on the bevel and the face of the chisel.)

This is why when you are chiseling out your waste between dovetails that the chisel is always trying to move toward (and even cross) your baseline.

Whew. With all that on the table, I can now explain why I did what I did.

When chiseling a tenon shoulder, the shape of the line created by the chisel is critical. I want it perfectly square so it will close tight with the stile. So I chisel the joint with the bevel facing the waste. If this so happens to shrink the overall length of the tenoned part by 1/128", I can live with that. I want the joint to be tight more than I care about its final length.

When chiseling a half-lap joint, my considerations are different. This isn't a show joint, so I just want it to be tight and structural. The shoulder line isn't as critical. That's why I chisel with the bevel facing away from the waste. The chisel will then drift into the waste a tad. So when I saw the joint, the notch made by the chisel will encourage the saw to cut a half-lap that is just a tad tight. Then I can plane the piece's mate to get a perfect fit.

This might be a little fussy for you. If so, I apologize. A chisel seems so simple (it's a steel and wooden corndog!), but it actually is a subtle instrument (like a corndog with chorizo inside). Play around with the tool. Try it with the bevel out and then with the bevel in. And let us know what you discover.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/11/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

When it comes to saws, aspiring sawyers have two basic questions: What saws should I own to build furniture? And where can I get them?

During the last couple years I've been teaching a few classes on sawing, with more classes on the horizon. So I've been asked these two questions a lot. Below is my basic set, which is based on the furniture I build (casework, chairs, tables, general stuff), my personal preferences (I like longer, coarser saws) and established historical practice.

In other words, if you have a problem with my list, make you own list and post it below in the comments. Perspectives from other sawyers are useful and interesting.

1. Crosscut handsaw: I like an 8-point crosscut handsaw for breaking down rough stock and general dimensioning of material. It cuts quickly (yea!), and the resulting surface is easy enough to clean up on a shooting board. Some woodworkers like 12-point saws, but I think they are slow and the resulting surface isn't significantly cleaner. My personal saw is a 24"-long panel saw (most handsaws are 26" long). It's a private-label saw made by Disston & Sons for an old Boston hardware store.

2. Ripsaw: I don't rip a lot by hand, but when I do, I want to be done with it. So I like a coarse ripsaw. The one shown in the photo is a 6-point Disston D-8. I also have a Wenzloff & Sons 5-point saw. Both are good workers. Some day I'll be man enough to use something even coarser.

3. Tenon saw: I have a few tenon saws. I prefer a saw that is about 10 points, though saws that are as fine as 13 points are OK by me (as long as the rake isn't significantly relaxed). Tenon saws start at 12" long, though I recommend the longer ones. Shoot for 14" at least; they make them as long as 19", which are surprisingly easy to wield. All tenon saws should be filed with rip teeth. They are designed to rip tenon cheeks.

4. Carcase saw: This is the backsaw I use more than any other. I like something that is 12 points to 14 points, filed crosscut, and about 14" long. The long sawplate helps improve my accuracy. The carcase saw shown in the photo is a sweet Wheeler, Madden & Clemson XLCR saw.

5. Dovetail saw: This is perhaps the most personal saw, so ignore my recommendation completely. If you like a 23-tooth Japanese crosscut dozuki, stick with it. Or a hacksaw. It doesn't matter. I like a 15-point Western saw with rip teeth. Shown is my Lie-Nielsen progressive-pitch saw, which has 15 points at the toe and about 9 at the heel. This is a love-it-or-leave-it saw for most people, so I recommend you try before you buy.

The names of saws are confusing. The types of saws overlap with one another in size and tooth configuration. I'd ignore the names in the catalogs and just buy them based on their specifications. It's much less confusing that way. Also, I use a lot of other specialty saws, including a flooring saw, jeweler's saw and a flush-cut saw. But those aren't necessary for all furniture-making.

Where to Buy Saws
There are lots of places to buy new, sharp backsaws, but buying a sharp handsaw or ripsaw is more of a challenge. However, there are three gentlemen I have bought handsaws and ripsaws from that I can recommend. Sometimes they also have backsaws in stock, though vintage backsaws are a lot more rare than handsaws.

Daryl Weir (weir@gallatinriver.net): 781 S. Market St., Knoxville IL 61448. Daryl sharpens saws and sells saws on eBay on occasion.

Steve Cook (SharpeningGuy01@aol.com): 1160 Taxville Road, York, PA 17408. Steve also sharpens saws if you have an old saw that you need toughed up (or completely refiled).

Tom Law: 62 West Water St., Smithsburg MD, 21783, 301-824-5223. Tom no longer sharpens saws for hire, but he will sell you a saw that he has rehabbed and sharpened.

If you know of other reliable sources for buying sharp handsaws, add a comment below.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/8/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

Tenon saws are one of the three essential backsaws for building furniture (the other two are the carcase saw and the dovetail saw), but until recently your choices were limited to:

1. A vintage tenon saw that you resurrected from the dead
2. A Japanese saw that may or may not be suited to cutting tenons
3. The excellent Lie-Nielsen tenon saw
4. Some other frustrating new English-named saw.

A couple years ago, sawmaker Mike Wenzloff started making tenon saws, including my freakishly huge Kenyon-style tenon saw that I have waxed on about so endlessly that you’d think that Mike must be washing and waxing my car every weekend. (He’s not, though he’s offered; it’s a long drive from Oregon to Cincinnati.)

And now Wenzloff, his sons, his lovely spouse and probably the family dog all make thousands of Western saws for Lee Valley Tools. It’s a lot of work for the Wenzloff family, I know, but it’s an absolute boon to woodworkers because now we have more choices in the marketplace. (Also, as noted in the comments, I don't own an Adria tenon saw, another new premium brand. I've used the Adria carcase and dovetail saws and they are good. I have no reason to suspect the tenon is any different.)

At issue here is not which brand of saw cuts better tenons. That point is honestly and truly moot. Both the Lie-Nielsen and Wenzloff brands come sharp, accurately filed and well-set. They both cut well once the saw has been broken in with some work and wax.

Instead, what’s important is the handle of the saw and the number of teeth. These factors will help you determine which saw is right for you. I’ve had a Lie-Nielsen tenon saw since the day the company started making them. I’ve had the Kenyon tenon saw for a couple years, and two weeks ago I ordered the Wenzloff Large Tenon Saw from Lee Valley. After a weekend of breaking in the new saw during a sawing class at Kelly Mehler’s School of Woodworking, I have a good feel for the Wenzloff tool and how is compares to the Lie-Nielsen version and the Kenyon tenon saw.

Let’s start with the teeth: The Kenyon tenon saw sold today is 10 points per inch (ppi). On my unit, Wenzloff filed the first couple inches with progressive rake. These few extra degrees of rake in the starting teeth make the saw easier to start, though not as easy as a progressive-pitch saw. Wenzloff says he'll add this rake (no more than 4°) to custom saws by request.

The Wenzloff & Sons Large Tenon Saw has 12 ppi. And the Lie-Nielsen has 10 ppi.

I was surprised how the difference in the number of teeth made a difference in the tool's cutting speed. The Kenyon tenon saw was the fastest because it was the longest, heaviest and (tied for) coarsest. The Lie-Nielsen was the second fastest, and the Wenzloff Large Tenon was a bit slower.

I prefer fast and coarse saws, but not everyone does. Beginners like finer saws, and people who do work in thin stock really like finer saws. So don’t judge a saw on its speed. It’s not a race. But if you work with thick stock, think coarse. Thin stock? Think fine.

The handles are also different. The Kenyon tenon saw has the most curves and feels more “made by hand” than the other saws. But the Lie-Nielsen is the most comfortable handle to my hand overall. I’m told that I have “girl hands,” but these girl hands seem to like slightly larger saw totes.

The Wenzloff Large Tenon Saw has a tote that appears to have more hand work than the Lie-Nielsen. The flats on the sides of the tote have been well-faired into the curves, and I suspect it is a process done by hand or with an inflatable drum on a sanding machine.

The tote of this Wenzloff saw feels good in my hands, but it’s just a little on the small side for me.

The other differences are aesthetic. The Lie-Nielsen comes stock with a maple handle (usually curly maple) and it looks like a 19th-century Disston. The Kenyon tenon saw is traditional European beech and reeks of the late 18th-century aesthetic. The Wenzloff Large Tenon Saw is bubinga, which matches Lee Valley’s house line of Veritas planes, and looks quite old school.

If you’ve read this far, you probably feel like I owe you a solid recommendation. I’m going to let you down. I’m delighted with all three saws and wouldn’t sell a single one. (Yes, Scott, I’m talking to you.) But what delights me even more is that we have a choice about what to buy. Not as many choices as the 1808 furniture-maker, but it’s a start.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/3/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

When you buy a handplane (even a Veritas or a Lie-Nielsen), it's not going to work well out of the box. You really need to hone the iron to do decent work.

However, with saws, it's more complicated.

If you buy a cheap Western handsaw or backsaw, chances are that the teeth aren't sharp or properly set. So you need to either learn to sharpen your saw or send it to somebody who already knows.

But if you buy a premium Western saw – Lie-Nielsen, Adria, Wenzloff & Sons – the challenges are different. The premium saws are set up and sharp, but I think you need to break in the saw before it will cut smoothly. Most new Western saws are too grabby at first, especially for beginners. But after about a dozen tenons the saw will be easier to start and will run more smoothly in its kerf.

I was reminded of this when I was teaching a class in precision sawing this weekend at Kelly Mehler's School of Woodworking. Many of the students brought new premium saws to the class, and several of them brought their new saws up to my bench and asked the question: "Could you try my saw and tell me if it's cutting well?"

On a couple saws, the teeth were set too strong on one side. We stoned those teeth (a couple strokes on a #1,000-grit stone) to help straighten out the way they steered.

But with most of the students' saws I tried out they cut true, but they were harder to start than my saws or they didn't run as smoothly in the kerf. In fact, one student, Glen Koopmans, had a heck of a time with his new tenon saw. It was hanging in the cut and just not working well at all.

He stayed late into the evening trying to figure out if it was just him or just the saw.

The next morning, we cut a few tenons with his saw and then lubricated the blade with some paraffin wax (I use canning wax from the grocery). By the end of the weekend class, Glen's saw was running as smoothly as mine, which has logged a couple hundred tenons by now.

What happened? Three things. One: The wax helped lubricate the blade in the cut, which helped reduce the grabbiness of the new teeth. Two: the dozen or so joints that Glen cut with the saw helped ease the freshly filed edges on the teeth. And three: After about a dozen tenons, Glen was a much better sawyer.

At the end of the day Sunday, Glen was cutting the cheeks of massive half-lap joints in resinous yellow pine for the sawbenches we were constructing. Even all the way across the room, you could hear how smoothly his tenon saw was cutting. And the resulting cheek looked as good as the cheek of a table-saw tenon.

So before you send your new saw back to the factory, put some wax on the blade and cut some tenons first. You might just be surprised how nice your saw is and how easy it is (really!) to saw.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/25/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

There is something deep inside our DNA that ties us to the chest as a form of furniture. First off, how many other kinds of furniture do we have that are named after critical parts of our own bodies? We are all, in essence, “chests on stands.” The feet give way to the legs. The legs are attached to the waist. And the waist supports the chest itself.

Also, few forms of furniture evoke such strong emotional response in both men and women. Whenever I mention among acquaintances that I’m building a chest, the women (sorry to generalize) always seem far more interested in this work than they are in my table-, chair- or cabinet-building enterprises.

“Is it a blanket chest?” is the first question. And that’s usually followed by, “Is this for you or will you sell it?”

Men react differently, though equally with emotion. “Is it a tool chest?” they ask. “And what will happen to your old tool chest?”

So with our species’s strong attraction to the chest, it’s surprising how many of them are designed so poorly. This became evident as I reviewed about a dozen plans for chests from the last 100 years that I dug up from my library.

Unlike the “chest on stand” that I mentioned above, most chests are low-slung affairs with three major components. The plinth, sometimes called the base, the waist moulding and the chest itself.

The plinth is almost always wider and deeper than the chest above. And the waist mould provides the transition between these two separate assemblies. It is this transition point between plinth and chest where many woodworkers make the construction far too fussy, complex and apt to fail.

Perhaps the most difficult way to build a chest goes something like this: Build the chest proper. Take your four plinth pieces and mould their long, top edges. Then wrap the four (sometimes three) plinth pieces around the chest, joining them at the corners. Finally, cope the mouldings at the corners so the moulding profiles wraps seamlessly around the chest.

If you’ve ever built a chest this way, I don’t need to tell you why it’s a bear to pull it off. First, fitting the plinth pieces around the chest requires persnickety layout. The joints have to be dead-on, or your plinth won’t sleeve nicely over the chest. Also, the exterior of your chest has to be completely true and the assembly dead-square, otherwise, you’ll have ugly gaps between the plinth and chest proper. Finally, it’s quite trying to execute the moulding at the corners of the plinth because you are moulding end grain with rasps, files and chisels.

One improvement over this form is to sleeve the plinth over the chest and then to miter and nail moulding into the transition. This is better, but it still requires a lot of fussy layout and fussy fitting of the chest to the plinth.

The third method looks like more labor than these other two methods, but it’s not. You assemble the plinth and chest assemblies separately. Then you add either a web frame or just a couple runners into the top of the plinth. It’s best to sink the web frame or runners into rabbets in the plinth.

Then you attach the chest to the plinth with screws and wrap the transition with moulding that is a wee bit wide. Finally, trim the moulding flush to the plinth with a plane.

I’ve built chests all three ways, and I can tell you that even though the third method requires more wood and one extra assembly, it is easier to fit all the parts and a faster way of building a chest.

The next issue of Woodworking Magazine (Summer 2008) will focus on building chests, both with and without plinths. The only thing we haven’t been able to answer in our research on this topic is if the chests we’re building will end up holding tools or plushy things.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/5/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share

Last year while I was teaching a sawing class in Michigan, one of the students brought along a dovetail saw he had purchased almost 10 years earlier but had never used. When I spied it on his workbench, I snatched it.

It looked like the classic Lie-Nielsen Toolworks dovetail saw, but there was something different about it. When I took it out of its package, I had my answer. This was a mint Independence Tool dovetail saw that was made before Lie-Nielsen purchased the company in September 1998.

Holding this pristine little saw was a little like driving a 1948 Porsche 356. This was the saw that changed everything for hand tool woodworkers. And it started with a friendship between an Army officer and a software developer that was struck up during early days of the Internet.

The story of Independence Tool isn't well-known among woodworkers, and so I gave one of its founders a phone call to chat about the early days of the market for premium Western-style saws, which has blossomed in the last 10 years.

The primordial stew for the story begins with an Internet listserv called "oldtools" (it's still around and thriving – I'm a mostly lurking member). Oldtools is an e-mail based discussion group that started in 1995 where the members chat about hand tools and hand work – anything meat-powered that cuts wood, really.

Two of the founding members were Pete Taran, then an Army officer in Maryland, and Patrick Leach, then a Boston software developer. They struck up a friendship through the oldtools list, Taran said, and that led to a discussion of quitting their day jobs and starting a tool-making company.

"Patrick was burned out," Taran said. "And I was ready to leave the Army."

The question was: What tool should they make? Taran said they had to pick a tool that didn't require a lot of heavy metal-working machinery to make. While Taran had some machine training in his background, it wasn't like he had a fully-equipped metal shop at home.

Coincidentally, Leach had just purchased a nice Groves & Sons dovetail saw that had beautiful lines.

"I was the resident engineer," Taran said. "So I sort of deconstructed the saw and figured out how we could make it. We made a prototype."

Leach and Taran showed off the prototype at an old tool sale in March 1996. Everyone who looked at the saw said they would buy one, Taran said. So they bought a couple machines and got to work on nights and weekends (they kept their day jobs at first). Taran was in charge of production of the tools. Leach was in charge of sales, marketing and the company's web site. (An early flyer for the company is pictured above. Click on the image to see it full-size.)

(While little Internet start-ups like this are now common, Taran points out that it was quite rare in 1996 to start a company that was little more than a web site and a couple guys working from home.)

By the end of 1996, Taran had made 500 saws.

"The word spread like wildfire," Taran said. "We couldn't keep up with demand."

Dovetail maestro Frank Klausz ordered one off of the Independence Tool web site, and Taran delivered it to him personally.

"Frank Klausz is the quintessential perfectionist," Taran said. "He became our biggest supporter."

With craftsmen like Klausz and others speaking out for the saw, the catalog companies began to call, but Taran said they resisted getting into the wholesale business. Eventually they sold their saws (both a dovetail saw and a carcase saw) through Highland Hardware in Atlanta, Ga., but the rest of the sales were direct to the customer.

After two years, Taran said that he had made about 2,000 saws. He had figured out how to outsource some of the parts (such as the brass backs and the special split nuts that attach the blade to the handle). But Taran said his relationship with Leach was strained by the work. Taran bought out Leach's part of the business, but that wasn't the cure-all.

"It became drudgery after two years," Taran said. "I looked at my life and said, 'This is fun, but I don't want to do this the rest of my life.' "

Plus, he had a sweet job offer on the table from a former superior officer who was working in the private sector. Taran said he put out some feelers about selling the business. One of those feelers made it to Thomas Lie-Nielsen through Clarence Blanchard, owner of the Fine Tool Journal.

Lie-Nielsen bought Independence Tool in September 1998 and has greatly expanded the line of saws to include tenon saws, gent's saws and a variety of saws with different filings and tooth counts.

"He's taken it and run with it," Taran said.

The original Independence Tool saws and the Lie-Nielsen versions are in many ways identical. The tooth configuration is the same. The length and depth of the blade are virtually identical. The brass back has the same crisp bevels. But the handles are different. The Lie-Nielsen handles have crisp details – a product of machine manufacturing. The Independence Tool saw has rounder edges throughout, a product of all the hand work that Taran put into the saws.

Though some people would disagree (one way or the other) I found both to be quite comfortable and wouldn't say that one was markedly superior to the other. But dovetail saws are a personal thing, so it's a bit beside the point.

Australian woodworker and writer Derek Cohen has done a nice side-by-side comparison of the two tools on the WKFineTools.com site if you'd like to read more and see some photos.

It's now been 10 years since the saw business was sold to Lie-Nielsen, and both Taran and Leach still have a hand in world of hand tools. Leach buys and sells some of the finer vintage British and American hand tools through his site at Supertool.com. (Be sure to subscribe to his monthly e-mail newsletter. It's filled with hundreds of excellent tools and photos – plus Leach happens to be a great writer.)

While you're at the Supertool site, visit the "Blood & Gore" section of the site – it's required reading for handtool geeks-in-training.

And Taran is now a Six Sigma Master Black Belt and a Cleveland-based corporate consultant who helps weed out inefficient processes in companies. He also runs the excellent VintageSaws.com site. He sells hand saws and back saws (all of which are sharpened and ready to go). And he has posted a great series of articles he wrote for The Fine Tool Journal on selecting, cleaning  and sharpening saws. They are in the Library section of the site.

And Taran said he may someday make some more saws, perhaps if only for himself. You see, Taran said he doesn't even own one of his own production saws from his Independence Tool days, though he does own the prototype he built.

"And I probably have parts for 50 or 60 saws still lying around," Taran said. "Some day I should dig those out and make a nice set of saws – just for me."

Coming soon: We take a close look at the Independence Tool prototype, on loan from Pete Taran.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/21/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

In high school and college, I spent most of my summers working in factories.

I spent two summers in a liquor factory (I'll never drink straight tequila again – it's what we used to clean the concrete floors). Another summer was in a factory that made folding tables – the kind you see at church picnics with the fake walnut wood grain. The highlight there was working alongside a guy named (honest now) Meatfart, who communicated in grunts and sounds that he could make using his internal organs.

And then I spent one long summer building and staining exterior doors at Therma-Tru door company – my first woodworking job.

If you've ever worked in a factory, you know there's a caste system. If you haven't worked in a factory, then read the rest of this paragraph: At the top of the caste are the people "in the office." These are the secretaries, corporate managers and other people who make cameo appearances on the shop floor, usually to deliver bad news (you're fired) or to be wolf-whistled at by the unwashed.

Below the office types are the people who run the maintenance shed, the forklift drivers and the floor managers. These are usually people who started out as grunts on the shop floor and worked their entire lives for the privilege of wrangling the grunts on the floor.

Below that rung are the grunts, who are the backbone, hands and legs of the operation. And believe or not there are people below the grunts: the temps. And that was my lot in life. If you had to fetch a loose part from inside a running machine, you told a temp to do it. If the job was messy, hot or near Meatfart, it was a temp job.

Being a temp convinced me to stay in college if but for one reason: To work "in the office." I had no idea what happened in "the office," but it didn't involve 50-pound bags of sugar, being someone's pillow during break time or having to use a restroom that would make a Roman bath look like a private garden spot (10 holes, two sinks, zero loitering).

It's been almost 20 years since I punched a time clock in a factory. But the funny thing is that now I do everything I can to escape the office and get onto the shop floor here at the magazine. I love the noise, the dust, the heavy lifting. Heck, I like taking out the garbage and fishing unknown objects out of the dust collector.

The only things missing are a few wolf whistles and some organic offgassing and I'd by 18 all over again.

— Christopher Schwarz

P.S. Who is now headed back to the shop to build a blanket chest for the Summer 2008 issue of Woodworking Magazine.


Posted 1/19/2008 in
Bookmark and Share

If you aren’t yet completely saturated with information on workbenches, then get comfortable and read on. Craig Stevens at the Woodworkers Resource has just released an hour-long interview of me about my book, my work at the magazine and the craft in general.

The interview is in mp3 format (it’s about 55mb) and can be streamed from most internet browsers. You can even save it to your hard drive and load it on an iPod. You can read more about the interview and start streaming it here – but be sure to check out the rest of the excellent site, which includes video, Craig’s blog, a newsletter and an eBook of strategies for teaching woodworking to kids.

Craig conducted the interview on Jan. 13 while I was in my shop working some frustrating bookcases made from sub-standard plywood (that long national nightmare is almost at an end, by the way). During our chat we discussed:

• How I got interested (read: freakishly obsessed) with the topic of workbenches.
• What a typical workday is like at Popular Woodworking and Woodworking Magazine.
• My favorite workbench (which doesn’t exist as of yet).
• The types of furniture and projects I build at home.
• A little bit about the future of my Lost Art Press web site.

Craig did a great job with the interview and kept it casual yet highly focused (I have a tendency to blather; just ask my kids). So thanks to Craig and I hope you like the interview.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/14/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

Reader Michael Holcomb writes: I'm writing to ask your advice about an old Pennsylvania cabinet maker's workbench I was lucky enough to buy a couple of years ago. It came from the shop of a Berks County, Penn., cabinet maker and has many of the features of the line drawing in Eric Sloane's book on early American tools. It's massive: The top is just shy of 9' and is made of two planks of 3" chestnut (I think). It has a leg vise on one end, an end vise on the other, and a board jack which slides the entire length of the front. I sent photos to a friend, Ernie Conover, who thought its construction techniques might date it to the 1830s. 

My question is, should I do anything to plane and resurface the top, which has the normal nicks, dings, holes and abrasions from almost two centuries of use? There is slight warpage on one end of one of the planks, but otherwise the surface is certainly usable, due mainly to its substantial construction and weight. Would I destroy its historical value by planing the surface? Or is it better just left alone?


Answer: It's a good question that deserves some consideration and debate.

Here's my take: If you are going to use the bench for hand work, then you don't have much of a choice. You should flatten the top. Otherwise, handplaning will be impossible. I find that once the top goes out of flat by .006" or so, then my work tends to spring on the top unacceptably.

I take flattening to be routine maintenance for a piece that is in service -- like waxing the top of a dining table that is in use in your home.

While I'm sure there are some workbenches that are truly "museum pieces" (such as the Dominy bench at Winterthur), most benches should be put to use in workshops so they avoid a worse fate -- being used as houseplant holders or decorative accents by sellers of antiques. Maybe someday there will be a "workbench museum" and I'll change my tune. Until then, do your best to bring this bench back to life.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/9/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials
Bookmark and Share

The last time I completely lost my composure, a piece of office equipment almost died.

This was in 1995, when I was running a start-up newspaper in Frankfort, Ky., and was sleeping under my desk some nights. Our company was broke, I had just spent an hour cleaning the bathrooms and our automatic paper-folding machine decided to clog because the humidity was a couple points too high.

After the machine ruined hundreds of valuable pieces of mail, I freaked. I grabbed a broken table leg (why we had a broken table leg in the newsroom is a mystery to me) and beat the machine senseless in front of the entire staff. Then I took a walk.

Last night, I was looking around my workshop for another spare table leg.

Let me back up for a moment. I'm building a fairly large shelving unit for a local couple and am now sanding all the components before finishing and final assembly (the photos here are of the finishing sample boards I'm preparing).

Against my better judgment, I bought some Far East red oak plywood from the home center for the shelves. It looked OK in the store, but it has been a nightmare. The surface veneer is woefully thin. Typically, I can dress plywood with a handplane and make four or five passes before I'm in danger of cutting through the veneer. But not this stuff. The veneer seems as thin as notebook paper. And so I decided to sand it to be safe.

I started sanding with #150-grit – typically a good place to start with quality plywood. But not this stuff. The machining marks on the surface veneers are so pronounced that I had to start with #120-grit. That's a mite aggressive for thin veneer, so I hunched over the work while sanding so I could keep a sharp eye on the veneer in case I started to cut through it.

That's when I noticed the veneer lifting in a few places, like a blister about to pop. Either this is a new development, or I didn't notice it (I'm guessing the former). So I couldn't power sand these blisters.

So after four hours of power sanding and hand-sanding, I'm now about halfway done with the project. But I am completely done with cheap plywood.

Believe me, I don't blame Far East manufacturing for this (so please don't bash an entire nation or culture if you leave a comment). Someone in our country ordered the plywood be made like this. Someone at the home center agreed to stock it. And I was stupid enough to buy it. I blame myself and no one else.

But it's just a good thing that all my table legs are still attached to tables, or I'd be sanding out quite a few big dents in these shelves.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/7/2008 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Probably the silliest thing about woodworking journalism is the "in a weekend" project that we promise readers on the cover of the magazine: "Build a John Goddard Highboy With Four Sticks and Pocket Knife – In a Weekend!"

(And trust me, it's the exclamation point at the end of that sentence that makes you buy the magazine and puts food on my table.)

Anyway, loyal reader and blogger Eric Seidlitz sent me the above photo of his Roubo-style workbench that he built over a holiday weekend. Eric, who works in Malaysia, said he's been frustrated with his bench-building efforts lately and has been having trouble finding good material and getting his tools to work. So he absconded with his children's Christmas present and built the above bench.

I think it's lacking in the mass department, but otherwise he did a fine job.

What would really improve this photo would be the addition of some Lego Frenchmen with frilly cuffs and collars at work at the bench. I checked the Lego web site, and though you can get Lego dudes dressed up like knights, astronauts and Indiana Jones, Lego doesn't appear to have any 18th-century French Joiners in its product line.

I think the Lego Pirates would be a good substitute. However, their eye patches aren't going to help with their sawing.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/4/2008 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

On Friday, Jan. 11, we will make an important announcement in our newsletter about our future  plans for subscriptions to Woodworking Magazine. And shortly after that, I'll also post the news here on the blog.

The reason I'm writing to you today is two-fold. First, I'd like to encourage you to sign up for our newsletter so you will be the first to get the news. And second, I'm writing to ask for your assistance. If you know any other woodworkers who would be interested in the kind of woodworking journalism we practice here, I'd appreciate it if you could send them a short note and encourage them to sign up for this free newsletter.

We've made this easy to do. You can send a message to up to three people through our Tell a Friend page. Or you can simply direct them to our home page to sign up for this newsletter (the sign-up box is in the top right of the page). They also can download an entire sample issue of the magazine from the home page, which will give them a good taste of what we're about.

Anything you could do in this regard would be greatly appreciated.

Sorry I can't say more about the announcement right now. We're still working out some important details to make sure next week goes smoothly. Thanks to all of you for your letters of support since we started this magazine in 2004. You can rest assured that you have been heard and that your voice has made a difference.

Until next week,

— Christopher Schwarz
editor,
Woodworking Magazine

[description]P.S. You can now download Issue #2 free from our home page (look on the right side of our home page where it says "Download a free issue"). Issue No. 2 has one of my favorite projects on the cover: A cherry Shaker side table with delicate proportions.

I've probably built four or five of these tables and have sold them all except the one shown on the cover. That table sits beside my bed and holds the books that I pore over at night to help me chart the future issues of this magazine. The table is a fantastic project that I never get tired of building because the joinery is so simple and you don't need a lot of material.

That issue also has some other fine articles that we're proud of, including an interesting method of making the joinery for drawers that requires only one table saw set-up. Plus, an article on how to set up and sharpen chisels and how to use brushing lacquer. If you don't own that issue check it out on our home page.


Posted 12/28/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

Thanks to the maturing of my two daughters (and the waning of the “Days of Dark Diapers”), I’ve decided to teach two more rounds of handsawing classes in 2008 – two one-day classes in Sterling Heights, Mich.; and a one-week intensive class at the Northwest Woodworking Studio in Portland, Ore.

As of now, there are spaces available in all of these three classes. Here are the details and link to the schools where you can register:

Hand-cut Dovetails
Saturday, March 15
Woodcraft, Sterling Heights, Mich.
To register, send an email to: sterlingheights-retail@woodcraft.com or call 586-268-1919.


Learn to saw dovetails by hand while building a cherry Shaker silverware tray with through-dovetails. You'll learn to lay out your dovetails so they look nice, saw them accurately, chisel out the waste quickly, and fit them right the first time (plus, how to hide any mistakes). This is a great class for first-time dovetailers or anyone who has struggled to learn this classic hand-cut joint.

The Forgotten Art of Handsawing
Sunday, March 16
Woodcraft, Sterling Heights, Mich.
To register, send an email to: sterlingheights-retail@woodcraft.com or call 586-268-1919.

In this class, you'll learn to use handsaws and backsaws to track a line like a bloodhound. With a series of special exercises, you will learn to make the three different classes of sawcuts: rough cutting for dimensioning stock, standard cutting for final sizing of casework pieces and fine cutting for precision joinery. You'll learn the proper stance, grip and body motion for accurate sawcuts and receive the instant feedback and corrections from an instructor that will make you develop your skills quickly. You will also build a basic sawbench - the most important workshop appliance for handsaws.

Handsawing, Handsaws and Sawbenches
July 14-18
Northwest Woodworking Studio, Portland, Ore.


In a traditional shop, sawing was reserved for the most skilled cabinetmakers on the floor. Most anyone could use a plane or chisel, but it was the sawyers who transformed the timber into furniture with rips, crosscuts and joinery.

And though we now have accurate power equipment in our workshops, sawing by hand is still a tremendous skill that – when done properly -- can save time and effort. That’s because handsawing can be done without jigs or guides and without regard to the angle of the cut or its bevel. In short, if you can see the line, you can cut the line with a handsaw.

Honing this simple skill allows you to easily cut compound angles, angled joinery and cuts that might take hours of jig-building and test-cutting on a table saw. And, as a bonus, learning basic sawing trains your hand, eye and mind to cut any sort of dovetail joint you can imagine.

In this class, you’ll learn to use handsaws and backsaws to cut joints as precisely as any power tool. With a series of special exercises, you will learn to make the three different classes of sawcuts: rough cutting for dimensioning stock, standard cutting for final sizing of casework pieces and fine cutting for precision joinery.

You’ll learn the proper stance, grip and body motions for accurate sawcuts and receive the instant feedback and corrections that will make you develop your skills quickly. During the first part of the class you will build a basic sawbench – the most important workshop appliance for handsaws – and a bench hook – the most important appliance for wielding a backsaw.

With your appliances built and your handsaw skills in place, we’ll dive into dovetails during the second half of the week. We’ll explore both English and Continental styles of making this joint (both are valid) so you can find the approach that is right for your work. And at the end of the week we’ll build a simple dovetailed Shaker silverware tray.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/8/2007 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

We're in the midst of working on the March 2008 issue of Woodworking Magazine. The projects are built and the editing has begun, but we still have some screws left to test. This issue will be printed on the glossy stock we used on the first seven issues (that will make Issue 8 a collectors' item – ha!). And we are going to put this issue back into the wholesale newsstand market. So you should be able to find it at more bookstores and newsagents than you did with Issue 8.

As always, Issue 9 will be available directly from us, either in printed form or in an instant digital download. While we don't have a definite release date for Issue 9 yet, here's my best guess: The digital download version will be available Feb. 1. The printed version will start going out by mid-March. Below is the line-up for Issue 9. (And by the way, work has already begun on Issue 10, which is where we're going to make sense of finger joints).

Cover Project: Two Stickley Tabourets
By Christopher Schwarz
We build the same Gustav Stickley No. 603 tabouret two different ways: one with mostly hand tools and the other with mostly power tools. Plus we explain how each perspective requires a different approach for layout and assembly.

Technique: Learn to Saw
By Christopher Schwarz
Details: Sawing by hand is one of the most fundamental hand skills you should develop. But it's not all practice, practice. Chris takes a look back at the historical techniques (now forgotten) that woodworkers used to get accurate sawcuts. Plus, we list the 10 most important rules for sawing.

Tools: Understand Western Backsaws
By Christopher Schwarz
Why would anyone (with the exception of a historical re-enactor or purist) buy an expensive Western saw? We investigate the Western backsaw and explain why it might be a good idea for your shop. Plus, we explain what three saws you need to do to perform all the common cabinetry joints and why.

Technique: Cutting Circles
By Robert W. Lang
We explore the best way to cut circular work, including router trammels and circle-cutting jigs for band saws and spindle sanders (and dismiss the table saw). Once we settle on a technique, we explore the best way to proceed with a minimum amount of clean-up afterward. It uses a router. But which bit is best (Straight? Spiral up-cut? Down-cut? Something else?). How close to the line should you rough-cut? Should you climb-cut? And if so, at what point on the circle – give some guidelines and rules. Plus: Build your own router trammel.
   
Tool Review: Premium Screws
By Glen D. Huey
Some woodworkers buy the cheapest drywall screws they can find. Others spend a pretty penny on stainless-steel beauties from Spax or McFeely's. What is the difference between these (beside the price)? Are they different steel? Different hardness? Why do some screws cam out and some hold tough. We pit the premium brands against some home center specials to find out if the extra money is justified.


Project: Circular Cutting Board
By Robert W. Lang
We build a simple round cutting board using the jigs and techniques featured in this issue.

Finishing: Glazing for the Ages
By Glen D. Huey
Glaze isn't a product as much as it a process. We explain how to apply color between layers of finish to subtly age a piece. We explore different products, including shoe polish, gel stain and traditional glaze. What are the differences, advantages and pitfalls of each.

As always, there will be Letters, Shortcuts, a Glossary and a back-of-the-book essay by Glen Huey on the tools he wished he'd never bought. And the back-page poster will cover butt hinges.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/26/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

In my family we have a saying, "German humor is no laughing matter."

The things that I find hilarious often evoke much eye-rolling around the family dinner table from both the children and my spouse. (Like she should talk. The most hilarious thing in my wife's pantheon of humor is a dog behind the wheel of an automobile.)

So when I point you to Jeff Skiver's blog, I want to warn you first. While I almost soiled myself as I read about his alleged deeds heading up a Weebelo troop, you might just shake your head as you clear the cache and history of your Internet browser.

Skiver wrote a column for the back page of Popular Woodworking's December 2007 issue, and if I had my way, he would own that real estate in our magazine. He's a funny guy, especially for someone in the automotive business, which is generally not fertile ground for anything hilarious (save the AMC Pacer and the Gremlin).

So with that caveat, I encourage you to add the blog "Skiving Off" to your list of woodworking blogs. And do post some comments on his blog so that he feels suitably adored.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/14/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

Adrian Mariano writes: I just watched your DVD ("Forgotten Hand Tools" from Lie-Nielsen Toolworks) in which you advocate the use of nails and drawbores to overcome the flaws in the glue. And there were a couple things I was wondering about.

One is the question of glue longevity. If I glue together a tabletop with hide glue will it fall apart in 100 years? Two hundred? Or do glue joints only fail if they are stressed? (Presumably the side-grain-to-side-grain joint of a tabletop creates very little stress in the joint.) I haven't heard of people, say, putting together tabletops using sliding dovetails to ensure strength.


Answer: Any good glue joint can last centuries. Its life will be shortened by moisture, heat and stress. Moisture on a tabletop is a common factor. Heat can be. And tabletop joints are stressed at the ends by the migration of moisture through the end grain -- that's why antique tops split on the ends typically.

Breadboard ends and cross-battens are typical and historically correct methods of helping to keep a top together.

Question No. 2: Why are nails better than screws?  I haven't tried to use nails in cabinetry, but I've tried to use them in carpentry and my experience has led me to hate nails and to use screws instead whenever possible.  They bend over, they split the work (sometimes even with a pilot hold), and hammering them in can be very loud, and it subjects the work to stresses, possibly causing parts to move or shift. Maybe a screw head is harder to hide than a nail head. But is there some other reason to prefer nails?

Answer: Hmmm. I don't consider nails to be better than screws for all occasions. But there are some advantages to using nails at times. Nails will bend to accommodate wood movement. Screws won't bend. They'll split the work. Nails are smaller and can be used in places that screws would be ugly (nailing on face frames and moulding). They are inserted faster than screws (removing them sure is slower!). And they can be historically correct in pieces, which can be important to some woodworkers (such as myself).

Question No. 3: Another thing I was wondering about is that I saw an article a few months ago (which, alas, I have not been able to find again). This was an article by Bob Flexner on furniture repair and restoration in which he claims that the use of metal fasteners guarantees problems down the road, and I recall that he said pinning a mortise-and-tenon joint would cause it to split eventually.  He seems almost directly in opposition to the use of nails and the drawbore, and justifies his position based on the types of damage he sees in old furniture.  Do you have any thoughts on how to reconcile this with your claims in the DVD?


Answer: Bob is one of the people I highly respect in this business. He also comes at this problem from a restorer's viewpoint. It's more difficult for him to disassemble a joint pinned with a mechanical fastener, be it a wooden or metal one. His comment was aimed also at people who nail a loose joint instead of disassembling it and regluing. That is indeed bad practice.

I don't think a pinned joint guarantees joint failure at all. I have seen pinned joints that are 400 years old and are completely sound. Drawboring is a sound practice for certain kinds of applications where mechanical strength is key or you are working under unusual conditions (wet wood, long spans and no clamps) or you are striving for historical accuracy.

-- Christopher Schwarz


Posted 10/28/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

This weekend I put the finishing touches on two Stickley tabourets; and while the little tables turned out to my satisfaction, the construction process proved quite vexing considering there are only nine pieces of wood in each.

The theme of Issue 9 is sawing – understanding sawtooth technology and how to use that knowledge in your work with both hand and power tools. So when I started building these tables I resolved to build one table with the joints sawn by hand and the other with the joints cut by machine.

And that turned out to be harder than I expected.

Though I am comfortable doing all of the necessary operations by both hand and machine, I kept running into situations where sticking to the hand tools or sticking to the power tools was a dumb choice.

For example: The cross stretchers beneath the tabletops are joined to the legs with a single lap dovetail joint. This is an easy joint to cut by hand: Saw the tail, saw out the socket, then remove the waste with a chisel and a router plane.

But when it came to doing this operation by machine it just ticked me off. I cut the shoulders of the dovetail with a dado stack in my table saw at the same time I cut the tenons. That was fairly efficient. Then I cut the dovetail shape on the band saw. Still OK. Then it came time to waste away the dovetail socket in the top of the 1-1/2"-square leg. I picked up the shop’s trim router and contemplated the platform jig I was going to have to build to do this with the router. I shook my head, put the router down and got my dovetail saw. I was done in 10 minutes.

Similarly, when it came time to mortise the legs I used my hollow-chisel mortiser for the power-tool version of the table. My mortiser is always set up with a 1/4" chisel that’s perfectly parallel to the machine’s fence. So when it came time to mortise the legs by hand I faced the same struggle. My mortiser was all set up and I could be done in five minutes. Or I could mortise the legs by hand, which would take a little longer and had the risk of me splitting the leg or wandering left or right. So I used the machine.

These little struggles reminded me of how I don’t understand how some people can work exclusively with hand tools or with machines. I know it can be done and done quite well, but just not by me.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 10/19/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



Preparing small tabletops or irregular-shaped tops for finishing can be difficult with handplanes. If the top has a lot of mass, you can usually count on friction to help hold the top in place. Or you can screw it down from the underside – assuming the underside is not a show surface.

But sometimes the best solution is to make some cauls to grip your work, which is what I did this morning in the shop to plane the top of some 18"-diameter tabletops for the next issue of Woodworking Magazine. The cauls are made from the scrap parts that fell off when I cut the tops to rough shape on the band saw.

Then I skipped the scrap pieces through my planer to reduce their thickness (I also could have used a jack plane). Then I bored 3/4"- diameter holes in the cauls so they would press-fit over my 3/4"- diameter round dogs in my benchtop. Finally, I pinched the top between the two cauls using my wagon vise (though any end vise can do the trick).

When I've done this on workbenches with square dogs, the solution is to cut the pointy end of the caul so it is flat. Then you brace the flat against your square dog.

No matter how you rig your cauls, pinching the work between two cauls has some advantages, as long as you don't use too much pressure. With two cauls you can rotate the top to work cross-grain if necessary or move the top so it's more convenient to plane.

This arrangement works great with belt sanders. It's not necessary if you use a random-orbit sander to prepare your work. Then you can just place the work on a blanket and get to work.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 10/18/2007 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

I've never been satisfied with any shop apron. They have been too flimsy, too hot to wear, poorly designed and uncomfortable (for starters). For about a year I've been tinkering with my own design for a shop apron that I was going to commission my sister-in-law to make for me.

The only problem is that my seamstress is also a lawyer by day, and so her hourly rate is a bit steep.

But now, after a few weeks of trying out a new redesigned shop apron from Lee Valley Tools, I just might be able to put my shop apron plans aside. This new apron is comfortable, cool to wear all day and holds tools in an intelligent manner (most shop aprons spill your tools everywhere when you bend at your waist).

The only question mark is the long-term durability of the apron – I'll let you know how it stands up in a year or so.

Here's why I like it: The Mk. II Canvas shop apron has the cross-back shoulder straps that take the weight of the apron off your neck and place it on your shoulders. This is a big deal if you are a tool marsupial because your neck gets tired. I can wear this apron all day with no neck fatigue. Plus, the apron attaches snugly with plastic clips, which is faster than tying strings behind your back to secure the apron.

The cotton canvas is lightweight. So even after a long day of planing and chopping (such as today, which is why I look like such a tired dork above) I don't have a sweaty, apron-shaped patch of moisture on my midsection.

And the lower two pockets are deep enough that when I bend over, the contents don't spill everywhere. And the upper pencil pocket works as well as an upper pencil pocket can.

If you're in the market for an apron, this is as good a one as I can recommend. That is, until I can afford $200 an hour from my sister-in-law. (The Lee Valley Mk. II sells for $27.50.)

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 9/30/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share


In my home life, my passion for furniture design is a bit like a subscription to Playboy magazine. I keep all my books about woodworking and furniture in my office. I pore over them at night when the kids are asleep. And I don’t drone on about joinery or 18th-century workshop practices at dinner.

It’s not that I’m actively concealing the stuff. It’s just that my kids’ days are filled with so much activity and learning already, that there is little time to talk much about furniture. I’ve also been waiting for the day to arrive when they are old enough to build furniture in the shop with me.

That day arrived on Saturday.

This weekend we all drove down to Harrodsburg, Ky., for the state’s first-ever Alpaca festival. My two girls like a goofy-looking animal as much as any kid. And so the 100-mile trek to see this cousin to the camel seemed worth it. The festival was held on the grounds of Shaker Village at Pleasant Hill – one of my all-time favorite places on earth. The setting, the buildings, the furniture and the food are a balanced meal for any furniture junkie.

I figured that the last thing the kids would want to do would be to tour buildings and workshops, but that was OK by me. Saturday was for the alpacas, which hum when they are distressed. So we heard a lot of alpaca humming, chased some wild turkeys, saw a sheep being sheared in 4 minutes, made felted soap and bought finger puppets.


After some lunch, we had an hour before we had to head back home, and I thought I’d sneak off to the Centre Family Dwelling to take some photos of the firewood box there, which I’m building for the “I Can Do That” column in the February issue of Popular Woodworking. I told the girls they could go pet some more alpacas or come with me into the building. Surprisingly, everyone wanted to go with me.

After an hour in the Centre Family Dwelling, we almost had to drag the girls out of there. They were both bewitched by the building itself and the objects inside. They wanted to see every room, look at all the tables and chairs and learn about all the displays. They marveled at the acoustics in the meeting halls. They pointed out unusual dovetail joints on a seed box (I guess I’ve been droning on at dinner more than I thought).


Maddy, my 11-year-old, pointed out pieces that she thought I should build for the magazine. Katy, the 6-year-old, was fascinated by the system of pegs on the walls (she also is quite the cleaner, so that’s understandable).

Then they discovered the continuous banisters that run from the ground floor to the third. They immediately knew what a technical challenge it was. They asked to borrow my camera so they could take pictures of things that interested them (they took about 50). Katy’s photo of the peg system is at the top of this entry.

Then the two girls pulled themselves up into one of the deep window wells and looked out over the rolling hills of Central Kentucky, which look the same as they did in the early 19th century when the building was built.

“We could live here dad,” Maddy says. “I could look out this window forever.”

Sometimes I forget about the power that furniture and architectural design has, even over people who don’t immerse themselves in it. On Saturday, the long-gone brothers and sisters of that vanished order reached across almost two centuries of time and planted a seed in the minds of my girls.

Next stop: To the shop to build a wagon for their toy horses to pull. It’s time.

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 9/26/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

"But lo! Men have become the tools of their tools."
— Henry David Thoreau (1817-1862), "Walden"


When I started building furniture on my back porch after college, I was sure of only one thing: I didn't want to use a radial-arm saw.

My aversion to the machine had nothing to do with safety, accuracy, philosophy or shop space. Instead, I despised the radial-arm saw because I spent one long hot summer as a slave to that machine at the Therma-Tru door factory in Arkansas.

I worked on the assembly line that built the fire doors. It was my job to crosscut the internal rails and stiles that were then skinned with the exterior metal (in a pleasing Colonial look!). The radial-arm saw was right next to the furnace that baked on some sort of coating (you know, I never asked what that stuff was).

No matter how fast I cut, I could never keep up. And the workers on the line were always reaching for the stile I had just put down. After a few weeks of this, the radial-arm saw and I became enemies and we remain so to this day.

For me, woodworking is about balancing the role of the hand and the machine. But there is more than one balancing point. And that's the theme of Issue 9 of Woodworking Magazine, which we are beginning to work on. The cover project is an adaptation of the Gustav Stickley No. 603 tabouret shown in Robert W. Lang's "Shop Drawings for Craftsman Furniture."

I picked an Arts & Crafts project for the issue because the best examples of this furniture style incorporate both machine- and hand-work. Right now I'm building two of these tables. One table is being built with machines carrying most of the load, including joinery. With the other table, hand tools will have the upper hand.

This isn't just about substituting a tenon saw for a 40-tooth flat-tooth rip blade. There are differences in the way you lay out your work and move through the construction process. The resulting tables should look identical, though you can be the judge of that (assuming you purchase the issue).

I have other aversions in addition to the radial-arm saw, including broasted chicken, glazed doughnuts and bagging ice. All those aversions were the result of a hot summer working in a gas station. But those stories are for another kind of blog.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 9/13/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share

During the last few years I’ve begun to teach classes at schools that I really like, such as the Marc Adams School of Woodworking in Franklin, Ind., and Kelly Mehler’s School of Woodworking in Berea, Ky. But the funny thing is that just because I’m now a teacher, I also really like to take woodworking classes.

In fact, if it weren’t for woodworking classes, I might not be the editor of this magazine.

In 1992, a close friend and I started building furniture in his basement. We were really, really serious about it, but we really, really stank at it. No matter how many books or magazines or TV shows we consumed, our cutting boards, side tables and umbrella stands looked like dogmeat.

Then my buddy, Chris Poore, twisted my arm to take a night class in woodworking at the University of Kentucky. Taught by Lynn Sweet in a big industrial building (probably a converted tobacco warehouse), the class was a completely intimidating idea. But Chris can be persuasive. He even talked his wife, Lee, into taking the class with us.

After one week, I knew that this was going to be my life’s work.

Classes are a fantastic way to learn. You can ask questions. You aren’t interrupted by life. You can focus on the task at hand and get immediate feedback. So I’ve continued to take classes, including a couple chairmaking classes, a class in advanced dovetails and a class in boat-building. In 2008, I really, really want to take a class at Mike Dunbar’s Windsor Institute.

If you’ve ever wanted to get a small taste of what a class is like, I highly recommend you check out a weekend seminar at a local woodworking store, or (at the least) take a gander at this slideshow Kelly Mehler posted on his site from our class last week. Good stuff.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/28/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Get Free Shipping if You Order before Sept. 21

Every issue of Woodworking Magazine is designed without an "expiration date" – we strive to make the instructions and projects that we write to be just as good in 20 years as they are today. To ensure the magazine will endure, we've just published a hardbound book containing the first seven issues, including issues that have long been sold out and unavailable.

These are the complete issues, just as they appeared in the magazine, and they are printed on paper that is even heavier and brighter than the originals. The book's 252 pages are bound in red cloth, stamped with gold foil and covered with a nice glossy dust jacket that features the Roubo workbench on the cover.

If you're not familiar with Woodworking Magazine, you're probably wondering why we're making such a fuss about it. Here's the deal: Woodworking Magazine is different than other woodworking magazines. We seek to challenge the conventional wisdom of the craft to find the most accurate, fast and straightforward way to perform an operation, whether it's cutting dados or making cherry look 100 years old. Our staff tests dozens of techniques in our shop in Cincinnati to find the ones worth using in your shop.

We publish projects that are historical classics, from the 18th-century Roubo workbench to a Gustav Stickley Magazine Stand to a Shaker Tall Cabinet from the Enfield Community. These are pieces of furniture that have earned their status as classics.

And even the way we review tools is different. We don't review table saws (there are enough table saw reviews already). We review the tools and items that we consider critical to good work: 6" rulers, hinges, marking knives, moisture meters, combination squares and the like.

Plus, we accept no outside advertising. Our interior pages are black-and-white. And we're not afraid to blend the use of hand and power tools to get good results.

This book is about to arrive in our warehouse, and we are making a special offer for readers who order the book before midnight on Friday, Sept. 21. If you order before that date, the book is $30 and we'll pay the shipping and handling. Orders placed after that will be $30 plus $4.95 shipping and handling.

This book will not be available in stores. You can order on our secure web site or call toll-free 800-258-0929 and ask for item# WWCMP7A.


— Christopher Schwarz
editor, Woodworking Magazine and Popular Woodworking


Posted 8/28/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

This weekend we gave away our antique Arts & Crafts sideboard to some friends who have just bought a house and I installed the new Gustav Stickley 802 sideboard I’d built with the help of Harvey Ellis’s pen and German technology.

Like every other woodworking magazine, we’ve been heavily testing the Festool Domino since it arrived in early December. Senior Editor Glen Huey has built a number of traditional American projects using it. Senior Editor Robert Lang has been building a massive credenza that will go behind his workbench (it’s a long story, ask him). And Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick has even had her turn with the machine and is in the middle of building a medicine cabinet and mirror with the Domino.

And for my part, I’ve fiddled around with the thing quite a bit. I built a few picture frames for some artwork that has been languishing around the house. And I’ve built a couple cabinet doors. But my first real test of the machine was this summer as I built a Stickley 802 sideboard between bouts of traveling and teaching.

This was my first complex piece of casework with the Domino, and I was eager to get familiar with the machine but also cautious that I’d muck up a lot of good cherry in the name of trying out the new thing.

I’ll spare you any suspense: The Domino works as advertised. And considering its immense promise, that is an impressive feat. In competent hands, the Domino is capable of cutting joints with jaw-dropping speed and impressive strength. But note the qualifier: “In competent hands….” The Domino is only as smart as its user.

As I put the sideboard together, I was curious how much faster it would be to use this machine compared to cutting traditional mortise-and-tenon joints. Glen Huey estimates that the Domino is capable of trimming about 25 percent off the shop time of a typical casework project. As I put the base of the sideboard together, I thought Glen was dead-on right. The Domino moved effortlessly through the project. It cut offset joints with immense precision and little math. It made joints that were tighter than any biscuit joints. And because of the inherent holding ability of the ribbed beech Dominos, I had to use few clamps to get everything together.

With the case assembled, I braced the sideboard against my bench and used a jointer plane to remove a few shavings from the rear apron to get it flush to the legs.

Then the project went limp, like my youngest sister’s arm when she broke it while playing in our driveway. The Domino joints in the front apron had failed. But why?

I’d forgotten a cardinal rule of tenon design: A tenon should be two-thirds the width of the stock it emerges from. Because the Dominos were so tight and so dead-on, I’d used two of them in each joint in the front rail. I should have used three.

So I pulled apart the front of the carcase and cut additional joints. (Note: Try cutting mortises on a half-assembled carcase with a hollow-chisel mortiser. The portability of the Domino is one of its oft-overlooked wonders.) Then it was glue, clamps and an impatient and fitful evening. The next day I picked up at the same place I’d gone wrong. This time the Dominos held, which was absolutely no surprise at all.

This week I’m gearing up for some more furniture projects. My youngest daughter needs some bookshelves, and the friends with the new (read: empty) house need some shelves as well. And our living room has never had a decent coffee table. Ah, and the campaign chest I’ve been doodling is starting to tug at me.

And the Domino figures prominently in many of those plans.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/4/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Finishing
Bookmark and Share

It’s lunchtime, but as I gaze into the fridge the only thing that looks good to me is a beer. I reach for the yogurt, but I almost change direction and grab the bottle of Fat Tire on the shelf above my milky bacterial fermentation.

Now before you start to worry that I’m in need of an intervention, hear me out. This craving for beer is what happens every time I spray lacquer. The first time I felt this urge more than 10 years ago I dismissed it as my brain telling me to take a victory lap because I’d finished a big project.

Now I think it’s something else. Perhaps my body is trying to replace one toxin with another. Perhaps something in lacquer or the thinner unlocks some alcoholic alter-ego. Believe me, I’m careful around finishing materials and their solvents. I wear a cartridge respirator the entire time I’m working. I wear gloves as I mix the lacquer and thinner. I spray outside on a breezy day.

But no matter what precautions I take, the result is always the same: Beer, beer, beer.

This morning I sprayed the finish coats of lacquer on the Gustav Stickley 802 sideboard that has been languishing in my shop as I’ve gallivanted through Maine and Las Vegas these last few weeks. My original plan to finish the sideboard was to use the suntan finish we developed for cherry in Woodworking Magazine Issue No. 5.

But I didn’t use that finish on the cherry dining table I built in 2005, so that gave me a bit of pause. In 10 years, I’d like these two pieces to look the same color in the same room. So I simply shot the sideboard with clear lacquer, which is the finish on the dining table. Three coats in two hours. God I love spray finishing.

Here’s a little tip for you the next time you’re at the hardware store: Pick up one of the 3M #180-grit sanding sponges. For the last couple years I’ve been using that between coats of lacquer and have decided that it is the bee’s knees. It levels lacquer quickly and brings up the white powdery look you want before shooting the next coat. Plus, the sponges last much longer than the lubricated sandpaper we use at work. When the sponges get a little clogged after a few months, just rinse them out with water and you’ll get some more life out of them.

So far, the sideboard looks pretty good. I like to let the lacquer level and cure for a day and then I rub it out with a plain brown paper bag to remove any dust nibs and give the finish a silky feel. So now I’m going to go down and see if we have any plain paper bags in the pantry.

If we don’t, I’m going to go to the liquor store and kill two needs with one purchase.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/3/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Shooting boards are one of those hand-tool jigs that people talk about (a lot) but few people actually know much about. Whenever I teach, students always clamor for a demonstration of the device, even when I'm teaching something that doesn't directly relate (sawing tenons, sharpening, steaming salmon).

Recently, Bill Kohr at Craftsman Studios in San Diego loaned me a ramped shooting board that he sells in his catalog and store to try. So here's a short review of the shooting board and a brief tutorial on using it to trim end grain.

First things first: Why do you need one? Shooting boards are one of the most powerful trimming tools in my shop. They are the only tool, machine or jig that I have that reduces the length of a board in .001" increments. They adjust the ends of boards so they are square, even if you have only 1/32" or less to remove. Trimming cuts like this can be tricky on power equipment because the spinning saw blade can deflect in the cut, giving you an inconsistent cut through the thickness.

The shooting board (some call it a "chute board") holds your work in position and 90° to a track that a handplane rides in. Push the plane in the track and it will trim the end of the board until it is square. (Note: There also are shooting boards designed for long grain, but I generally plane these freehand or use the tail vise and dogs to do the job – but that's an entry for another day.)

The shooting board shown here is made by Micheal Connor in Australia from New Guinea Rosewood, a dense and stable material. This shooting board is unusual in that the area that holds the work is ramped about 4° along its length. This ramping does two things: It spreads out the wear on your plane's iron a little. For example, a 3/4" x 6"-wide piece of stock will wear an area of your iron that's 1-3/32" instead of a 3/4"-wide area of your iron. Plus, the ramp makes the plane a bit easier to push through the end grain because the ramp creates a shearing cut.

Having the ramp is nice, but I wouldn't call it a do-or-die feature. My shop-made shooting board is flat and made from plywood. It's fine. I just have to push a little harder and sharpen more often.

The downside to the ramp is that you have to do some extra rigging to support long workpieces that stick out off the shooting board. I have an adjustable planing stop on one of our benches that can be angled to support the work at 4°. Another option is to make a block of wood that has a 4° ramp – easy work on a band saw.

The Connor shooting board is well made and dead-nuts accurate. The fence, which is the most critical component of the jig, is secured in a dado in the ramp, so it's not ever going to move. My only real quibble with the jig is that the finish on the fence and ramp allow your work to slide around more than I like. I'd put a layer of stick-on sandpaper on the fence, which is what I have on my shopmade shooting board.

Shooting Board Use
There are many ways to go about using a shooting board. David Charlesworth has an excellent DVD on the topic that explores his simple shooting board and the techniques to use it. I've used his shooting board and his techniques with excellent results. But perhaps because of my American-ness, I do it differently. Charlesworth takes a pass with the plane, then pushes the work up against the sole of the tool and makes another pass. He repeats this until he makes a full-width cut and is at his destination length. I usually use his technique when reducing boards in length, but do it a bit differently when correcting the angle on the end of a board.

So I start with my out with a board I've trimmed on our out-of-whack (surprise!) miter saw. It's out by a couple degrees. I put plane in the track (I always use a heavy plane with an iron that is sharpened straight across). Then I put the jointed edge of the board against the shooting board's fence and show the wonky end to the plane's sole. That shows me which corner is high and which corner is low.

Now relieve the corner of the work that will go against the fence. Cut a tiny bevel with a chisel to reduce blow-out on the end. If I am working to a knife line I'll chisel the corner to that line.


I take the plane off the track and position the board so the low corner is flush to the track and the high corner stick out over the track. Then I push the work against the fence (push hard!) and then place the plane in the track and begin planing. Focus on pushing the plane down and forward. Use just enough force against your workpiece to keep the tool in the cut. If you push too much to the side you'll push the work out of position instead of cutting it.

When the plane stops cutting, the edge is square. Check your work to confirm.

The Connor shooting board is available in both left- and right-hand versions and is $95. For woodworkers who don't want to build one or question their ability to do so, I think it's an excellent way to get a jump-start on shooting.

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 7/23/2007 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

[description]Issue 8 is now available in both digital and printed formats directly from us. We've shipped out the issues to our newsstand distributors  (see below to download a list of dealers that will sell it).

The staff is particularly proud of this issue. It's our biggest issue ever and we think it breaks some new ground on some important topics: workbench design, constructing tool racks and choosing a flush-cutting saw.

You have several choices as to how you can purchase this issue. It’s not complicated, but it is new, and so here is a complete explanation.

1. Buy the printed edition:
You can order a printed copy of Issue 8 directly from us through our Internet store for $8 or by calling toll-free 800-258-0929 (ask for item #PW0907). You also will be able to purchase the issue from a select number of specialty stores, including all of the Lee Valley retail stores in Canada and woodworking stores in the United States. You can download a complete list of stores arranged by state to find a location near you. The issue should be available on newsstands in early August.

Download a list of Dealers: WM_Dealers.doc (83.5 KB)

2. Buy a digital download edition:
  You can download Issue 8 from our Internet store right now for $6. The digital edition is a pdf file that has been enhanced with additional links and resources. We’ve added buttons in the issue that will call up additional related stories, video and slideshows on our web site. The pdf can be read by any computer with the free Acrobat Reader program from Adobe (most computers come loaded with this program already). Here’s how the digital download works. It’s quite easy. After you pay for the issue you will be sent an e-mail. Inside that e-mail is a link that you’ll click that will allow you to log in to our web site with a username and password. When you log in, you’ll be taken to a page that will let you download the file. It’s a large file (about 8mb), but if you have trouble downloading it, you can come back to that page as many times as you like if you encounter some sort of problem. Our connection is fast and stable, and we haven’t had anyone encounter any serious difficulty yet.

3. Buy both digital and printed editions:  You can order both the digital and printed editions of Issue 8 from our Internet store for $10. If you choose this option, you will be able to download the digital issue immediately, as described above. Plus you will be shipped the printed copy of the magazine from our warehouse in Wisconsin.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/20/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Some manufacturers require a thousand square feet of booth space to show you the new tools they are going to introduce before the end of the year. Others require you to simply push the water glasses aside on the dinner table to see the new line.

This evening the editors of Popular Woodworking had dinner with Robin Lee, president of Lee Valley Tools, and his spouse, Lucie. We brought our appetites. Robin brought a bag of new handplanes and tools that he pulled out one after another. First there was a round of beer. Then came the new router plane and some new rulers. Salads. Squirrel-tail planes. Bread. The long-awaited plow plane. (While I had salmon for dinner, this tool was the main course for me.)

Plus, Robin shared lots of information about the products you are going to see appearing in the catalogs in the coming months. Just remember this: You are among the first to see some of these tools, so the photographs aren’t my best (a bedspread is a poor photographic sweep). And that you should be patient when trying to get your hands on them. With that in mind, here’s some of the really cool stuff.

Veritas Small Router Plane
The Veritas Router Plane is one of the company’s most finely made tools, in my opinion. So I’m pleased to report that the Veritas Small Router plane is another winner. This is a closed-throat router, and it reminds me more of the routers built by pattermakers than it does of any historical model.

Here are some details: The small-scale router is ideal for cleaning out shallow grooves or recesses, such as hinge mortises. The 1/4"-wide blade is simple to adjust up and down using a knurled brass knob threaded through the body. Loosen the knob to adjust the blade and nothing happens. Yup. Nothing. That’s because of a wave washer that keeps the blade in position quite well, even with the blade’s locking mechanism loosened.

Nudge the blade and it shifts in position. Then lock the sucker back up. The router is quite comfortable to hold with the tips of your fingers. And the 3-1/4"-wide and 2-1/4"-deep body is made from ductile iron; the sole is flattened with a special lapping process that makes it dead flat. In addition to the standard position in the mouth of the tool, the blade also can be adjusted for use in bullnose work. The price is $45 (U.S.). Lee said this tool should be ready by Sept. 1.


Other cool planes and accessories in the works:

• Two Squirrel-handled Planes: Based on the “Little Victor” handplane released recently, the company is expanding the line of tools with these two new palm-sized planes. One is quite similar to the Little Victor except it has a nice palm-rest that looks much like the curled tail of a squirrel. The sole is flat and the blade-clamping mechanism is the same as on the “Little Victor.” (Read a review of this plane on our blog.)

The second plane has the same body style but the sole is curved, like that on the Stanley Model-Makers Plane. However, the curvature on the sole of the Lee Valley version is not as extreme. The side-to-side radius is 1-1/2". Front-to-back radius: 12".

Both planes measure 3-3/8" long at the sole, 4-7/8" long overall and 1-3/8" wide. Pricing: The pair will be sold for an introductory price of $65. After that, the planes will be $36 for the flat-soled tool and $42 for the curved one.

• A set of Phi Rulers: These cool rulers allow you to draw Golden Rectangles using the Golden Section (a proportion of 1 to 1.618). The rulers work like a CenterPoint ruler with a direct-reading scale. Translation: No math! You use one edge of the ruler to draw the longer dimension of the project, then you use the Phi ruler to generate the shorter one. You also can start with the smaller dimension of the rectangle and determine the longer side. A fair number of woodworkers use the Golden Section in designing furniture as this ration of 1 to 1.618 is pleasing to our eyes.

Also, Lee says that his staff prepared a 16-page instruction manual for the rulers that covered the history of the Golden Section and explored its application. Lee said, with a laugh, that it probably wouldn’t be a good idea to send a 16-page instruction sheet with a ruler, so they’re going to post that on the web site.

The price of the rulers is right: A set of 6", 12" 18" and 24" is $15.95. (Available soon, if not now.)

• Veritas Small Plow Plane: The highlight was getting to see the much-anticipated Veritas plow plane, which is based loosely on the Record #044 plow plane. The plow plane is still a useful plane today for making the grooves for drawers bottoms and for small-scale box and door work – grooves for panels in rails and stiles. This plane (which was not ready for me to photograph) has a streamlined design.

Unlike other plow planes, the rear tote is wood instead of metal, which feels nice to the hand. The fence is designed to encourage the proper grip of the tool. And the way that the fence is held fast has more to do with the technology surrounding router bits than with historic tools. Think: router collet. Then think: very cool.

The Veritas Small Plow Plane should be available by the end of September. It will come standard with an A2 1/4"-wide blade and sell for $199. You also will be able to purchase the plane with four additional blades (1/8" up to 3/8") for $245, or purchase individual blades.

I didn’t get to use the plow plane (a couple key parts were plastic, plus we were in a restaurant), but the overall profile of the plow is curvier and more fluid than I expected. It was a bit hard to hand back over the table.

• A 30th Anniversary Plane:
To celebrate the company’s 30th anniversary, Lee Valley is going to make a limited edition stainless steel edge plane. Lee says they are going to make 300 of them (using the lost wax process) and then destroy the molds. The plane looks like a cross between the company’s bronze version of the edge-trimming plane and they company’s more recent ductile iron version. No word on pricing or availability (and that’s my fault – I forgot to ask).

• The Veritas Hold-Down is getting an accessory – an optional shorter post. This will be a boon for people who don’t have a lot of extra space below their benchtops but still want to use a hold-down. The post is 5-1/2" long and will cost $7.20.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/9/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

The Connecticut road the next morning.

As I sprint down the gravel driveway at my mother’s house, the lights begin to dim and I begin to wonder if a 10 p.m. three-mile run in semi-rural Connecticut was a good idea.

I’ve made this run so many times since I was 11 years old that I push on. I’m fueled partly by the intense memory of this road, partly by the two glasses of red wine at dinner and partly by the fact that I’ve been sitting on my backside for more than 13 hours in a drive in my wife’s mini-van to get to Old Lyme, Conn.

I’m on the way to Maine this week to shoot a DVD (this one on using a workbench, natch) and to do a seminar on Saturday on workbench design at Lie-Nielsen Toolworks. But for the next couple days I’m at my mother’s house, which also was my grandparent’s house. It’s where I learned to use a table saw and a band saw. It’s where I spent summers in my grandfather’s workshop, which is now empty except for a few boxes.

After a half mile, I look up and can barely separate the sky from the canopy of trees. Streetlights are few. Lights from the homes are infrequent, and I can see the median of the road as a slightly brighter line stretching ahead. I follow that line.

Almost 20 years ago, my grandfather walked this same road, just as he did every morning on his way to pick up the newspaper at the Laysville convenience store. But on that morning in the late 1980s, my grandfather had a stroke in this driveway, incapacitating him for the last years of his life. It took away his ability to walk, work in the shop and say more than three things: “Yes!” (which meant “no”), “No!” (which usually meant “yes”) and “love you” (which I hope wasn’t an antonym).

And now it’s dark on the driveway, like I’m in a sensory deprivation tank. The dim line marking the median is gone. I press on, and I look for the median using my feet instead of my eyes. I chuckle for a moment because this is all a bit like work in the shop. You need to use senses other than your sight. Your sense of touch, in particular, lets you know how a handplane is working, if a chisel is sharp, if the surface of your wood is free of plane tracks or planer snipe. Your hearing lets you know if your band saw is aligned, if your table saw is in trouble. (Yes, everything can be a blog entry about woodworking.)

I’m feeling my way across Sill Lane with my feet when I find the yellow center line. I can’t see a dang thing, but I know I’m running full-tilt down the center of the road and headed in the right direction. I laugh out loud and run the next two miles without seeing anything, navigating entirely by my feet.

Then I feel a brush of some brush on my legs and then my left shoulder slams into a tree trunk. I’ve lost my line. So much for navigating using your other senses. Next time I’ll run when there’s daylight.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/30/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Long-time toolmaker Paul Hamler has developed a new device that can turn many handplanes (both vintage and new) into a scraping plane that is easier to set up, tune and use than any other scraping plane I’ve used.

I’ve been working with a pre-production version of this scraping insert – which simply replaces the frog on your plane – for about three weeks now. And already I’m convinced that I want one in my personal toolkit and I’ve placed an order with Hamler. This is despite the fact that neither the price (an estimated $125 to $150) nor the delivery date (some time later in 2007) is yet firm.

But I’m getting ahead of myself here. There are lots of questions that first must be answered about this unusual piece of equipment and why it might belong in your shop. Some readers might even wonder why anyone should spend money on a scraping plane when a card scraper can be had for $7 to do the same job. (The reason is that a card scraper is more likely to dish your surface, leaving ugly ripples that show up when you apply a film finish. Scraper planes don't do that.)

In fact, one of the first questions is why bother with this scraping insert when there’s another one available from Lee Valley Tools. Good question. The interesting answer is that the Veritas Scraping Plane Insert was invented by Hamler (he, Leonard Lee and John S. Lynn are listed as the inventors on the 1996 patent papers). Hamler says he thought the design and materials of the original could be improved upon and so he developed this new insert and is producing and selling it himself.

And indeed, this new insert is almost nothing like the Veritas version. Here’s how it works:

The insert fits into the wide-bodied Bailey-pattern and Bed Rock-pattern planes made by Stanley – the Nos. 4-1/2, 5-1/2, 6 and 7. The Bed Rock version also will fit Lie-Nielsen wide-bodied planes of the same sizes.

To install the insert you remove the entire frog assembly of your plane and replace it with Hamler’s device. Tighten the plane’s frog mounting screws and the job is done. The scraper, a thin 2-1/2"-wide piece of steel, drops into the tool and is secured with a single thumbscrew. This looks and feels just like Stanley’s old scraper planes, such as the Nos. 12, 112 and 212. But this is where the similarity to the old (and existing new) tools ends.

Intuitive Controls
The way you adjust Hamler’s scraping insert is truly ingenious and improves upon more than 100 years of doing things the hard way. What’s the hard way? If you own a scraping plane, you already know the answer. You adjust the cut of a traditional scraping plane by pitching the scraper backward and forward. Tipping the scraper forward makes the cut deeper and more aggressive. Tipping it back has the opposite effect.

One of the most frustrating things about the old mechanism is that it’s a true pain to change the angle. You change it by loosening two jam nuts. Then you twist one to tip the tooling forward or twist the other tip it back. Then you have to retighten the two jam nuts and test your cut. If you don’t get it the first time (and you won’t) then it’s back to the jam nuts for another round of righty-tighty time.

Hamler’s insert replaced the forward jam nut with a strong spring. So to adjust the scraper forward you turn the knob counter-clockwise and take a cut. To move the scraper back you turn the knob clockwise and take a cut. No jam nuts. No overshooting your mark. It works and feels much more like using a bench plane than the torture device that is the No. 112’s mechanism.

So how does Hamler get away with removing that forward jam nut? Isn’t it necessary to keep the insert rigid during the cut? Nope. The forward jam nut is a gill slit or an appendix. You need only one nut to keep the insert rigid because rigidity is important only when the tool is cutting – and that’s what the rear knob does. The spring keeps all the parts in tension so things aren’t flopping around annoyingly on the return stroke.

But About That Length…
The other curious aspect of the insert is that Hamler made it for (and demonstrates it in) a jointer plane body. That’s a 22"-long plane. Traditional scraper planes are much more like smoothing planes (the No. 112 is about 9" long). Why do you need a scraper insert in a jointer plane?

I haven’t talked to Hamler about this specifically, so he might have another opinion on it. But here are my thoughts. Scraper planes excel at dealing with large surfaces that have a lot of grain problems. I use them especially when dealing with glued-up tabletops. When you glue up a top, the first order of business is to arrange the boards to best appearance. But that might involve a lot of boards that have grain running in opposite directions.

Handplaning a top like this is a massive pain. And getting the seams right is enough to drive one to the random-orbit sander. But a scraper plane can generally ignore grain reversals. So you can flatten the top with a jointer plane and then follow up with a jointer-sized scraper with no problem. In other words, just skip the smoothing plane when the deck is stacked against you and go right to the scraper plane.

This is a time-saver in unexpected ways. Typically, I’d try to deal with a top first with a jointer plane, then a high-angle smooth plane, then a card scraper to deal with localized tear-out, then sandpaper to blend the planed and scraped surfaces together. With the Hamler insert I can go from jointer plane to jointer scraper to a bit of hand sanding.

If you like the shorter format, you can always put the insert in a No. 4-1/2 and it will be much like a No. 112. But I like the extra mass of the No. 6 that I have the prototype in. Plus, the longer plane will result in a flatter surface than a shorter plane or the washboarding that comes with a card scraper in inexperienced hands.

Another objection that some woodworkers might make is that you can convert a bench plane, HNT Gordon plane or bevel-up plane to a scraping plane using various tricks (such as large back bevels, turning the iron over or honing a very steep secondary bevel). All of these work; I’ve tried them. But they don’t allow you to change the pitch of the tool forward and back, and that’s useful when dealing with different species and different hooks on the scraper. The Hamler insert handles this task with enormous ease. Plus, the Hamler insert can hold scrapers of different thicknesses so you can choose a thick one for aggressive work or a thin one for light cuts in tricky burls.

The pre-production model shown in these photos is utilitarian-looking, according to Hamler. The production version will have more spit and polish. Believe that. If you’ve ever seen any of Hamler’s other work (he specializes in miniature tools), it’s impressive.

Hamler doesn’t have a web site, but you can contact him via e-mail at hamlertools@alltel.net to inquire about getting your name on the list for one of these tools.

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 6/25/2007 in  | All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

In general, I write about the best way to cut dovetails as much as I write about choosing the best religion. That is, not much. One of the reasons I avoid the topic of dovetails is that it gets far too much ink already.

One retired carpenter told me that cutting dovetails probably gets more ink than anything else in woodworking, followed by resawing on the band saw, tuning up your table saw and building the ultimate router table. Ugh, just typing that list of story topics makes me queasy.

The other reason I avoid the topic of dovetails is that I think the real “secret” to a good joint is so boring that readers would fall asleep if they had to read about it. Get your Red Bull energy drinks at the ready because here it is: Pick a method (they all work). Choose a set of tools (they are all valid). Cut the joint using those techniques and those tools and refuse to vary. Refuse to try much of anything new. Refuse to take shortcuts.

And then, according to a brilliant Chinese saying: “Practice 30 more years.”

I’m not a flashy dovetailer. I don’t use radical angles. I don’t cut really tiny pins. I don’t do fancy spacing to add “visual excitement.” I lay out the joint to make it easy to cut for my set of tools.

And after 14 years of practice (I’m almost halfway there!) here’s what I get: I almost never, ever have to pare the walls of the joint. My joints assemble with a little pounding of my fist on the first try. They are always tight enough that I don’t cringe when other woodworkers pull out my drawers. I never have to fill gaps with shims.

As I’ve worked, I’ve found a few tiny revelations that help me get better results with less fuss. I’m going to show you one of them tonight.

One of my biggest frustrations when dovetailing used to be crossing the baseline when chopping out the waste between my pins and tails with a chisel. You can’t just put the chisel in your baseline and pound down. The chisel will angle back and cross the baseline.

I don’t have this problem anymore, courtesy of my cutting gauge (I now use the Tite-Mark gauge from Glen-Drake Toolworks, before that I had a Japanese cutting gauge. They are the same tool, in essence.) After I lay out my tails or pins, I score the baseline in the waste areas deeply with the cutting gauge. Then I cut the joint.

After I chop close to my baseline with a chisel, I place the chisel tip in the baseline and flick the waste off. The deep score left by my cutting gauge leaves a small 1/32" rabbet of waste below the baseline (see the photo at top for what this looks like -- it's subtle). Then I can drop my chisel tip right against the baseline and pound down. About 99 percent of the time, I make a perfect and flat cut across the waste. About 1 percent of the time I undercut the joint. But that undercut is no big deal because the undercut occurs inside the joint where no one will see. The baseline is preserved in all cases.

Should you try this? I’ll leave that to you. If you use a cutting gauge and have trouble with crossing your baselines, I think it's worth a try. But don’t rush out and buy a Tite-Mark if  you are using a different kind of gauge and are pleased with it (this message is brought to you by WivesAgainstSchwarz.com).

There actually is one how-to story on the dovetail that I’m eager to write, but it’s the dovetail story that hasn’t ever been written (to my knowledge). It’s on the list of stories for upcoming issues of Woodworking Magazine, right after sawing, clamping and chiseling.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/17/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share


During the last several months I’ve gotten several e-mails, phone calls and comments from people who aren’t readers. Instead these communiqués are from the wives of our readers, who are about 95 percent male.

These are not friendly conversations.

They go something like this: “My husband buys every tool you recommend. Whenever your magazine comes out or you post something on your blog, my husband buys it. For the sake of our bank account, please die.”

Well, that last sentence is hyperbolic (I’m from the South, what do you expect?). But the rest of the sentiment is accurate. One woman said that my writing had cost her $12,000 last year and $9,000 so far this year. And here I thought my writing cost people $19.96 a year for a seven-issue subscription.

Now I actually feel pretty bad about this recent development. As a writer (who is married to a writer), I’ve always lived modestly. I drive a six-year-old bare-bones Honda. Many of my clothes are hand-me-downs from my father, a man with excellent taste. Heck, I started building furniture because we couldn’t afford the antiques we wanted.

But I’ve never developed a taste for cheap tools. My first table saw was a 1970s-era Craftsman (price: free). I spent as much time adjusting the lame fence as I did ripping with it. My first chisels and planes were the Popular Mechanics brand (yes, I see the irony), and the edges folded like tin foil whenever they were asked to cut anything other than pine. I could go on and on with this list.

Poor-quality tools stink. So I began acquiring high-quality vintage tools and machines (an Atlas drill press, Swan chisels, Stanley Type 11 handplanes). These were (and still are) great tools. But they took a lot of work to bring back to life. Metalwork. Filings. Grease. Pressing bearing. I found that I don’t like metalworking nearly as much as woodworking.

So I bought a Delta Unisaw. I bought nice Japanese chisels and saws from Lee Valley Tools. I bought a Lie-Nielsen plane. Each purchase hurt the bank account; but on the plus side, I’ve never had to replace any of these tools. And I suspect I never will. Every time I turn on my table saw, it works as advertised. Every time I cut a dovetail, the only errors are caused by my own ineptness. And every time I go to plane a board, the results are completely predictable.

But these arguments don’t work well with the spouses. I’ve tried. So I apologize to them. I try to untangle myself from the conversation. And I furiously hope that each of you will build something spectacular with these tools. Nothing defuses the expense of the means like the beauty of the results.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/14/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share

Editor's note: Every few days I’m asked for a bibliography of the essential books for a woodworker who is interested in working with hand tools. I often dash off a list of books that are at the top of mind. Usually it’s five or six core titles with a few oddball ones thrown in that are probably the result of my diet.

So I’ve decided to codify this list and explain a bit of reasoning behind my choices. The first few books are home runs, things that shouldn’t be out of print ever (but sometimes are). One more thing: These aren’t books for a hand-tool purist. I blend machinery for the coarse operations with hand tools for the truing and finishing tasks. My reading list reflects this sensibility.


“The Essential Woodworker” by Robert Wearing


As Robert Wearing eases you into his book during the introduction, you will be both encouraged and alarmed. “The Essential Woodworker” is indeed a book on hand-tool basics and covers all the basic furniture-making tasks necessary to build tables, cabinets, doors and drawers. That’s the encouraging part.

What is alarming is that the stuff in “The Essential Woodworker” is material that is rarely covered in magazines, books or classes. In other words: This book is a good part of a nutritious diet in a world of Snickers bars.

“The Essential Woodworker” begins with a chapter on basic operations: sharpening, planing, sawing and boring. Wearing teaches his techniques mostly with hundreds of simple and clear line drawings, though there are a few black-and-white photos scattered throughout.

With the basic skills wrapped up, Wearing launches into a chapter on building tables and stools. Good choice. Tables are an excellent project for beginners. As Wearing introduces each essential skill, he shows you how to accomplish each task at the bench. This information is like a slice of fried gold. This book is the one that taught me how to clamp up a table base to my bench to work the aprons. It showed me how to size door parts without measuring. It taught me a better way to make hinge mortises that I still use today.

After mastering the table, Wearing moves onto basic carcase construction, with particular emphasis on dovetailing the carcase components and fabricating backs that are far more interesting than what you read about in most books. In other words, there is detail here that you just don’t find elsewhere.

Then Wearing finishes up with designing, building and fitting drawers. By the end of the book’s 160 pages I think I’d learned as much from this book as I’d learned from 10 other books purporting to “essential” for the hand-tool woodworker.

Are there any downsides to the book? Well, I think you can skip the parts about doweling carcases together, that’s a technique that I don’t cotton to (for all the effort required in doweling, I’d just dovetail it).

“The Essential Woodworker” is widely available. In addition to Amazon, check bookfinder.com, abebooks.com, powells.com and alibris.com to find a copy. I paid $8 for mine, you shouldn’t have to pay too much more.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/11/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share



This weekend I got a chance to show off the Holtzapffel workbench at the Sindelar Tool Meet, talk to a bunch of tool collectors and buy some tools I've been coveting for too long.

But the absolute highlight of the entire event was a brush with greatness.

You see, I got to meet "the boy."

OK, some background for the uninitiated: Tool dealer Patrick Leach has been selling tools on the Internet for as long as I've been buying them. Every month, Leach sends out an e-mail newsletter that is (hands-down) the best-written tool newsletter in the business. His tools for sale are always the cream of the crop and his descriptions are oft hilarious.

(By the way, Leach is also the founder of the Blood & Gore web site, the best online reference on Stanley planes, and started Independence Tool with Pete Taran, which made the dovetail saw that Lie-Nielsen now sells. That saw launched the premium handsaw market.)

Anyway, one of my favorite parts of Leach's newsletter is that he has a "Tool of the Month," which is usually the most unusual, minty or rarest tool on offer. And every month, one of the photos that shows the tool features Leach's son holding the tool.

As I've been getting this newsletter for years, I've watched the child grow up, and Leach always peppers the tool's description with some comment about "the boy" or the "tool youth." For example: "Fresh from stuffing his mouth with Oreos while playing with his toy motorcycle, the tool youth wasn’t too happy to pose with this one, the much coveted #164 low angle smooth plane…."

So on Saturday afternoon I took a moment away from my demonstrating at John Sindelar's event to browse some of the tool dealer's tables. I was looking at a small router plane when I glanced up. Now it's rare for me to be speechless (just ask the magazine's staff), but I saw The Boy and all I could do was stutter: "Uhhhh, it's….uhhhh… The Boy!"

He and his father were set up right by the entrance to the building that houses the collection. Leach was working the crowd, cracking jokes and making deals. The Boy was helping out, arranging the tools and tending to the tool bargains that were arrayed on the blue plastic tarp off to the side.

"The best tools are back over here," The Boy called out to the crowd.

I obeyed him and went to have a look. I snatched up a brass router plane made by a patternmaker and an accessory for my brace that would allow it to accept small round-shank bits. The Boy was right.

I wanted to say something like, "I've known you since you were just a wee lad holding an ebony plow plane in a bouncy seat." But that sounded stupid. And I'm sure that it would seem creepy if I started talking to The Boy, and so I just admired him from afar. If you've ever wondered about it, The Boy is a good kid. He helped Leach the entire weekend and was one of the most well-behaved elementary-school kids I've met.



A smallish router plane by Paul Hamler. Yes, I ordered one..

Other highlights: Getting to meet toolmakers Paul Hamler and Jim Leamy. Konrad Sauer from Sauer & Steiner was there as well. I know Konrad quite well and we spent our evenings trying to find a decent beer (we looked a lot, but that's another story for another kind of blog). I did learn that Konrad has a profound weakness for powdered sugar doughnuts. John Sindelar, the host of this incredible event, bought about 3,000 doughnuts for the event. No lie. Konrad ate his fair share.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/7/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share



“It will be necessary that I teach them how to choose their tools that are made by Smiths, that they may use them more with ease and delight, and make both quicker and neater Work with them.”

— Joseph Moxon, “Mechanick Exercises”

Few people in the world of hand tools rouse people as much as John Economaki, the founder of Bridge City Tool Works. He has a passionate customer base that keeps its collective lip buttoned on the Internet, and a vocal chorus of critics that doesn’t.

Critics charge that his tools are too expensive, that some of his tool designs are too specialized to one segment of the craft and that his marketing copy tries too hard. So when you meet him, you expect Economaki to be rich, snobbish and overly proud of his product.

During the last 16 months, I’ve become acquainted with Economaki. And the more I talk to him, the less I understand the critics. He is, unlike many people who make tools in this world, one of us. He was a woodworker, an industrial arts teacher and a professional furniture maker before he started making tools.

He is, like many toolmakers, struggling to remain profitable, he’s quite earthy and he’s the biggest critic of his own designs.

“Ah, you see this,” he said today about one of the parts of one of his planes, “this is a design flaw. I should have put a magnet in there so it would stay in place as you tighten the lever cap.”

This week, Economaki is in our shop here in Cincinnati to show us some of his newest designs, share thoughts on CAD software and give a presentation to a group of our readers. Today, Economaki and our staff spent the day in the shop, working with his tools, chatting about woodworking and discussing the state of toolmaking in this country.

Time with Economaki makes my head hurt. It’s common to start on a conversation about try squares that shifts to tricks to determine accuracy using a cylinder of steel to biographies of Albert Einstein to the legacy of Sam Maloof. All that happened in about three stoplights while in my car on the way to his hotel.

But the most interesting thing about the day was getting to spend time with his tools. They are as much about design as they are about function (kind of like fine furniture, don’t you think?). He admits that freely and says his tools aren’t for everyone. As to the criticism that the tools are “too expensive,” you don’t feel that way after you use the tools and understand a bit how they are made (entirely in the United States).

I’ll admit, some of his tools don’t appeal to my eye or the way I work, such as the Japanese saws. But other tools of his have a remarkable pull.

When Bridge City started making the SS-2 Saddle Square, I ordered it as soon as I saw it and have never regretted it. The tool has been in every shop apron that I’ve worn to shreds while working at the magazine, and I carry it to every show.

The Saddle Square is functional, yes, but it also delights me. It pushes me to work better. And as its brass surface has become scratched, tarnished and worn over the years, my woodworking has become tighter, lighter and easier.

And that’s worth something.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/17/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



I've been involved in hundreds of professional photography shoots in my journalism career, and each one is ridiculous in its own way.

Yesterday we shot the image for my forthcoming book, "Workbenches: From Design & Theory to Construction & Use," which is scheduled to come out in early October. So at 7 a.m., I began cleaning up the shop, which was a wreck as a result of our struggle to finish up the August issue of Popular Woodworking. I pulled the bench out from the wall and began the archaeological dig through the mountain of shaving and sawdust (ah yes, something from the Creole Table Era, circa 2006).

Then Al Parrish, our staff photographer, came in to survey the scene. He didn't like the fact that the bank of windows on the right side of the bench didn't have a tool rack and you could see the cars in our parking lot. "Can we build a tool rack?" he asked.

Today? No.

So we put some of the parts from my sideboard project in the window to obscure the Chevy pickup truck. Then the designers came in. I braced myself because designers have asked for some pretty ridiculous things of me over the years. They had one change: Designer Terri Woesner went over to my broom, picked it up and walked to my bench.

What? Not clean enough?

Terri pushed the broom into the pile of shavings and dust and then artfully sprayed the mess across our shop floor. Then she walked around the bench, positioning the shavings in a thoughtful manner, using the bristles of broom to place them.

Then Al went to work. The image above was shot with our shop lights turned off (which is how I work anyway) and one strobe positioned off to the right of the frame. He also did a little work on the image in Photoshop. Anyone notice what he changed on the bench?

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/14/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



One of the side benefits of writing a book on workbenches is that I got to see hundreds of variations on the traditional designs, both in person and in old books. I also dug up some dead-end designs – benches that looked liked a good idea at first glance but turned out to be much more like the 8-track of the workbench world.

Both of these benches are from "The Great Tool Emporium" (Popular Science) by David X. Manners, a 1979 survey of tools both modern and archaic. The book's section on workbenches was clearly an afterthought – it shares a chapter with Dremel-style rotary tools and glue guns.

Exhibit A: From an unsourced engraving (above). This bench has a leg vise mounted on the left end of the bench. It's a loony, but not entirely stupid idea. There's a pop-up dog on the leg vise that allows you to pinch your work between it and a dog in the benchtop. You probably could use the vise for crosscutting your stock without too much trouble.

But how in the heck are you going to clamp wide boards on edge? And why is the apron on the end notched to receive the jaw of the leg vise? This prohibits some basic clamping jobs. And one minor gripe: Having your vise on the end like this could be a recipe for disaster when planing. If you slip at the end of the stroke, your plane is more likely to go crashing to the floor. That's one of the reasons it's nice to have your planing stop several inches in from the end (mine's located 12" in from the end on the Roubo). I give this bench a D+.



Exhibit B: This is a Lervad 610 "Single Technology" bench made of Danish beech and once distributed by Leichtung Inc. Check out the shoulder vise on the left. It has two jaws! One is in the traditional spot to press against the benchtop. The other is outside the dogleg section of the bench. I suppose that this outside jaw is intended for working small parts and will allow you to come in at an angle with your rasps etc. and not hit the vise.

But this extra jaw seems vestigial, the gill slits of the workbench world.

And, once again, I think this bench lacks a way for you to work the edges of long boards and assemblies. I suppose you could clamp a bench slave in the end vise on the right, but that wouldn't solve all your problems when faced with edges.

What also is interesting about this bench is how the tool tray is so short. As tool tray ideas go, this one isn't too mad. Having the open section at the rear would allow you to do some clamping on the backside of the bench. I give this bench a C.

By the way, if you are a bench nut, you really should dig into the Lervad site. There's some really cool stuff here:

A Height-adjustable Bench: I want to try this bench.

A Height- and Angle-adjustable Bench: A bit like the Veritas carving bench, except that it is totally insane.

The Wacky Tool Well Bench: Why not put it here?

Benches for Schools: This could work, as long as you don't want to teach dovetailing.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/9/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Raw Materials | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share



Question: When is your book on workbenches coming out? I read the    excerpts in your magazine this weekend and decided to purchase it before I attempt a bench of my own, I can’t wait. I have acquired some Southern Yellow Pine that I intend to use on my bench (it's fire-rated 2 x 12 x 8’). It has been in my climate-controlled garage for about three months. The last time I used construction grade (non-rated) SYP she moved all over the place once cut. What do you recommend?
 
— Andy Scott


Answer: Southern Yellow Pine moves a lot as it dries, but once it’s dry, it is quite stable. How stable? Download the pdf below that explains how to figure wood movement for a variety of species.

Here’s what I do when I use yellow pine in any project:

1. Crosscut and rip everything to close size. Moisture migrates through the end grain, so cutting it close to size will make it dry faster.

2. Use a moisture meter to check your progress. Some SYP comes nearly dry (9 percent moisture content (MC)). I’ve seen some boards at 17 percent MC. It usually takes a few months for things to equalize with big projects such as this. Patience pays.

3. Only surface the wood for one assembly at a time. Work rapidly. When you glue up the top, clear the day. Surface and rip all the stock and glue it that day. When you glue up the legs, use the same strategy. It takes more time, but it really pays off.

4. When you glue it up, let it sit in the clamps at least five hours. The resins in the wood prevent the water in yellow glue from pentrating as quickly – this tip is from the chemists at Titebond.

On a final note: With Southern Yellow Pine that has been in my shop for a year or so, I can deal with it just like I deal with hardwoods. So it really is about managing the moisture because waiting a year is not a reasonable solution for most woodworkers.

I'm sure there are other good tips that I'm forgetting. If you have one, please leave it in the Comments section below (click on Comments and you'll see how this works).

The book comes out Oct. 10. You can read more about it here.

— Christopher Schwarz

WoodMovement.pdf (272.5 KB)


Posted 5/2/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



The dominant style of workbench in the Western world is what we call the European form. It's the bench that Ulmia made famous and the bench that built a million cabinets in the 20th century. It was, in fact, the first "real" workbench I ever worked on at the University of Kentucky, and I got along fine with it.

So it might seem blasphemous to point out limitations of this venerable form. After all, millions of woodworkers use this bench. They love this bench. They wouldn't trade it for anything.

But here goes.

Please keep in mind that if you like your workbench, I'm not encouraging you to chop it into firewood and give it a Viking funeral. You don't need a special kind of bench to do woodworking that is extraordinary. The following is intended only to make you think about what a workbench should do with ease. (If you're interested in delving deeper into the topic, check out my eight-page article on workbench design in the June 2007 issue of Popular Woodworking.)

Each part of every workbench has pros and cons. Let's start with the base of this bench.

The Base:
Most European workbenches have a trestle design as shown above. These bases can be massive (which I prefer) or can be spindly. The nice thing about this style of base is that it can be disassembled (by removing wedges or bolts) to be transported. The downside is that the trestle-style legs are inset at the front and therefore can't act as a clamping surface for long boards, panels or door assemblies. You can build a so-called bench slave (a portable stand with adjustable pegs) to help perform this function, but many other simple benches don't require this extra equipment. And, I'd like to point out, that not all European benches were made like this. Some more Germanic-looking benches had the legs flush to the front edge of the top, allowing you to use the legs as a clamping surface.

The Tool Tray: 
Tool trays are great for keeping your tools at hand – and at collecting detritus. They allow you to use less raw material when making your benchtop, but they offer less support when you are working on flat panels. You don't have to have a tool tray to keep your tools close at hand. We use racks above our benches in our shop.

The Tail Vise: The L-shaped tail vise on the right side of the bench above is good for clamping panels for planing or sanding (I use a planing stop for individual boards). I like the tail vise for shooting edges of boards and doors. It's a great spreader clamp. It's superb for dovetailing narrow drawer sides. But it has demerits. You cannot work directly on the tail vise – pounding and hammering there are a no-no. Plus, I've worked on a lot of tail vises that sag as they wear. This sag lifts your work off the benchtop. Some woodworkers like to saw on the end of the bench, and the tail vise gets in the way of this. I don't saw there so it's not an issue for me.

The Face Vise: These vises are great for a lot of work on smaller workpieces. But the vise's guide bars get in the way when you are dovetailing, and the jaws rack when you clamp using only one corner of the vise (a common operation because the guide bars encourage this). Vise blocks help control the racking, but that's one more little jig to mess with.

The Benchtop Itself: Some European-style benches have a wide apron that bands a thin interior core. This apron drives me nuts when I'm trying to clamp stuff to the benchtop. Other European benches have a nice solid and thick top (as shown above) that is great for clamping. Also (and this is supposed to be a nice feature) many of the commercial versions of this bench form offer a handy drawer below the top. This drawer interferes with clamping and sometimes even with the operation of the dogs.

The Verdict: You can work around all of the limitations of a European workbench, so it's a good form. But if you are considering building it for your shop, making a few small changes to the form might make your life easier.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/20/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share



We've had two crippling power outages in our office during the last three weeks. First the computer screen flickers. Then your left hand twitches to hit the keys to save your work. Then the building goes dark. Except for a few groans, the building gets as quiet as a cathedral as work halts.

Except for me, of course.

This week, I'm between big projects in the shop, and so I'm working on a few small-scale pieces to clear my head. I built a small dovetailed silverware tray using some scrap cherry and I've been building a couple picture frames for some paintings that have been sitting around the house.

My taste in art has always been a bit on the odd side. Lucy, my wife, and I prefer to buy what most people call "outsider art," a term I've never liked. (Kinda like the way I hate the word "blog.") These artists are street preachers, visionaries, homeless or mentally ill. We started buying this stuff when we lived in South Carolina and were exposed to artists Howard Finster, R.A. Miller and a few others. We've amassed a small collection during the last 17 years and have recently plugged into the same sort of network here in Cincinnati.

So this week I'm building an Arts & Crafts-style frame for a painting by Barb Moran that we purchased at a street fair in August. It's always a challenge to get into the shop when you're also trying to get a magazine to the printer. But there is nothing like a power outage to change your priorities.

While the table saws, routers and miter saw were quieted yesterday, I spent the afternoon fitting the mortise-and-tenon joints to this frame and preparing the surfaces for finishing. Thanks to the afternoon light from our shop windows, the tear-out in the white oak was easy to see and remove. It was, all in all, a nice break from gerunds and dangling participles.

The funny thing about the power outages is that they take down all of our systems except for the emergency lights and the electric auto-flush toilets in our building. I suspect that senior editors Glen Huey and Bob Lang are making plans to hotwire the building's commodes to our shop's subpanel in case of a third power outage.

Not me. I'm kind of looking forward to it. I just first need to get my left hand in shape to be able to hit the "save" key a little faster.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/14/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Boring
Bookmark and Share



Though my 12-volt cordless drill is always close at hand, I keep my brace and bit just as close. My brace and my augers allow me to drill deep holes in stout stock that my cordless drill struggles with. The brace also gives me more precision when boring to a certain depth because it's easy to take things slow.

Plus – and I know I'm going to take some grief for this statement – I think it's about the same amount of work to bore a ¾" hole with a brace as it is with a cordless drill. Sometimes we forget that electric drills require a fair amount of strength to control when drilling sizable holes.

The only real trick to using a brace and bit is to learn to sharpen the augers (it's easier than filing your fingernails) and to get a decent used brace. Please don't buy a new one. I have yet to find a new brace that is anything more than a shadow of the vintage ones.

I've used a lot of braces in my lifetime – it was the only tool my father and I had for boring bolt holes in joists when we were building our houses on our farm. And I have a few favorite brands that have good chucks and a smooth ratcheting action. Here's the best news: The very best braces ever made can still be found for about $10 at flea markets, tool swaps and (if you shop with care) on eBay.

By far, my favorite brace is the North Bros. Yankee 2101A brace. It is the Mercedes of the brace world. I first got my hands on one at my grandfather's house. He worked for Western Electric and the Yankee 2101A was standard equipment for Western Electric/Bell System employees who installed phone equipment. He had one that he used around the house and in his woodshop. That first brace spoiled me.

What's so good about it? Lots. The alligator-style chuck jaws close tightly and quickly on square-shanked auger bits or round-shanked twist bits. The ratcheting chuck runs like a top. The ratcheting chuck is a nice feature on high-end braces. The ratcheting allows you to work up against walls and to use your arms in tight spaces or more efficiently (some motions with a brace are more tiring than others). You can run the ratcheting either in forward or reverse, just like on a ratcheting wrench.

Most ratcheting braces have a fairly coarse ratcheting action. Each click shakes the tool. The North Bros. brace, however, is as smooth as silk and is quiet, like the ticking of a fine mechanical wristwatch.

All the knurling on all the parts is quite fine. The pad at the top fits tightly and rotates smoothly. I even like the handles, which are some sort of rubber or composite. They are very durable and comfortable. I've bought about a dozen of these in the last five years, usually for $10 to $20. They're fairly common in the used market. (Just look out for the ones marked "Stanley." After Stanley took over North Bros., a Philadelphia company, the quality declined.)

I've fixed up all of the braces (they didn't need much, usually just a cleaning) and have sent them out to other woodworkers or tool aficionados as gifts. I have other brands that I really like as well, including Peck, Stow and Wilcox. If you want to read more about braces and the manufacturers, I recommend Sanford Moss's excellent site: SYDNAS SLOOT. Sanford also sells a lot of braces, so if you're looking for one, he's a good man to know.

About the Augers
Once you get a good brace, you need to sharpen the auger. It's simple work with an auger bit file. An auger bit file is a file with two arrow-shaped ends. On one end the faces of the tool have file teeth, but the edges are toothless. On the other end of the tool, the edges have teeth but the faces do not. These sections without teeth are called "safe edges" and allow you to file in localized areas. You can get auger bit files from a wide variety of sources for less than $10.

When you sharpen an auger (or any tool), the less you sharpen it, the better. If you file aggressively you'll only ruin the cutting geometry of the auger and it won't cut butter. There are two places you need to file: the cutting lip and the inside of the spurs. Anyplace else that you file will probably make things worse.

First work the cutting lip. The lip levers out the waste and pushes it up the flutes. Put the auger point down against some scrap and gently file the lip. Mimic the existing edge geometry; secondary bevels won't help you here. I'll take four strokes or so until the lip gets shiny. Then I stop.

The spurs score the rim of the hole and allow the cutting lip to lever the waste up cleanly. File only the inside of the curves. The filing motion is more complex because the spur is vaguely football-shaped. As a result, I like to clamp the auger upright in a vise. Again, mimic the existing edge geometry and gently file the entire surface of the interior of the spur.

Don't file the outside of the spur. Bad things can happen.

If the lead screw of the auger bit gets clogged you can clean it out with dental floss. Other than that, there's not much to maintaining your auger bits.

Once you've sharpened up your first auger, try making a hole with your brace in some scrap. A sharp auger will beaver through wood at a remarkable rate. And then I think you'll be hooked.

— Christopher Schwarz



Posted 3/5/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share



With so many excellent hand tools on the market, it's hard to find the space in the magazine to take the mediocre ones to task as much as I'd like. During the last six months I've been struggling to use a Stanley 20-331 flush-cutting saw in my shop without scarring my work and cursing like a pirate. Today the struggle ends.

The story begins in May when I was teaching at the Marc Adams School of Woodworking. As I packed up all my hand tools to leave the school, somehow my flush-cutting saw disappeared. It wasn't particularly nice or expensive (I paid $7), but it worked well and had lots of years left in it.

I didn't realize I'd lost the saw until I was in the middle of a project a few weeks later and had to cut a bunch of drawbore pegs flush. A deadline was looming, so there was no time to order the saw I've had my eye on for some time from Lee Valley Tools.

So I went to Home Depot and picked up a Stanley 20-331 Contractor Grade Flush-cut Saw. The saw looked good in the package. The teeth looked about the right pitch (23 tpi). The handle looked rugged. The blade was replaceable. Plus I needed it. And I figured I was actually upgrading my equipment because the Stanley was $12.

I put it to work and immediately got ticked. The teeth of the tool are set to one side, so you can use only one face of the tool. If you flip the tool over it's going to chew up your work, as I quickly found out. Why did they set the teeth? It's unnecessary for a flush-cutting saw because they aren't used for deeps cuts where binding becomes an issue. (Note: the photo at the top of this entry shows how the saw cut before I stoned the blade to remove the set.) Also, the saw cuts quite slowly compared to my old, somewhat dull flush-cutting saw.

The handle isn't comfortable. There's an octagonal section up by the tang that prevents the tool from rolling off the bench. But that section of the tool is uncomfortable to grip as a result. After six months I'm ready to admit I made a $12 mistake and just buy a new saw.

There is a bright spot in all this. I started looking around at all the flush-cutting saws available in the marketplace and have resolved that we need to test a group of them. And I'll claim the winner as my own.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/22/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share



An excerpt from the Spring 2007 issue of Woodworking Magazine, available on the newsstands now.


My boss, Steve Shanesy, held up a dial caliper to make his point about precision woodworking. “If you can work to 1", then you can work to 11⁄64", or to .005" or to whatever,” he said. “Those are all just arbitrary numbers, and you can work to any of them.”

I allowed Steve’s admonition to become ingrained in my heart and hands that day. I bought a dial caliper. And for years I used that caliper as my sixth sense in the shop and experienced every aspect of my joinery through its steel jaws.

In many ways, the caliper pushed me to become a better woodworker. It showed me how closely each of my tenons fit. It pointed out every joinery flaw and forced me to find ways to work that were more precise and repeatable.

But the dial caliper can be a cruel master.

It measures things that are difficult – sometimes impossible – to do anything about. Let’s say your boards come out of the planer and they are .004" thicker than what you wanted. What do you do? For years I struggled to get a sensitive touch with the adjustment wheels on my heavy machines. I succeeded, but I could never live up to the expectations of my caliper.

Then one day I was at a woodworking show in Canada and there was an old-timer there who was selling old folding rulers. They were beautiful things with brass corner joints. Some of the scales were made of ivory. Most were boxwood. Naturally, I checked the price tag on one. I don’t remember the price, but I do remember what was scrawled next to it: “French inches.” French inches? What the heck are those?

Before the French invented the metric system (yes, something else to blame the French for) and then formally adopted it in 1799, there were competing systems of measurement that would vary by region. The French pouce (inch) was a little shorter than the inch we use today, about 7 percent shorter.

Until that moment, in my mind there were only the metric and imperial systems. The idea that there were other ways to measure things in the world of furniture was confusing. And so I began to realize that all measurement systems are arbitrary. I eyed my caliper warily and wondered if life might be better if I switched to the metric system, where I could divide anything by 10.

But, as it turned out, archaic measurement systems aren’t arbitrary. As I read more, I discovered the Japanese shaku, an archaic unit of measurement still used today by temple carpenters. The shaku, developed independently of our system, is 11.93" long. The ancient Egyptian foot measures 12.25". And many of the measurements that eventually evolved into the imperial system were based on the human body, such as the cubit – the distance between an average-sized man’s finger and elbow.
And because our furniture is supposed to fit our bodies, it makes sense that our measurement systems should spring from there.

But what about the ancients and their way of working? Would they mock the caliper? Well, it turns out that tiny units are nothing new, either. The Indus Valley civilization (2,600 B.C.) had measurement units that were less than .07". So while we desire to have our measurement systems reflect our bodies, we also need to quantify – measure – anything we can see or feel. Hence, the caliper.

In the end, I’ve concluded that for me, calipers are like another important ancient invention: beer. Both must be used sparingly – or I’ll never get anything done.

I always shoot for tight-fitting joints instead of hitting an arbitrary number on a caliper. I strive for beauty to the eye rather than on-the-nose tenon lengths.

But how do you get there? How do you teach yourself to make furniture without someone looking over your shoulder at the critical first stages of learning the craft? You need an unyielding master who can point out the things you haven’t yet trained your eye to see. You need a master you can someday outgrow or even exceed.

In the modern home workshop that master just might be a dial caliper.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/7/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



As I built this an English-style workbench (the finish goes on tomorrow), I also developed a list of a dozen or so rules for building workbenches that really work. Allow me to share with you three of the rules that are critical.

Rule No. 1: Always overbuild your workbench. There is a saying in boatbuilding: If it looks fair, it is fair. For workbenches, here’s my maxim: If it looks stout, then make it doubly so. Everything about a workbench takes punishment that is akin to a kitchen chair in a house of 8-year-old boys.

Rule No. 2: Always overbuild your workbench. Use the best joinery that you can. These are times to whip out the through-tenon, the dovetail, whatever you got.

Rule No. 3: You must remain married as you overbuild your workbench. Every project is a strain on my everyday life (my job, plus my freelance work, teaching, plus building on the side). And whenever I build a workbench, I feel soreness in my joints and sorry for my family. If something isn’t quite right on a project, I’ll tear it out and start again. A bench has got to be perfect – like building a highboy, but in a different way.

The leg vise was the most recent handful of sand in my Speedo. Made using 1-1/4”-thick maple, the jaw was a serious piece of woodland ordinance. But when I put it into service, I had some small misgivings. It would clamp like a bulldog, but the jaw would flex more than the other white ash leg vises I’ve built. The maple didn’t crack, creak or show evidence of failure. But whenever I ask myself a question about a project, the act of asking it provides the answer. I had to remake the leg vise to be happy.

So I headed out to the lumber supplier. They wanted $150 for an 8/4 maple board that was 6” wide and 8’ long. That’s too rich for my blood after Christmas. So I paid a visit to my personal lumber supplier (this feels a lot like drug dealing, not that I know anything about buying narcotics). He has 8/4 overthick white ash. He wants $100 total for eight kiln-dried boards that are 8” to 13” wide and 7’ long.

Sold.

I remake the vise jaw. I remake the parallel guide out of figured oak (which is as dense as petrified wood). The grain blows out when I poke it with holes. (To the firewood pile with you.) Two more parallel guides later, I have one that makes me happy.

On Saturday I install the new vise jaw and add leather facings to the jaw and bench – these leather liners are actually small suede scraps made by Tandy leather and sold by Michael’s craft store. I highly recommend adding the leather. It makes a big difference.



I built the shelf, and added a 3/16” bead to the shelf’s tongue-and-groove joints using my Clark & Williams beading plane. It’s one of my favorite tools of all time. (Thanks Larry Williams and Don McConnell.) Then some inevitable clean-up. Then I had to scoot home to make dinner for a hungry family. I was expecting some dark looks because of my continued absence. But they were happy to see me. I think that’s because the bench is just about done.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/3/2007 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



I had a girlfriend in high school who had two unusual characteristics. Lynette was a drama major (not a recommended trait in girlfriends) and her father owned a sweet-looking MG convertible. Whenever I would go to her house for dinner, her father would be under the hood of the vehicle, wrench in hand, until the fried okra hit the dinner table.

The MG was always in need of something, and Lynette’s dad had to do it himself. This was, after all, Arkansas. And anything that wasn’t built in Detroit elicited stares from the townsfolk.

This week, I’m beginning to get the same feeling about the English-style workbench I’m finishing up in the shop. Except for a detail or two, the bench is built. (The photo above was taken before I added the shelf below the top.) But I’m finding that – like its British four-banger brethren – the bench is a bit needy.

For example, I flattened the top last week, but it’s a bit out of true this week. So I flattened it again. I’m also wondering if the top is stiff enough to withstand heavy planing. The top is 1-1/2” thick and supported by bearers beneath, but it still has an almost imperceptible springy feel that gives me pause. Will it make a difference in my day-to-day work? I don’t know. But I am going to add a couple more ribs on the underside of the top to see if I can stiffen things up.

Perhaps the problem here is that I’m comparing this bench to the Roubo-style French bench I built in 2005. The top to that bench is almost 4” thick and is unyielding to all punishment. But that bench took twice as long to build and required three times the material.

Clearly, I need to take the English bench for more of a test drive.

As I’ve begun breaking in the bench by working on it, I have found some things about it that are quite nice. The angled leg vise is fantastic. The large front apron is an excellent means of supporting long and wide work with little effort. And I’ve actually been clamping stuff to the benchtop without too much trouble at its ends.

Bottom line: I go through this process with all projects. I start with great optimism as I begin a project. After a series of highs and lows, I complete the project. I stand back, take a look and focus on its flaws, the project’s frustrations and my mistakes. Then, after I put the project into use, I mellow. The flaws fade and I’m able to see the project for what it is – somewhere between the optimism and the despair.

I hope this is also true with the bench. It sure didn’t happen with Lynette (or her dad’s MG). He sold the green convertible and Lynette dumped me for one of the officers of the drama club.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/27/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



Whenever I build a piece of furniture, I keep a log of the time I spend at each step in construction: 60 minutes to glue the top, 75 minutes to cut the mortises and tenons, 30 minutes to remake a munged-up apron.

The reason I keep this record is a bit of mystery to me. I immediately pitch the chicken-scratched log when I purge the shop of the shavings, scraps and screw-ups at the end of a project. But before I cast the log into the burn pile, I always add up the minutes I’ve marked there and marvel at how few hours there are in my life that are spent actually woodworking. I spend most of my days dealing with woodworking: writing about it, reading about it, answering questions about it, thinking about it. But when it comes down to counting the minutes I spend with my hands on the tools, I always feel like I’ve been cheated.

Now I don’t like to get too philosophical about something so physical, but the hours (even minutes) that I spend at woodworking are some of the best waking moments I have. And recently an acquaintance named Brian Welch passed on to me a passage from chapter 18 Henry David Thoreau’s “Walden” that seized me by the shoulders and shook me good. Some part of this passage is certain to end up in the next issue of Woodworking Magazine, but I wanted to share the full text with you here:

“There was an artist in the city of Kouroo who was disposed to strive after perfection. One day it came into his mind to make a staff. Having considered that in an imperfect work time is an ingredient, but into a perfect work time does not enter, he said to himself, ‘It shall be perfect in all respects, though I should do nothing else in my life.’

“He proceeded instantly to the forest for wood, being resolved that it should not be made of unsuitable material; and as he searched for and rejected stick after stick, his friends gradually deserted him, for they grew old in their works and died, but he grew not older by a moment. His singleness of purpose and resolution, and his elevated piety, endowed him, without his knowledge, with perennial youth. As he made no compromise with Time, Time kept out of his way, and only sighed at a distance because he could not overcome him. Before he had found a stock in all respects suitable the city of Kouroo was a hoary ruin, and he sat on one of its mounds to peel the stick. Before he had given it the proper shape the dynasty of the Candahars was at an end, and with the point of the stick he wrote the name of the last of that race in the sand, and then resumed his work.

“By the time he had smoothed and polished the staff Kalpa was no longer the pole-star; and ere he had put on the ferule and the head adorned with  precious stones, Brahma had awoke and slumbered many times. But why do I stay to mention these things? When the finishing stroke was put to his work, it suddenly expanded before the eyes of the astonished artist into the fairest of all the creations of Brahma. He had made a new system in making a staff, a world with full and fair proportions; in which, though the old cities and dynasties had passed away, fairer and more glorious ones had taken their places. And now he saw by the heap of shavings still fresh at his feet, that, for him and his work, the former lapse of time had been an illusion, and that no more time had elapsed than is required for a single scintillation from the brain of Brahma to fall on and inflame the tinder of a mortal brain. The material was pure, and his art was pure; how could the result be other than wonderful?”


This afternoon I got in my truck on my day off and braved the traffic to go to the office (which is by Kenwood Towne Centre – the center of all things commercial in Cincinnati) to do a little work on the leg vise for my English Workbench.

I logged only 75 minutes, but it was the best month of the entire day.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/21/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



Next to my workbench at home, I keep an antique tool chest that has a tricky, sticky and unpredictable lock. Most days, I can open the chest with ease. I rotate the key. The cylinders turn. The lid lifts to reveal tools, hardware and supplies that I use every day.

But every so often, the lock refuses to work. I rotate the key. The cylinders turn. The lid sticks. I curse and then repeat the process until the lid opens. However, a couple times during the last decade, no amount of fiddling would open the chest. And instead of reaching for a wrecking bar, I’d just walk away and come back to the chest later on.

Some days, I get that same uncertain feeling in my chest whenever I get ready to flatten and join some boards that are particularly long, wide or wild. Today was one of those days as I set out to flatten the top of my work-in-progress: an English-style workbench. The section of benchtop that was on deck this afternoon was 22” wide and 8’ long. It was reasonably flat, but it needed to be really flat to sit tight onto the base of the bench.

Some days, it doesn’t matter how skilled you are. Or how many times you’ve trued up a slab of wonky wood. Some days the wood wins and you go home with your tail between your legs.

The first challenge when dealing with wide and long panels is finding a place to work on them. With this section of the top, the answer was simple. I placed it on the base itself and pushed it against the heads of a couple screws that I placed into the holes that eventually will join the base to the top.

The ends were a little out of true and some quick work with a fore plane across the grain brought them into line with the center section of the top. A couple passes diagonally across the top with the fore plane got the surface flat enough to push against the fence of our powered jointer.

Senior Editor Glen Huey looked over as I was working the top and offered (sincerely, but with a twinkle in his eye) to put the benchtop in his truck and run it through his wide-belt sander in his shop at home.

I declined, saying that the exercise with the fore plane would allow me to justify drinking a second beer tonight after work. Glen smiled and nodded his head.

All was going well, but edge-jointing the top piece was another tricky piece of work. It’s another part of a project that can go wrong for no good reason. I jointed the edge. I jointed its mate and showed them to one another. I was shooting for a spring joint and I got one, but it was a little strong on one end of the top.

Undeterred, I straightened out the end with a few passes of a block plane. Within a few minutes the whole top was glued up and clamped with a tight seam all along the 8’ top.

I had earned an extra beer, and the tool chest didn’t win this round.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/19/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share
“I can teach a man to sail but I can never teach him why.”

— Timothy E. Thatcher, 
published in “The American Scholar”


The March 2007 issue of Woodworking Magazine is complete and is on its way to the printer. It should arrive on newsstands starting the second week in January 2007 and will be available for sale in stores until Feb. 27. After that, it will be available only on our website.

In this issue, we explore the mortise. Though it is but one piece of the essential mortise-and-tenon joint, it is more critical than the tenon in our opinion and sadly neglected in the literature. How should you scale the parts of the joint? What tools are best to make it? Should you drive a peg through it? Below are short summaries of the stories in the issue.

Mystery of the Mortise
The mortise and tenon is essential to good woodworking practice. The joint, which was recorded in ancient Egypt, is among the earliest and is the goal of many high-tech jigs and fixtures on the market, from the Leigh Industries FMT router jig to cope-and-stick router bits. The mortise and tenon is an immensely strong way to join pieces of wood. It can be repaired if damaged. It can be made using an astonishing array of methods. And while the joint seems simple – one piece of wood inserted into a cavity in another – its details and variations are the subject of much debate and confusion.

Many of the questions in woodworkers’ minds deal with the scaling of the parts of the joint: How long should the tenon be? How thick? How wide should the shoulders of the joint be? Should the tenon be centered on the thickness of the work or should it be offset?
The interesting thing is that most of these questions deal with the tenon, when they really should be asked of the mortise instead. The mortise is generally the more vulnerable component of the joint, and many of the rules for designing a proper joint are aimed at preventing the mortise from splitting while you cut it, or splitting it when you assemble the joint.

Hollow Chisel Test
With nearly any other machine, you can easily find someone with years of experience to show you the tricks and clue you in to the right tooling. With the hollow-chisel mortiser however, most of us are in the same boat, trying this and that to get the thing to work right, and wondering if just maybe a set of expensive chisels and bits would solve our problems.

With this in mind, we collected seven sets of chisels and bits, examined our own prejudices and preconceived notions – and headed out to the shop. Our goal was to find the best value, but that was not as clear-cut as we had hoped. What we did find were some simple ways to make nearly any chisel and bit set work efficiently.

The biggest difference we found was in price. We found single chisels ranging in price from $8.95 to $87.99 and four-piece sets from about $30 to more than $300. Our expectation was that there would be a significant difference in performance, either in the ease of making the cut, or in the quality of the cut. The most expensive tooling for hollow-chisel mortisers is 10 times the price of the least expensive.

Mortising by Hand
Before the age of machinery, woodworkers routinely chopped mortises with a mallet and chisel. We reveal the tools and techniques that make this an efficient process for home woodworkers who need to cut angled mortises or don’t have heavy machinery in their shops.

Arts & Crafts Mirror
With pegged mortise-and-tenon joints, graceful corbels and delicate inlay, this handsome project contains key elements of the style.

Tile Trivet
Keep the heat off your table while warming up your joinery skills.

Pegging Tenons
If we are to discover the proper method for pegging joints, we make an assumption that, until now, may have never entered our thoughts. That assumption is that the joints actually should be pegged. Is this something that we need to do? It’s been the practice throughout history, but why?

To choose to peg a joint is something with which I was not familiar. I always pegged the joints. Why? I was building reproduction furniture and the pieces that I copied were pegged. Bingo! Decision made.

When the time came to build furniture that was not a reproduction of anything in particular, I found myself pegging the joints anyway. I developed a penchant for pegging. I liked the way it looked. But was I doing it right? Is pegging a joint strengthening it or weakening it?

Easy Arts & Crafts Finish
A fine finish doesn’t need to be complicated. We discover a way to get the look with a few simple steps and easy-to-find materials.

End Grain
Do you need a dial caliper in your shop? Or do you need a highly trained cabinetmaker looking over your shoulder?

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/9/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading
Bookmark and Share
sdfggcover.jpgBefore I knew Bob, one of our senior editors here at Popular Woodworking, I knew him as Robert W. Lang, the author of two landmark books I owned that were chock full of shop drawings of Craftsman furniture. Those dog-eared books (and two more he's published on Craftsman interiors and inlay) were books that I gladly plunked down my own money on. They are books that I built three projects from. They were books that I referred to almost every week as I was teasing out a detail on a piece of Arts & Crafts furniture. I was a fan.

However, when Bob gave me a copy of his latest book, "Shop Drawings for Greene & Greene Furniture," which just hit the streets this week, I was a bit reluctant to write a review. I've watched Bob slave over these drawings. When we all went to Las Vegas for a woodworking show last year, Bob slogged off through the desert after the show to spend time in Southern California researching pieces for this book. He's been agonizing over the details in the drawings for the 23 pieces shown in the books. It has been a difficult project. I'm admittedly biased because I've watched the guy push himself hard to research, write and draw this book on his own time (It's being published by a competing publisher, not Popular Woodworking Books).

But when I cracked open his book and started reading it, my hesitation disappeared. This is a landmark book and deserves your attention. If you have even a passing interest in the work of Charles and Henry Greene (and their builders, John and Peter Hall), you will be thrilled with the projects in this book. The Greenes, architects working in California during the Arts & Crafts heyday, were two of the most talented designers in the 20th century, though their pens produced only about 400 pieces of furniture.

I've seen a fair number of the pieces that Lang has chosen for this book – either in photographs or in person – and I think he's accomplished what few other people in our profession can do: These shop drawings capture the true spirit of the Greenes without dumbing anything down. The furniture of the Greenes was subtle and full of detail, and Lang does the pieces justice.

These drawings are the missing link for the craftsman. There are countless books about the Ultimate Bungalows produced by the Greene brothers with sumptuous photos, sketchy dimensional details and highly romanticized copy. And there is great affection among woodworkers to produce these pieces, which are well-suited for the home woodworker in their construction details and joinery methods.

But until now, there was no easy way to go about building any of these works without a trip to California, looking both ways for the museum guards and ducking under the ropes with a tape measure.

The projects chosen for "Shop Drawings for Greene & Greene Furniture" are an excellent cross-section of the Greene's work and represent pieces of varying difficulty. Beginning woodworkers can cut their teeth on the Gamble Mirror, the Blacker Medicine Cabinet and the Thorsen Plant Stand. As you learn the vernacular of the style (the mortise-and-tenon joints are particularly unusual), you'll build confidence to tackle the stately Robinson Dining Table, the Gamble Kitchen Cabinets (I will build these someday) and the Blacker Hall Seat (ditto on this).
sdfggblacker.jpg
The Blacker Hall Seat, a masterpiece of design, detail and craftsmanship.


Then you can give the Gamble Chiffonier a shot before you leave this earth. It combines all of the details of the Greene Brothers – cloudlifts, proud-finger-jointed drawers, inlay – into an astonishing package.

This is not really a how-to book. Lang provides some important details on construction techniques he's used to reproduce some of the important details. And he gives a workman-like history of the work of the Greene and Hall brothers. And Lang explores some of the nagging work-method mysteries that remain about the work, such as why the Halls built their drawers the way they did. These details add to the corpus of knowledge about these four brothers, rather than just hyping it.

However, if the complete shop drawings aren't enough for you and you'd like enlarged shop drawings with full-size details, Lang sells those as well on his website.

The book will soon be available everywhere, but I urge you to buy it directly from Bob. He has it in stock right now, he gets a bigger cut when he sells the book directly, and I hear his son, Hunter, also gets $1 for every book he packs up and mails.

You can purchase "Shop Drawings for Greene & Greene Furniture" for $22.95 at craftsmanplans.com or by sending an e-mail to info@craftsmanplans.com or calling 513-531-2690 x 1327.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/2/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share



One of my favorite things to do is teach basic hand skills. Unlike some other aspects of the craft, face-to-face instruction is the fastest way to teach sharpening, planing, sawing and chiseling. That's most certainly the way I learned it. After reading extensively about all of these skills and trying them in my own shop at home, I always seemed to be missing something critical, and my success was always limited.   

What was missing? Immediate feedback from someone who knows what they are doing. Hand skills rely on body position, grip and subtle tool adjustment far more than routers or table saws do. Don't get me wrong, table saws can be used in an extremely subtle way, but the basic operations are easily learned by reading a manual or a book.

Not so with a hand saw. How tight is your grip? Where is your thumb and index finger? How much downward pressure are you using? Can you see your cut line? Where is your elbow? Your right foot? Your left eye? Those are just a few of the important details you must tend to in order to make a straight cut. Once you are shown the basic steps, however, you get it, and your skills start to rocket forward at a breathless clip.

When I taught at the Marc Adams School of Woodworking earlier this year, even I was astonished at how quickly the students (many of whom had never picked up a tenon saw) could cut tenons that were world class. Their success had nothing to do with their previous woodworking experience. I had one student who had been building highboys before I was born and another student who was just getting started in the craft that week. Both succeeded brilliantly.

This year I am teaching three classes that will focus on these basic skills with planes, saws and chisels. Two of the classes are at the Marc Adams School of Woodworking in the spring of 2007 and one is at Kelly Mehler's School of Woodworking in the fall. All of the classes are a little different. The class with Thomas Lie-Nielsen focuses on handplanes.

• Hand Planes and Their Uses With Thomas Lie-Nielsen
May 5-6
Marc Adams School of Woodworking
I helped teach this class with Tom in 2006 and it was an intense and challenging experience. While Thomas and I see eye-to-eye on a lot of issues, we are different plane users and both bring different perspectives to sharpening, setup and use. During the weekend class, we go deep into the topic of plane setup. We deal with sharpening angles, back bevels, sole flatness, chipbreakers, you name it. We also discuss what each plane is good for in the shop. I think that some planes are kind of useless for the majority of us, and it's always interesting to hear that debate and decide for yourself. The students bring their tools and we help them tune and sharpen them during the two long days. This year David Charlesworth will be in a classroom next door teaching a class on dovetails and I expect that he will be involved in some discussions. By the way, it's easy to tell me and David apart (despite the teasings of Robin Lee, wink). He's the one with the British accent that makes our female editors swoon.

As to the other two calsses: "Hand Tool Fundamentals" at Marc Adams explores planes, chisels and saws with a very special emphasis on the workbench. And "Hand Tools: Saws, Chisels, Handplanes and Scrapers" deals with the tools in handwork and in building the appliances that make it far more accurate. For detailed class information, you can visit each school's web site or read all about it here at WKFineTools.com.

Whenever I teach classes, I do everything I can to make sure the students get a complete education. I am the first one in the classroom in the morning and the last one to turn out the lights at day's end. Plus, I am always up for a beer after class if you have more questions about anything in the realm of woodworking. If you have any questions about the classes, please feel free to drop me a line.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 9/14/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share




Editor's note: This May, our company will be publishing a book that's tentatively titled "Hand Tools for Power Woodworkers," a 192-page hardback that will combine our best writings from Woodworking Magazine and Popular Woodworking magazine on the topic. Stay tuned here for more information in the coming months. Meanwhile, here is a taste from the introduction to the book.


For me, working wood without hand tools is like trying to write a story without using adjectives.

Power tools and machinery are the nouns and verbs. They do the heavy lifting of reducing rough stock to useful sizes, for roughing out joints, for getting things done. But power tools can take you only so far when it comes to the fine details.

Hand tools are the difference between a flat carcase side and a shimmering, ready-to-finish carcase side. They turn a dovetail into a London-pattern dovetail, with tails that are too close together to accomplish with any router. They turn a mortise-and-tenon joint into a piston-fit joint.

I’m not saying you can’t do woodworking without hand tools – lots of people make lots of beautiful objects using electrical tools only. But hand tools are the secret weapon that frees you from the limitations of your machinery.

Have you ever been frustrated by adjusting the fence of your table saw in small increments? Say, less than 1/64"? Adjusting your stock to thickness, width and length with a handplane allows you to tweak your stock in increments as small as .001". This is child’s play for a handplane, not something you have to practice at for years to master.

Do you get frustrated by the endless series of test cuts when setting a miter saw or table saw for a compound miter? I do. And I used to despair at the amount of decent wood I wasted with these test cuts. Learning to work a backsaw allows you to draw any line at any angle on any piece of wood and cut to exactly that line. It doesn’t mater if it’s 90° or 23.75°. A handsaw will do both with the same ease.

Do you dislike spending hours building single-use jigs to make a simple cut, such as notching out the corners of the base in a post-and-frame carcase? A saw and chisel will allow you to make any size or shape notch. Even if every notch is a little different, your hand tools don’t care. If you can mark it on the wood, they can cut it to that shape.

And do you wish you could add curves to your work without having to invest the time in making lots of router templates or spending money on a spindle sander? A saw and a decent rasp can shape any curve you can think of, and you aren’t limited by the depth of a router bit. If you can think it and draw it, a rasp can shape it.

I’m sure that all of this sounds somewhat appealing. Why else would you have picked up this book? But I’m also certain that you have fears and apprehensions about hand work. It seems difficult to master. The tools are foreign. And most woodworker’s first experiences with hand tools are frustrating.

I’m not going to lie to you, you need to learn to sharpen before you will have any success with chisels, planes or scrapers. But if you will learn this small skill (there are lots of valid ways to sharpen a tool, and some of our favorite are in this book), the rewards will far exceed the time you spent learning to put a keen edge on a piece of steel.

And, as a bonus, you will find that learning to sharpen a chisel will open up wide vistas of woodworking that might have seemed closed to you: turning, carving, marquetry. Sharpening is the gateway skill to a wider world of woodworking.

Once you start down this path, I promise you that the distinctions between power tools and hand tools will start to blur. In fact, the adjectives “hand” and “power” will have a lot less meaning for you than the word that they modify: tool.

You will find yourself cutting tenons with a dado stack and adjusting them to perfection with a shoulder plane. You will cut a cabriole leg to shape with a band saw and smooth its sinuous curves with a rasp and file. You will raise a door panel on your router table and fit it so it never rattles with a block plane.

You will work faster without meaning to. The crispness of your work will surprise you. You won’t dread sanding because you’ll be doing much less of it. You will hunger to get back into the shop more than you ever did before.

Whether you know it or not, we live in a new golden age of woodworking that has never occurred before. Machinery is less expensive in inflation-adjusted dollars since the Industrial Revolution birthed the industry. Almost any household of any income can afford a table saw, planer and jointer that can turn rough wood into furniture-ready boards.

And hand tools are now of a better quality than at any time since World War II. For almost 50 years, the best hand tools were old hand tools from the late 19th and early 20th century. And to get those old-timers to work you had to learn about tool restoration – removing rust, flattening warped cast iron, regrinding hopelessly damaged chisels.

But no more.

Modern manufacturers such as Veritas, Lie-Nielsen, Clifton, Auriou and Ashley Iles now make tools that actually exceed the quality of the old-time tools. These tools take minutes to set up for use, instead of days. They are properly designed and use modern manufacturing and steels to compete against the other premium tools flooding the market. They are, like our machines, a joy to use.

The book you are holding in your hands is the missing link between the world of hand work and machine work. The skills and tools discussed herein are all you need start incorporating hand tools into your power-tool shop. We’ve carefully selected each of these chapters to provide this crash course in how to turn your woodworking into fine woodworking. Now let’s get to work.

— Christopher Schwarz


P.S. The bowsaw shown in the photo above is the new one from Gramercy Tools. I just finished writing a review of the saw for our December issue of Popular Woodworking. Here's the much-condensed version of the review: Get one.


Posted 8/31/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



If you do any work at all with hand tools, a good marking gauge is an essential piece of equipment. It is the tool that guides all your other tools: It marks your baselines when dovetailing, your mortises for chopping, your tenons for sawing, your boards' thicknesses when planing.

I've tried a lot of marking gauges, everything from the least expensive Crown or Marples to the works of art fashioned by Colen Clenton. All have their advantages and disadvantages. And for the most part, I've settled on using the Tite-Mark, which technically is a cutting gauge.

Several months ago, reader Dean Jansa sent me a gauge that he built that is based on the tools found in Benjamin Seaton's tool chest, an 18th century English kit of tools that has survived nearly intact for 200 years.

This homemade gauge, sometimes called a "French gauge," is a revelation. It is functionally so superior to other wooden gauges that it's a wonder it's not made today. Here's a quick overview of why this gauge kicks the snot out of other tools:

1. It allows exquisite one-handed operation. Most gauges (but not all) require two hands to manipulate. One hand positions the head while the other hand tightens a screw to lock the head. And your third hand holds the board. This French gauge has a wedge that passes through the head that does all the work. When your hand finds the right setting, you press the wedge with your thumb and you're done.

2. The French gauge is remarkably comfortable to hold. See the bevel on the underside of the gauge's head? Your index finger goes there, and that allows you superior control when rolling the gauge to get the right kind of mark. And the rounded section of the gauge only adds to the comfort.

3. The shape of the pin allows you to make accurate and precise lines. Most commercial gauges have a cone-shaped pin. That's all wrong and most woodworkers refile the pin. This pin (made from a drill bit) is shaped more like a knife.

There's more, but I don't want to spoil it for you. Dean has written up instructions for making and using this gauge for a story in our December issue of Popular Woodworking, our sister publication. You can build the gauge in a weekend. What you'll get in return is a lifetime of less frustration.

– Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/10/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share



The traditional English sawbench looks a bit like an alligator with really long legs. This curious appearance has left some readers a bit curious themselves about some of the features of the sawbench and how exactly it should be used.

But before I launch into some of the basic techniques for using the sawbench, I'd like to answer some of the most common questions we're getting from readers about the sawbench featured in the Autumn 2006 issue.

Question: I'm X-feet tall, should I build my own sawbench taller than 20" (or shorter than 20")?

Answer: I'm 6'4" and have 21" from the bottom of my kneecap to the floor. I really like a 20"-high sawbench. I recommend you build it at 20" and then cut it down if you have trouble kneeling on the work as it sits on top of the sawbench – your knees are the clamps and all those peanuts you've been eating are the clamping pressure.

Some traditional sources put the sawbench at 18" high. That works, too. Any lower, however, and you risk hitting the floor of your shop with the toe of your handsaw.

Question: Why are the legs splayed in only one direction? I've seen ones with the legs splayed in two directions.

Answer: I splayed the legs as shown to make the project easier to build. Splaying the legs in two directions makes the sawbench a bit more stable, and a bit more complicated to construct. My first prototype and the finished version are both incredibly stable, even without the double splay.

Question: Do I have to use Southern Yellow Pine? I cannot find any in my area.

Answer: Use any construction-grade lumber that's heavy and clear. This can be fir, poplar or hemlock in some markets. I think white pine or sugar pine would also be quite acceptable. Don't spend a lot of money.

Question: How do I use the thing?

Answer: OK, here are the basic strokes. Let's start with crosscutting. You can crosscut short boards (36" and shorter) with one sawbench. Longer boards require two sawbenches.



Start the saw at a low angle to the face of the board.

Short Crosscuts
With one sawbench, lay the work along the top and crosscut off the end – out of habit I do it by the ripping notch. Your two legs are the clamps. If you are right-handed, then your right leg should be on the floor with your workpiece butted up against your shin. Your left leg should be bent 90° and resting on top of the work. Make sure your right arm swings free over your cutline. (If you are left-handed, reverse these directions).



The saw at working angle.



Finishing the cut.

Then you make the cut: Start with the saw at a low angle (20° or so to the face of the board) and work your way up after four or five strokes to 45° – that's the working angle. As you finish up the cut, reach around the saw with your left hand and support the unsupported part of the board to avoid the last splinter ruining your finished piece.

Long Crosscuts
Use two sawbenches and lay the work across the tops. You can work with the boards either across the width or the length of the top of the sawbench. In either case, you'll use the same two legged footwork above to clamp the work for cutting.



The body position for an efficient short rip down the entire length of the board.

Short Rips and Notches
Use one sawbench. Lay the work along the top of the sawbench. I'll hang the waste side of the rip off the top and work from the side of the sawbench as shown in the photo. Use the same two-legged footwork as above. The only difference is that you won't be able to use your shin to keep the board in place.

With rip cuts, start the cut low (20°) but move up to 60° for the working angle.

For notching the corners out of pieces (such as the bottom of a chest), put the waste side over the ripping notch to support the entire piece around your planned notch – especially in thin material. The notch supports the work during the violent pushing of the handsaw.



This is a lot like working.

Long Rips
Fire up the table saw. You think I'm joking. I'm not.

OK, OK, here's how to do it if the power is out: Use two sawbenches and lay the work across the skinny part of the tops. Begin the rip on the short end overhanging one sawbench. When you're about to saw into the sawbench, move the work forward and continue ripping. To keep the board balanced on the sawbenches, then move the board backwards and work between the sawbenches (shown above). I usually finish up the long rip by rotating the sawbench so it's in line with the board and finish the rip with the waste hanging off the side, like I do with short rips.

Sawbenches are not just for sawing. I use mine all the time for assembly and holding stock as I work on my workbench. Even if you rarely do a lot of handsawing, it's a useful workshop appliance.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/26/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



Regarding benchtops, how flat is flat enough?  When I use winding sticks on my top, they line up, but it cups down its length by about 1/16" at its center.  How anal should I be with this?  

— Jason Myre


Benchtop flatness seems more important for hand work than for machine work. If you work mostly with power tools, I'd say a 1/16" cup down the middle is fine. Your machines (a planer and a jointer) will help ensure your wood is flat. You'll mostly be clamping your work to your bench to rout it, biscuit it and so forth.

In handwork, the benchtop is more of a reference surface, so I'd get it as flat as your skills allow.

It's not difficult with a No. 7 handplane, commonly called a jointer plane. Set the iron to take a decent bite – you want shavings that are as thick as two sheets of typing paper. Work directly across the grain of the top to bring the high edges of the top down to the valley in the middle. Then work diagonally with the plane – work 45° one way and then the 45° other. Then finish up with strokes with the grain.

It's quick work.

What is interesting to me about this question is that benchtop flatness doesn't get discussed much in the early texts. I wonder sometimes if we make too much of it (like we do with plane sole flatness and the like). Or perhaps benchtop flatness was so important that it was unspoken. There is indirect evidence that a flat surface was key. George Ellis's "Modern Practical Joinery" gives plans for a "panel board" on page 38. It is essentially a workshop jig that sits on top of your benchtop and holds panels and thin work for planing. Ellis notes that it is useful for providing a "clearer and truer surface than is provided by the ordinary bench top."

My personal habit is to flatten my benchtop once a year or so. Not only does a flat benchtop make my handplaning more predictable, but it also clears off the stains and gunk that accumulate on it, which reduces the chance that the gunk will get on a piece of pristine work.

This letter also prompted me to go out and check my benchtop with a straightedge. I also am developing a cup down the middle. My cup is the thickness of two sheets of paper. I might be due for a quick flattening session/mild aerobic workout.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/25/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Electronic Drawings
Bookmark and Share

Issue six of Woodworking Magazine is now available for sale on our website and is on its way to bookstores. (Just about every Barnes & Noble and Borders carries it, so those are good places to look in the coming weeks). It will be on sale on the newsstands until Sept. 15, after which it will be available only on our website.

As a special treat for the readers of this weblog, we also are making available the SolidWorks files for this issue today. These 3D models of our American Trestle Table and Traditional Sawbench will help you understand the joinery and subassemblies.

An industrious person could even build these projects without the printed version of the magazine, but there's some good information in the printed magazine I think you'll want one.

You can open these SolidWorks files using a free little program from SolidWorks that you can download for both Mac and Windows machines. With the program, you can open up the drawing file and examine the project to your heart's content. These SolidWorks files were drawn by reader and draughtsman Louis Bois, who has prepared SolidWorks files of many of the other projects from the first five issues, which are now available on CD.

Sawbench Assembly.EASM.zip (395.48 KB)

American Trestle Table Assembly.EASM.zip (780.23 KB)

We hope you enjoy the new issue. Let us know what you think of it. As always, your comments guide our future course.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/6/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share




Today we received our first glimpse of the printed version of the Autumn 2006 issue. We've switched to using a new printer that specializes in smaller magazines that have fussy and picky editors and art directors. We wanted the black-and-white photos on the inside to have a richer look, with darker blacks and crisper whites.

We got our wish. We are (and this is rare) quite pleased. Add to that the fact that we're also pleased with the editorial content. This issue features plans for an American Trestle Table. It is a remarkably fun project to build (I've built it twice now) with some interesting joinery and a lot of little surprises. Here's a few: I built the table's base using $30 in wood. The table can be lifted with just two fingers. My 5-year-old gymnast can vault off of it.

The table's joinery is mostly wedged through-tenons. This joint intimidates many woodworkers because it seems so complex. You know what? It's not a difficult joint at all. It just looks that way. We tried all the complex and nutty variants out there in books and magazines. The best technique (and the simplest and hardest to mess up) came to us from a Canadian chairmaker working in the Ontario wilderness.

And, as you might guess, we're going to offer SolidWorks files of the projects in this issue once the magazine hits the newsstands. And when is that? Start looking for the magazine for sale on our website and at bookstores starting July 25. West Coast woodworkers should wait until early August (we have to truck the issues out there).

Christopher Schwarz



Posted 6/26/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share



You can now order the complete set of Woodworking Magazines – all five issues – on one CD. No more do you have to troll eBay for issues one, two and three (which are now sold out), or call our offices to slyly ask to buy our personal copies at our desk.

We've put all five of the issues on the CD in pdf format, so any computer will be able to view and print the files with the free Acrobat Reader program. And, as an extra, we've enhanced these files so they are easy to use and have extra features you'll find useful.

• First, the CD is easy to navigate, with useful links embedded into the pdf file. For example, when you open up each issue and see the cover, you can jump immediately to any story in the issue by simply clicking on its description listed on the cover or on the "Contents" page.

• Second, you'll find that the stories are linked directly to our magazine's weblog. How does this work? Say you're reading the article about the "Roubo-style Workbench" from Autumn 2005 and want to see if there are any tips, tricks or updates about the project available on the website. Clicking on a link at the beginning of the story will automatically open your computer's web browser, search the weblog for relevant articles and display them on your screen.

• Third, we've provided links that make it easy to buy tools and supplies listed in the issue. Want to buy the 6" rule we reviewed in Issue 1? Click on the picture of the ruler and your web browser will open up a window of a vendor we think is reliable (remember: we accept no advertising or sponsorships) that sells this product.

And most importantly, these files will print nicely in color and black and white on your home printer. That way you can take a printout of a construction drawing or parts list to the shop instead of the real magazine. So you can mark it up to your heart's content or spill varnish on it and not ruin the original.

If you would like to know what articles are in each issue, click on the following links:
Issue 1: Shaker Hanging Cabinet
Issue 2: Shaker Side Table
Issue 3: Stickley Magazine Stand
Issue 4: Roubo-style Workbench
Issue 5: Enfield Shaker Cabinet

The CD, which is in stock now, costs $17.95 to your door. That price includes shipping. You can order it from our Back Issues page or by calling 800-258-0929 and asking for item #PWWCD.

Christopher Schwarz

P.S.: We think these might sell quickly. The first one out of the box was stolen from my desk over the weekend. Seems we might have a woodworker lurking in our building.


Posted 6/20/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Electronic Drawings
Bookmark and Share



Below you will find a SolidWorks "live model" for the Shaker Side Table from the sold-out Autumn 2004 issue. This table is probably the second-most popular project we've built (second only to the Roubo-style workbench). In the next two weeks we're going to announce a new product that will give you access the plans from all of the sold-out issues (so stay tuned).

This nifty drawing was prepared by Louis Bois – a reader and mechanical draughtsman who is fast becoming a vital part of the Woodworking Magazine team. You can open this file using a free little program from SolidWorks that you can download for both Mac and Windows machines. With the program, you can open up these two drawing files and examine the project in extraordinary detail. Even if you have never used a CAD program, you'll find this program a cinch to use.

When you open up the file you'll see the assembled table floating in space – this is what we call a "live model." Using the tools at the top of the window, you can rotate this project in every direction to see all sides of it in its assembled form. You can pull individual parts off and rotate those around to look at all the joinery by zooming in and out. You can strike measurements, look at cross-sections.

Louis also pointed out another very useful tool to me: You can make any single part (or assembly) transparent. Use the "Components" menu on the side of the drawing. Click on any single part, such as "Top -1" and then click the box below that reads "Transparent." It turns the assembly into a jellyfish-like thing that you can see through.

Shaker End Table Assembly.EASM.zip (1.04 MB)

Thanks to Louis again for this excellent service to the readers of this magazine and weblog.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/19/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Finishing
Bookmark and Share



It's curious that many of the people I know who are professional finishers and refinishers are also connoisseurs of drink. Whenever I spray finish – particularly lacquer – I always get an unusual craving for a beer. Perhaps it's simply the act of replacing one toxin for another. Or perhaps it is the drink of victory.

Either way, I spent a few hours this weekend completing my work on the Creole Table and drank a fine porter with my dinner to celebrate.

To get to the finish line (sorry for that) with this project, here is what had to be done:

First, I needed to clean up some serious and troublesome tear-out on the top. While the walnut I used on the table's base was quite mild and easy to work, the boards for the tabletop made me wish for a wide-belt sander. No matter what I did (high-angle plane, scraper, sandpaper) a couple areas of the tabletop refused to behave. One of the back corners in particular remained quite scaly, even after a serious work-over.

I tried scraping it one way. Then the other. Then the sandpaper. Then shellac (to stiffen the fibers) and some more scraping. Then the pirate-esque cursing, which of course didn't help anything. When I got the table surfaces looking as good as I could after an hour of work, I applied a coat of amber shellac to warm things up. Even though this walnut is air-dried and unsteamed,  I think that walnut can look a bit cool in cast with just a clear finish.

So on Saturday I applied some shellac and today I applied two coats of M.L. Campbell's Magnalac lacquer. I love this stuff. No matter what the humidity or my mood, the Magnalac is as forgiving of my every inadequacy as my spouse.

Is the day too humid? The stuff lays out flat. Bone-dry day? Same results. Is the coat too thin? It still works fine. In 10 years of working with the stuff, it has blushed on me only once. I've sprayed it with a variety of high- and low-pressure equipment and have always been impressed with Magnalac's versatility.

And boy is it fast. I sprayed the first coat at 10 a.m. this morning. Then I sprayed the second coat at 10:30 a.m. I took a quick shower and put a third coat on the tabletop (for grins) at 11:15 a.m. And now it looks perfect. I know that the purists out there really like the shellac and other hand-applied finishes. But I like to spray modern lacquer. Always have; always will.

But as I raised a glass this evening to cleanse one toxin with another, a dark thought passed briefly through my head: Now that the Creole Table is built and finished, it's time for the real work to begin. I have to write it up, prepare the drawings and get the sucker published.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/6/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share



We're wrapping up the Autumn 2006 issue of Woodworking Magazine this week – all the building, testing and writing of the last five months will end on Friday. Once it leaves the editors' hands, the art director will give her final touches to it, and then it begins its tortuous path to the printer. Bottom line: The printing plant will finish up its work in early July and it will be on the newsstands in most markets by early August. Let's say Aug. 9.

As always, we try to bring you some stories that are a little different, and I think we have a few good surprises in this one.

David Thiel tested a bunch of moisture meters (I mean, who reviews those things? Apparently, we do.) They are curious little instruments that cost anywhere from $30 all the way up to $200 (and more). I have to say that after reading David's comments and looking at the meters myself, there are some pretty bonehead designs out there. If you're thinking about ordering an entry-level meter, I think you might want to wait for this issue – on pins and needles. (Yes, that's the worst pun in this weblog entry.)

Robert Lang investigated the traditional method of splining your boards in a tabletop. Yes, we know that modern yellow glues have rendered this technique obsolete for most applications. But after some careful consideration, we think you might want to dust this technique off the next time you make a slab top.

Megan Fitzpatrick learned to paint for this issue. Actually, she's quite an obsessive (her word) painter around her house. Ask her about painting kitchen cabinets at 2 a.m. sometime. In any case, she spent time learning how to paint furniture really, really well from a local guy who is a professional painter and an accomplished woodworker. Once you read this story, you might change your attitude toward paint. It can be a stunning finish when executed correctly.

And I got to make a bunch of joints and saw them apart. Surprise, surprise. Wedged tenons have always fascinated me and I've made many many of these joints, especially since I took up chairmaking. But the dogma around this joint is quite remarkable. The directions for preparing the parts for assembly span a wide range from "do almost nothing" to "build a small city inside your mortise." So I made a whole bunch of joints and then sawed them open to see what happened to the joint in each method. Here's a hint: The method that scared me the most turned out to be the best one.

And there's other stuff too, of course: plans for a traditional sawbench and an American trestle table. A few Shortcuts that we know you've never seen before and some really fine quotes, too. Here's a sample:

“The things I make may be for others, but how I make them is for me.”
– Tony Konovaloff, woodworker, 1992 graduate, College of the Redwoods


— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 6/3/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



One of the best things about going to an exhibit of new or antique furniture is getting to examine the joinery – closely and from the inside of the piece. I will pull every drawer out (if allowed), stick my head in a carcase and send my fingers probing into the darkest voids.

I'm deeply interested in how the level of the joinery matches up with the level of the design of the piece. I've seen stunning and elaborate  designs that have what I would consider unacceptable gaps, misalignments and poorly scaled joinery components. And I've seen boring pieces that exhibit a seamless fit that is beyond my efforts.

I think I do this because I'm constantly trying to appraise my skills, not only as a designer but as a joiner.

So when I began building the Creole Table,  I promised myself I would write this post. Turnabout is fair play.

The photo above is a composite of all my hand-cut dovetails for the drawer.  The photos have had no significant alteration. In fact, the only change I made to them was to apply "unsharp mask" and to bump up the contrast so that the flaws would be in higher relief.

This is not the best set of dovetails I've ever cut, but nor is it my worst. This is what I get without too much fussing. (I also hope to post photos of all the tenon shoulders next week if I can. Those joints are really quite good and quite boring to look at, however.)

Here you can see my No. 1 flaw as a dovetailer: I struggle when it comes to paring my baselines. In the first two photos on the left you can see the gaps where the tails hit the end grain of the pin board. Of course, these were my warm-up dovetails (always start at the back), and this is the back of the drawer. So I'm disappointed with the gaps, but I'll rarely see them.

The two middle photos show the tail side of the same through-dovetail joint. While I'm happy with the overall fit, you can see how I chipped out some of the tail when I was planing the joints flush. Idiot.

And the last two images show the joints at the front of the drawer. Again, the baselines aren't perfect, especially on the last image. And I know what cased my problem: I undercut the baseline on the inside of the joint in an effort to ease the fit of the joint at assembly. The joints looked good at assembly, but when I planed the drawer to fit the carcase,  I planed down to the area I undercut. Dotard.

So the lesson here is to watch my baselines next time. Of course, I've been saying that mantra for years.

Today I got to make a couple sample boards and I have my finishing strategy set: I'm going to apply a couple coats of Indian amber shellac and then spray on a couple coats of lacquer using my HVLP system in my driveway. Though I really like the color of shellac, I struggle with getting the sheen right because I don't like glossy finishes (and shellac is glossy only, as far as I can tell).

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/31/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



Like most home woodworkers, my dang day job tends to get in the way of my woodworking. Despite the fact that our magazine's woodshop is exactly seven paces from my desk, getting in there has been a monumental struggle. Gerunds, appositives and dangling participles have all conspired to keep me chained to this keyboard.

But there has been progress: During the weekend, I did get some time to dovetail the drawer. I almost always cut my dovetails by hand, and that's not because I'm some kind of hand-joinery snob, I just find that my head is ill-equipped to deal with router-based dovetail jigs. In fact, the only one I've ever been able to master (mentally) has been the Keller Jig.

I've fought with many of the classic router dovetail jigs, with the notable exception of the Leigh Jig. I find myself incapable of adjusting them to get the results I want: tight, perfectly aligned dovetails. If I had to build entire kitchens, I feel sure that I'd find a way to set up a jig and router and leave it that way in perpetuity so I could bang out standard drawers quickly. But for my work, every drawer is different. So cutting the joints by hand is honestly time-efficient at my bench. Plus, I've been cutting dovetails by hand for 15 years now. There's nothing intimidating about it – but I can sure remember being freaked out about the prospect of cutting the joint.

I got over this anxiety after I vowed to cut one set of dovetails every day for a month. On the first day of the month I milled all my stock for the self-improvement plan – about four boards that were 5" wide and 36" long. After dinner each night, I went down to the shop and did two things: First, I closely examined the set of dovetails I had cut the night before and tried to diagnose what went wrong or what could have been done to improve the fit. Then I tried to cut the next set of dovetails with my analysis in mind.

This bit of self-examination turned out to be as valuable as the practice I got in cutting and chiseling to a line. Too often it's too easy to hide or forget about our mistakes. It's much better to stare them straight in the face for a while.

After I assembled the joint, I'd cut that corner free, scrawl the date on it and place it on a shelf in my shop. After a couple weeks, my joints were consistently tighter. By the third week, my routine started to feel… routine. And by the fourth week I was fooling around with spacing the tails differently and increasing my speed.

Since that month, my dovetail anxiety has evaporated. I just do it and know that the joints will be dang tight. One caveat: I always cut the joints for the back of a drawer first in case I need a warm-up.

My only regret with the joints on this particular drawer is that I should have spaced the tails a little closer together. They look a little too regular, like I used a jig.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/20/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Shaping
Bookmark and Share



Hand-tool work can be confusing and frustrating when you follow the power-tool rules. Today offered a good example: I was working on finishing up the transitions between the aprons and legs of the Creole Table. After sawing them out, I had to first remove the bulk of the waste with a chisel, then follow it up with a rasp, a little sanding and then some scraping.

While working on the first corner I was having trouble seeing where the rasp was cutting in particular. The problem was that our shop at the magazine is too well lit. We have enormous windows on two walls and banks and banks of fluorescent fixtures in the drop ceiling overhead.  Plus task lighting at the benches. It's like our photographer, Al Parrish, always says: "There's too much light. I can't see what I'm doing."

So I took two steps backward and flipped off all of the overhead lights in the shop. With only the daylight coming in the windows, the rasp work was much easier. I could see every mark left by every tool in high relief. Same went for the marks left by the chisel, sandpaper and scrapers. They all were much more evident with side-lighting alone. Lots of omni-directional light eliminates the shadows that clue us into how we're progressing.

This makes sense. Hand tools were developed to be used in shops that were dimly lit. And early workbenches are typically pictured in front of a window (check out the Dominy bench at Winterthur and the Andre Felibien illustrations of an early workshop in "Principes de l'architecture").

But in the world of power tools, bright lights are helpful for most tasks. You don't want anything dangerous and finger chewing lurking in a dark area. So light it up.

With the lights out, the work proceeded quickly and all of the transitions were cut smoothly (and I saved my company a few cents on its light bill).



I also had a little time to finally glue up the top for the Creole Table. This was my second attempt – the first was thwarted by unruly wood that was in tension. After surfacing all the boards for the top, I edge-jointed them on our Bridgewood jointer and noticed immediately that the machine was sniping the boards. Somehow the outfeed table had dropped below the cutterhead. Adjusting this part of our machine is a touchy operation, so instead of spending an hour futzing with it I reached for my jointer plane and trued up all three joint lines in about five minutes and then sprung all the joints by making stopped cuts in the center of each edge. The joints in the top closed up with one clamp across the center.

That was too easy. I felt guilty, so I added a couple more clamps. Then I scooted off to a barbecue restaurant with my family where I ate entirely too much brisket and bread pudding. More guilt (and pressure).

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/18/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Saws
Bookmark and Share



My favorite part of woodworking is the anti-climax. This is the point where you do something risky, but you're so prepared for it that the actual act is just a slight thing: brief and easy and boring. This week my climatic anti-climax was cutting the transition between the legs and aprons.

After putting off the task for a week, I finally figured out how to keep the tiny piece of end grain attached to the leg as I sawed the vast majority of it away with a coping saw. My solution was to glue a thin backing board behind the eight fragile areas with the boards' grain oriented in such a way that it would stiffen everything up.

As I glued those backing boards in on Saturday I thought, "Maybe this is overkill. Maybe I should just grab my saw and teach those aprons a lesson."

But by that point the glue was out, half the backing boards were in and I had to rush off to meet friends for dinner.

So when Monday came around I took up my coping saw and went to work. Point one in my favor: I had marked the cut on the inside and outside of the piece so it was easy to follow the line. Point two: I had loaded my Olson coping saw with some sweet 15 tpi coping saw blades from Tools for Working Wood. These blades are head and shoulders above the home-center dreck, which always come with a nasty burr and poorly shaped teeth. (I really should review these new blades for the magazine because they are excellent.)

And point three: I am so glad I glued those eight blocks in behind the aprons. After I sawed out the aprons I began chiseling the waste to its final shape. The end grain flaked off the legs like dry skin after a nasty sunburn. The backing boards held the delicate parts in place brilliantly.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/15/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Saws | Woodworking Classes
Bookmark and Share



One of the first projects I built for Popular Woodworking was an adaptation of Benjamin Seaton's tool chest. The chest is most notable because of what its owner did not do, which was to use the tools in the cabinetmaking trade. After completing the chest in 1797 and filling it with a nice kit of tools purchased a year earlier, Seaton turned his attention to other areas of business and worked as an upholsterer, auctioneer and undertaker.

Thanks to luck and a prosperous family, the chest and its contents now reside in the Guildhall Museum in Rochester, England, and are likely the best surviving example of what a kit of 18th century tools looked like.

There have always been some tools in the chest that have fascinated and confused me. The most vexing was the tenon saw, made by John Kenyon. The saw's blade is a whopping 19" long, yet the sawplate is quite thin: .026" in many places. By way of comparison, Lie-Nielsen's small dovetail saw has a sawplate of .020". The largest Lie-Nielsen saw, a 14" tenon saw, is .032" thick.

And this huge saw wasn't likely a custom job, either. The Sheffield Key, a catalog of English tools published a few years after Seaton built his chest, lists tenon saws as 16" or 19" long.

For years I assumed that a 19"-long saw would be difficult to use. It would weigh quite a bit, and the wide and long blade would be difficult to balance on the work and steer straight. And the thin sawplate would likely buckle if pushed too hard. Perhaps that is why modern tenon saws are smaller and thicker.

The last week or so has caused me to re-evaluate all that.

I asked sawmaker Mike Wenzloff to make me a copy of the Seaton tenon saw, as close a copy as we could manage. We had nice photographs of the saw, plus additional photos of another early Kenyon saw from an eBay auction. Another help was that The Tools and Trades Society took lots of measurements of the saws for the book "The Tool Chest of Benjamin Seaton" (which is now out of print in the United States as far as I can tell).

When the saw first arrived I cut a half-dozen tenons with it, both big and small. The saw was remarkably well-behaved. It was easy to start. And the weight of the tool did most of the work – I just had to steer the thing. But the real revelation came last week while teaching a class on hand-tool fundamentals at the Marc Adams School of Woodworking. None of the students was comfortable with hand-sawing, and so I gently encouraged some of them to give the Seaton saw a try to cut some of the joints we were working on. After all, they didn't know it was a freakishly huge saw.

To my surprise, every student that tried it took a shine to it. Each student got the tool to start easily, and had no difficulty tracking a line dead-on, despite its weight and size. Some of these students had never even attempted hand-sawn joinery. The sawplate did heat up in heavy use (these tenon cheeks were 2-1/2" x 2-1/2"). But the plate stayed true even in the hands of these beginners with less-than-perfect sawing skills. I did keep the saw lubricated with a little oil just in case.

So tonight I have my copy of "The Tool Chest of Benjamin Seaton" out on my desk and am looking through it for other clues and revelations. I think I found another one: string.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/6/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



Some projects play along nicely; others tend to fight you all the way. The Creole Table is shaping up to be a bit of a raging Cajun. My goal this week was to complete the top of the table and cut the curved transitions between the apron and cabriole legs.

The walnut for the top came from the same tree as the rest of the table. It entered our shop as 12/4 stock, dry (as far as our Wagner moisture meter could tell) and beautifully clear. The stock ended up as thin, twisted and dumped unceremoniously at the end of my bench.

For some reason, that particular part of the walnut had a lot of tension. All of the other sections of the board that were resawn came out nice and true. The stock for the top sprang like a spring. Because it was so thick, I thought I could still eek out enough thickness. No dice. Just a lot of frustrating work on the jointer and planer.



So I took the easy drive to Paxton's lumberyard to see what they had in their racks. It was going to cost me dearly, but it would be done. Again, no luck. The racks were almost empty, though the Paxton guys said they were going to restock the next day. So I dropped a line to Donnie, my dealer. He still had some walnut left to sell and was coming home early the next day for his daughter's soccer practice.

We met in his garage. I picked over the walnut in his rack, but it all looked a bit wonky. Did I want some nice curly sassafras instead? After making some discouraging noises, Donnie took pity on me and took me to his basement shop to peruse his personal stash. I picked out four perfect-looking boards and scurried back to the shop to cut them close to size so they'd acclimate to our shop's humidity faster. I put the moisture meter on them and my heart sank – everything was between 13 percent and 16 percent (the rest of the table is at 8 percent).

So my top is now on hold as I wait for the moisture to migrate out of my walnut.

So I turned back to the aprons. I've been putting off finishing the cut of the curve between the leg and apron. I keep telling myself that I'm waiting to get the base as sturdy and stable as possible (add the corner blocks; add the web frame; wait for the glue in the mortises to reach full strength). But the truth is I'm just a big piece of flightless poultry. The curve is really visible and is – in the end – just a smidge of end grain glued to the legs.

I actually glued this area when assembling the base. (First I sized the end grain with glue, waited a minute, then applied more yellow glue). And I clamped it firmly. But I'm still not confident. Every evening on my run and every morning over coffee I've been toying with this cut in my mind. I've got about five different strategies for sawing it out that would stress the end grain as little as possible.

This morning the solution came to me. I'm going to glue a small walnut block behind each of the eight transitions – a block that's only about 1/8" thick x 3/16" wide. There would be some cross-grain gluing issues, but I don't think wood movement will be a problem with such a small piece. And the long grain that's glued to both the apron and the leg will stiffen everything up as I go to town with a turning saw.

Of course, the entire table is on hold now. I'm off on Sunday to the Marc Adams School of Woodworking to teach a week-long class on blending hand and power tools. I might get to post a couple weblog entries during the week, but them I might just sleep instead.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 5/3/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share



I continue to get a letter about every other day about the Roubo-style workbench I built for the Autumn 2005 issue. I've been trying not to clog up the weblog with too much Roubo stuff, but as the glue dries on the web frame in the Creole Table this morning, I thought I should bring up some interesting points from readers and discuss a few modifications I've made since I built the bench a year ago.

Robert W. Mustain pointed out to me that I neglected to discuss how to configure the workbench for left-handed woodworkers (which make up about 13 percent of the population, according to some estimates). A "Sinister Roubo" would need everything reversed, of course. Put the crochet and leg vise on the right side of the bench. Same goes for the planning stop: Put it on the right.

A common question among first-time bench builders is why the accessories are configured the way they are. Why is the bench vise (or crochet) traditionally on the left side of the bench for right-handers? They typically think that having the vise on the right side of the bench would make it more convenient for sawing off stock.

The reason the vise is traditionally on the left is for edge-jointing. You want to plane into the vise and sometimes even brace your boards against the vise's screws or bars. It just makes sense from a physics point of view, really. Think about the alternative: If you clamp the tail end of the board and then plane away from the vise, you could pull the board out of the vise.



Next question: Reader Tim Brun asked if I'd added any more dog holes to my bench than those shown on the illustration in the magazine. The answer is yes. My biggest frustration with planing on the bench has been when I want to work cross grain, such as when I work rough stock with a fore plane. I've used holdfasts and battens to brace the work at the back edge of the bench; and while that works, sometimes I really just want to clamp stuff between dogs. So I added a line of 3/4" holes (10 of 'em) in line with the planing stop (which is 6" from the front edge of the bench). The holes are 3-3/4" on center. The first hole begins 31" in from the left end of the bench. Having them in line with the planing stop allows me to clamp a board 52" long between the stop and a Veritas Wonder Dog.

Here are some other modifications: This morning I added leather linings to the faces of my leg vise on the advice from a reader. I was at Michael's craft store last night picking up some hemp twine (for a future weblog post) and I noticed the overpriced leather scrap section. A one-pound bag of scraps cost $5.99. Or I could buy a single piece of Tandy-brand leather that would fit perfectly for $5.99. I bought the Tandy leather. I was going to cut up some shoes or an old purse that belonged to my spouse, but I hadn't got the guts up to ask: "Honey, do you really use this purse anymore?" So $5.99 avoided that conversation.

The leather is an experiment. I think the leg vise holds just fine as it is. But the reader said I'd be amazed. So here goes. I used yellow glue to apply the leather, and I almost forgot to put a sheet of plastic between the leather pieces as I closed the vise. The glue-squeeze-out would likely have glued the whole thing together shut.

One final mod to the leg vise: I kept snapping the 3/8"-diameter oaken pivot pins at the foot of the vise. In hindsight, perhaps I should have used ½"-diameter stock. I switched to a 3/8" steel pin nine months ago and everything is working swimmingly.

The glue in the web frame should be dry now. Back to the shop.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/27/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share



The first time I build any project, there are always surprises – even when things are going well. For this Creole Table, it was a fortunately/unfortunately thing all week.

Fortunately, the cabriole legs were a cinch. The leg profile we extracted from the auction photo is easy to cut on the band saw and simple to clean up with the Shinto rasp, a file and a scraper. They came out smooth and curvy with minimal effort.

Unfortunately, I'm going to have to beef up the tenons on the next version of this table, which will introduce some complications to construction. I was already planning on reinforcing the leg-to-apron joints with triangular blocks, so the prototype will be sturdy. But I really want the tenons wider and longer than I have them now.



Fortunately, the apron shape was a cinch to cut, rout and shape. I thought the tight corners would be a bear to clean up by hand, but some quick chisel work made them all perfect in less than an hour. I also got to use the chisel-to-the-shoulder technique from Adam Cherubini.

Unfortunately, fitting the tenon shoulders to the legs took a lot of fiddling. Fitting any tenon with a 7"-wide shoulder is tricky, but try it with an emerging (and unsympathetic) curve on your leg. I spent almost two hours tuning up the eight joints for the base.

Fortunately, the side assemblies went together just fine this afternoon and are resting comfortably on my bench for the weekend. Tomorrow I'm off to the Marc Adams School of Woodworking to pinch hit as an assistant in a weekend class with Thomas Lie-Nielsen. Thomas's planned assistant has a baby on the way (and me, I'm done in that department), so I get to help out with sharpening and plane tuning.

On Monday I should have the base together. Then I'll tell you about how unfortunate it was that my stock for the top curled up like a potato chip.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/24/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share



I quite enjoy looking at other woodworkers' work, but nothing makes me spit out my coffee faster than reading that a certain project took 300, 600 or even 900 hours of work. It makes me wonder: Are they boasting, admitting their shame or just stating fact?  

If I worked for 600 hours on a single project I would probably be fired (and also be ready to check into a mental hospital). I mean, 600 hours is 15 straight weeks of eight-hour days. To be sure, there are some projects (anything with large amounts of marquetry) that could suck up the hours based on the sheer number of parts. But the projects I'm bemused by generally are quite nice, but not overwhelming in complexity. What I have found from examining work like this is that they are overwhelming in perfection.

This is the part where you can start calling me a hack.

When I build, I log my hours of shoptime on my cutlist. I don't log the time I wait for glue to dry overnight or time waiting for lacquer to set up – just the time I'm in the shop and putting tool to wood. And building for the magazine slows me down – I have to stop and take lots of photos regularly (about half of the photos I take get thrown out for space considerations). So I know what I spend on a table when it comes to time.

For example, the table on the cover of issue No. 2 took me about 20 hours to build the first time. The second and third tables took me 17 hours each, and each table has a hand-cut dovetailed drawer. The Creole Table is shaping up to be a 20-hour project, too.

Part of my time savings is due to the fact that I don't fuss over interior surfaces. All of the interior parts will get trued by a jointer plane (this speeds assembly) but they'll never see a smoothing plane or scraper or sandpaper. I speed the fitting of mortise-and-tenon joints by always undercutting the tenon shoulders so they'll close tight the first time.

And I never do anything until I absolutely have to. I don't assemble a joint until it's do-or-die assembly time. Assembling and disassembling will slow you down and sometimes increase the chance that you'll damage a part. I don't break down a tool setup until I have to (this saves tons of shop time). And I keep many tools set up to do one thing only. My jointer plane is never set up as an oversized smoothing plane – it's always set up like a jointer plane. I don't use my powered jointer for rabbeting or bevels or other things that I have tools for. The powered jointer trues the faces and edges. Period.

Having a complete set of tools helps, obviously. And beginners are going to struggle and spend a lot of time setting and changing tools because of their financial and tool limitations. I understand that and empathize – I was there myself.

The point I'm trying to make is that you shouldn't feel like a hack if you don't spend eleventy-billion hours on a project. You shouldn't feel bad if there's tear-out on the underside of a shelf. The pets and insectoid pests in your home don't much care when they spot it. If you get pleasure from treating every surface like it's a show surface, that's fine; woodworking is more of a hobby than a profession for most. But know that there is also great virtue in getting things done so they can be used and enjoyed.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/21/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Shaping
Bookmark and Share



The Shinto "Saw-Rasp" has always been a curious thing to me. I first spotted it years ago hanging on the wall of our local Rockler store in the sandpaper section. It looks like (and probably is) a series of 10 hacksaw blades that have been bent and riveted together. It looked so unfamiliar to me – not a rasp, not a saw – that I never had the urge to try it.

But then I saw how furnituremaker Glen Huey uses the tool on his cabriole legs and decided to try the Shinto out on the legs for the Creole Table. I'm glad I did. The Shinto has turned out to be one of the most pleasant surprises of the project.

There are two parts to the Shinto: the blade and the handle. The blade is about 10-3/8" long, 1-1/8" wide and vaguely boat-shaped. One side of the blade has coarse teeth (11 tpi) and the other side has fine teeth (about 25 tpi). The handle ingeniously grips the blade by hooking over the rivets that pass through the blade. And then you lock the blade by turning a screw up by the hot-dog-looking handle.

The handle is nicely finished, much better than what you'd expect, actually. But you don't need the handle assembly. In fact, I think this tool works better without the handle attached (and you can save some money as a result; more on that later).

The Shinto is an "intermediate" shaping tool – what I would call a "medium" tool in the "coarse, medium and fine" classification system I use for most tools. It is best used after the coarse shaping of the band saw, jigsaw or turning saw. The rasp's long length allows you to true a curved surface up and remove the coarse marks from the saw blade. But it won't produce a ready-to-finish surface at the end, even with the fine teeth. After shaping the legs with the band saw and Shinto, I took them to their finished state with a cabinet file and a little scraping (files and scrapers are classic "fine" tools).

The Shinto is as fast at shaping as any traditional rasp I've used, and it leaves a remarkably nice surface for a hacksaw-based tool. One of the reasons it's so fast in use is because you have both teeth immediately available to you when you use the tool without the handle – just flip the blade over and go to town.

I also really like its price. The Shinto with the handle is $25.99. But I recommend you skip the handle and just buy the blade and save about $10. Our Rockler retail outlet sells the replacement blade for about $16, though I cannot find the replacement handle for sale on Rockler's website. However, Highland Hardware will sell you just the blade for $15.99.

As a couple readers have pointed out, there also is a version of this tool that has a handle on the blade and looks more like a traditional rasp. It's available in 9" and 11" lengths from Japan Woodworker. Of course, buying the blade alone is still the best value.

The "Shinto" name is curious to me. In college I took a fair number of classes on Western and Asian religions, including several classes on Buddhism and Shinto, the two religions that are intertwined into Japanese culture. In my studies, we learned that the Shinto religion considers all natural objects to have their own spirit, which should be revered. So, my professor said, a Shinto shrine or other structure wouldn't use any nails or metal in its construction because that would be offensive to the kami (or spirit) of the tree.

I wonder what the kami in my legs thinks about the Shinto hacksaw tool that chewed it up pretty good last week.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/19/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



One of the big challenges in building a project for publication is to come up with techniques that use common tools and skills to produce results that others can replicate using the same tools and techniques. It's a bit like being a scientist, but without the sexy lab coats, pocket protectors and slide rules.

These cabriole legs are a prime example of this challenge. The legs themselves are easier than most cabriole legs because we've done the grunt work of finding the fair curve and developing patterns for you, plus they don't require a lot of freeform shaping to get them looking good. These particular legs do have one quirk, however.

The tops of many cabriole leg are square in section, obviously. With many cabriole legs the curvy part sticks out from the line of the apron with the traditional "knee" shape we're all familiar with. These legs are different. They curve in, which gives the table a delicate, perching look. This means that the mortises on the legs are going to be on an inside surface of the leg blank. That's a bit tricky because you want your joinery surfaces as clean and straight and true as possible.



My first inclination was to cut the entire leg shape with a band saw and then true the joinery surfaces with a plane. So I cut a couple test legs using sappy walnut to try this procedure out. I wasn't happy with the results. I could get an acceptable joinery surface, but it took more hand skills than I liked, and it was too easy to get the entire leg out of square at the top, which could be frustrating at assembly time.

The other option was to cut the square sections of the legs using a table saw and a series of stopped cuts and then finish up the cuts with a hand saw or band saw. Generally, I hate stopped cuts on the table saw because they can feel a bit unsafe to some people. (And I really hate plunge cutting on the table saw and won't do it myself.)

So I tried the stop cuts on a test piece. The procedure allowed me to leave the splitter in place and use our basket guard (which is removed for the photo – honest). Plus, instead of removing the piece with the sawblade running I simple turned the saw off after each stopped cut. After the blade ran down, I removed the piece from the cut. The results looked good and the procedure felt safe.



I still needed to finish up the cut – the curvature of the saw's blade prohibited me from cutting the waste free. I could use the band saw to do this, or I could take a break from the machines and get out a handsaw. Handsaw it is.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/17/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



I like working with walnut, but I hate marking it. Its dark color makes pencil lines disappear. And its open grain hide knife lines as well. Dovetailing is a particular problem for me. Part of this is personal – my vision is quite poor; I'm legally blind without my glasses on. But even if I had perfect vision (like eagle-eyed Senior Editor David Thiel) walnut would still be a problem.

One of the perks of this job is that you can take an afternoon to try to crack a nut like this, spend $30 of the company's money and try out a variety of solutions – all in the name of helping our readers.

The first stop was the Staples store to pick up some Pilot P-500 gel pens with the extra fine (0.5 mm) tip. These have been recommended by other woodworkers. I tried the P-500 once a couple years ago, remember being impressed and then I lost the pen. The nice think about the gel ink is that it seems to be like gel stain in that it doesn't absorb into the wood as much, making a blotchy mess. It makes a nice fine line if you make your mark swiftly and lightly. I wish they sold it in white ink, however.

One of the other editors recalled a former employee here who would write notes to fellow employees on black PostIts with white or silver gel ink. Hmmmm. A little searching turned up the right pen: the Sakura Gelly Roll pen. The editor called around to the local art stores and they were all sold out of the white ink version. A dead end? Of course not.

On a lark I went to our local art supplies store (let me say that woodworkers have nothing on artists when it comes to pricey and specialized tools). They had a display for the Sakura Gelly Roll pens and were indeed out of the white ink. So I bought a bright yellow one and a silver one ($1.19 each at our local store). Out of the corner of my eye I saw another Sakura display in the "wall of pens." They have another brand "Pen-touch," which is more expensive ($2.38), but it is offered in white and has a pretty fine point (0.7 mm).

We also found a Sharpie Poster-Paint pen in our company's office supply catalog.

Here's what I concluded: The yellow gel stinks. It was less visible than a pencil line. That one is going to my kids to play with. The silver Sakura Gelly Roll was better than the yellow. You could see the line especially well if you caught its reflection in the light. Of course, you can sometimes do that trick with a pencil line on walnut. The Sharpie was big and white. Too big, really.

The best of the bunch was the Sakura Pen-Touch. When wielded with a light touch, like a calligraphy pen, it would lay down a nice thin line that was brilliantly visible. It might not be the marking solution for dovetails, but for cutting cabriole legs and basic pattern work, it's a good solution.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/15/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share



There is a downside to buying lumber from a guy's garage.  Retail, the 12/4 walnut and 8/4 walnut I scored from the garage would have cost me more than $400. I paid $90. But there was another bill about to come due on that wood.

This afternoon I took a break from editing manuscripts and decided to surface all the walnut for the Creole Table's aprons and top. I had to resaw the 8/4 plank on the Laguna to get the aprons and so I took a close look at the saw's set up. The guides looked good. The blade was positioned just right on the wheels. And a milk run (no wood) indicated everything was humming.

So I made a test cut on one of the fall-off pieces. Groan. The 5/8" blade was so dull it wouldn't resaw a wet baguette. So I remove the blade, put on a slightly fresher one and then – joy – go to a meeting on the third floor to discuss some magazine business.

Meeting adjourned. I follow the trail of fine walnut dust I left behind me to find my way back to the shop and fire up the saw with the newer blade. It cuts. Joy.

So I start resawing all the parts. Then I get to the piece that will have the front and back apron. About one-quarter through the cut, sparks fly everywhere. Are the guides misaligned? I stop the saw, inspect the rig and it checks out fine. I start sawing again and there are no problems.

When I open the two planks up on my bench, I see the problem. It looks like there's a big old cut nail running right through the kerf line. I can see the head clearly, and the shank is buried in the work.

But something is not right.  

If that's the head of the nail, then the nail would have to have been driven from something that was inside the tree. I get the pliers and an old awl. Ten seconds later I dig out the culprit, which turns out to be chicken McNugget-shaped, not nail-shaped. It looks to me like a bullet. The "wound" in the tree is what looked like a shank of a nail.

I inspect the band saw blade. It looks good. Deciding that I had more luck than brains, I go home for a beer.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/14/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share



Our magazine's workshop is an odd duck. In some ways it's equipped better than some commercial shops (with our eleventy-billion new routers) I've been in, but it lacks sorely in other ways (no spray booth). While we have a wide variety of tools that pass through our hands for testing (many of which never get written about – we're picky) we also have a core set of machines that almost never gets changed.

Since the day I walked in the door here, we've had the same Powermatic 66 cabinet saw. We've changed lots of things about the saw, mostly relating to its crosscutting functions, but the only real maintenance we've ever had to perform on it is cleaning the worm gears and replacing the arbor bearing and assembly late last year.

We've had a couple powered jointers, but for the last five or six years, we've had a Bridgewood 12" jointer. A couple years ago, one of the other editors and I disassembled the jointer and installed an aftermarket spiral carbide cutterhead. It was a nightmare operation, really, but the machine is now working quite well, except the dang fence. The fence doesn't want to seem to hold at 90° to the table. I've been tweaking it these last couple weeks (maintenance never ends), and I think I'm closing in on a solution.

We've had three power planers – right now we have a Yorkcraft 20" model. All of the machines are connected to a central cyclone system from Oneida and controlled by EcoGates, which are blast gates designed to open and close automatically. However, because of some additional wiring we had to do to satisfy the county building inspector, they had a finicky early life in our shop. Robert Lang, one of the other editors, has a particularly intimate (perhaps too intimate) knowledge of the EcoGates as a result.

A Laguna 18" band saw handles the heavy resawing. Love the saw; not love to the old Euro guides – we should replace those. We also have a Oneway lathe (sweet), Grizzly spindle/disk sander (also sweet) and Performax drum sander in the permanent collection. Pretty much everything other tool we have gets swapped out, which is a blessing and a curse.

For our machinery, we either paid cash for it or swapped advertising space in Popular Woodworking. There's no free lunch there, I'm afraid. Our shop equipment might seem like a fantasy to some home woodworkers, but I would like to add a few caveats. One: We generally have four or five people who work on this equipment. And two: We operate under some serious deadline pressure when building furniture for the magazine. As a result, we sometimes feel like we've just barely got the tools to handle our work. Case-in-point: Working in my shop at home is much nicer because I can always get time on the table saw, I don't have to clean out the overfilled dust collection bin before I start work and the tools are set up like I like them – not someone else.

There are other really odd things about our shop worth noting. It's actually as much a photo studio as it is a woodshop. The bulbs in the ceiling are all a certain color temperature for our digital photography setup. The walls are painted in a hue that makes it easy for our graphic designer to tweak the background using Photoshop. And just try finding the right wrench for your router. Senior Editor David Thiel spent half a day yesterday sorting all our router wrenches and collets. I think he's got us squared away now.

So most of my early work on the Creole Table uses these heavy-duty machines. After the walnut acclimated to our shop's humidity level, I broke it down into manageable chunks using our DeWalt 12" miter saw (we swap this tool out with other brands occasionally). Then it was off to the jointer and planer to get these chunks to thickness. Usually I like to get my stock as close to finished size as possible before processing it with the jointer and planer. This usually involves the band saw and table saw. I can generally get much better yield in my thickness if my 2-1/4"-wide legs are taken from 3"-wide stock instead of cutting them from 12"-wide stock, for example.

For the Creole Table, I was going to have to first tweak the slabs before ripping the legs from them. The problem was that the grain – though nicely rift-sawn – was running at an angle. The grain wasn't parallel to the edges of the board. So the first step was to make one long edge of the board parallel to the grain. So I had to mark an angled line on the face grain. Marking walnut can be tough – it's such a dark wood. We tried five or six solutions. Next week I share the best one we found.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/13/2006 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share



One common question we get from readers is what happens to the tools we test and the projects we build. The assumption, I think, is that we live a life of free wood, free tools and the free time to combine those things into free furniture.

I wish.

Most of the tools and completed projects are sold to the employees of F+W Publications Inc., our parent company. And then the money is sent to the manufacturer of the tool, in the case of tools we borrowed, or into our shop account, in the case of tools that we purchased outright from the manufacturer. The shop account allows us to buy glue, rags (so many blinking rags) and band saw blades and screws.

The projects we sell are a good bargain for the corporate employees – the projects are priced to cover the materials and just a little overhead. As a result, the furniture is sold using a lottery system.

Me and my fellow woodworking editors are allowed to keep a piece we built if we follow a few rules. We have to buy the materials and spend a fair amount of our off-hours (nights and weekends) working on the project. And we can't abuse the privilege. It sounds a mite murky, I know, but it's worked out fairly well during the last nine years I've been here.

For the Creole Table, I planned to keep the prototype for myself, perhaps even sell it to make some money to buy an upgraded table saw guard for my home shop. So I had to buy the materials myself. It was time to kick into miser mode.

When we build for the company, we'll usually buy our wood from Paxton or Frank Miller Lumber. They always stock what we need and can get it to us quickly, which is always an asset. The wood is always kiln-dried, graded, predictable and sometimes even surfaced for us. As a result, it's more expensive than if we go off the reservation, so to speak.

During the last nine years, I've developed a network of people who sell me wood for my personal use. Some are woodworkers. Some are farmers. Some sell wood as a side business. And though we're completely up-front about explaining all the techniques and tools we use, we still keep our wood sources close to the chest.

My best source of wood is a guy – let's call him Donnie -- who is a woodworker who sells some wood on the side out of his garage. He's a voracious builder himself and has a sizable appetite for lumber and very good instincts for buying it. And sometimes he sells me some extra stock he has. Please don't ask me for his phone number.

The legs for the Creole Leg needed to be monstrously thick to start, which was probably the biggest downside to the project. We try to pick projects that use stock that isn't too difficult to find or odd-sized. On that point, this project has two strikes against it: the legs and the aprons. The aprons are going to finish up a bit narrower than 8". I wish that were 6" so that a common 6" powered jointer could handle them.

With that in mind, I e-mail Donnie and I'm in luck. He has a couple walnut boards he'd part with. We agree to meet at lunch. Sometimes hunting for the right wood takes weeks. Sometimes it falls in your lap. Ten minutes after pulling into his driveway, I'm the proud owner of two big walnut slabs and $90 poorer. The walnut goes into our wood rack to acclimate to the humidity in our shop – I'm going to give it five weeks or so.

Meanwhile, I need to make some templates for the table and find the best way to mark the walnut for all the curves ahead. A stack of black PostIt notes turns out to offer the solution to that problem.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 4/12/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



I always enjoy tours of tool factories to see people (or robots) make things that are useful to my work. How a company can harness hundreds of minds and hands and mechanical pincers to produce things is fascinating, and every tour is surprising and different.

In that spirit, I've decided to draw back the curtain on one of our future projects for Woodworking Magazine so you can get a glimpse of how we put together a single project for publication. It is my sincere hope that this does not end up resembling Upton Sinclair's "The Jungle."

Every article that gets published is the smallest germ of the sometimes-twisty and always-lengthy process that proceeds it. These weblog entries will be the raw, unedited and likely somewhat embarrassing tale of what we're calling The Creole Table.  

It begins with the mailman. About two months ago, the April 2006 issue of Early American Life showed up in my mailbox at home. It's one of the many sources I scour for project ideas – not that we really need ideas for stuff we want to build. But we constantly search for ideas because we're looking for projects that illustrate several ideas and techniques and tools that we want to explore in a particular issue. As you might have noticed, each issue of the magazine has some converging undercurrents flowing through it. That's actually planned. Honest.

On page 16 of Early American Life, I hit paydirt. There was a photo of a late 18th-century Louisiana Creole side table in walnut with French-style cabriole legs and a gorgeously curved apron. Despite the fact that the table was trying to put on aristocratic airs, it was undeniably a more rural American piece. It had energy. It was simple and honest. It had fetched $54,625 at a recent auction. And it taught two important skills we've been itching to explore: template routing and compound curve-cutting.

The template routing offered by the piece was elementary but would produce some very professional results. And the cabriole leg is a far, far simple form found more on French pieces than on American ones. American cabrioles, such as those on Queen Anne furniture, curve out from the apron and can have carved feet. These curved in. No carving.

I showed the piece to the other editors, and we agreed to build a prototype and see if it was worth building for real. So the next step was to get a good drawing and some even better walnut.

For the drawing, we'll usually sketch up a prototype in VectorWorks, a CAD program that works on Macs (most publishing houses are all-Apple). But if you've ever made a cabriole leg you know that getting a fair leg is an enormous challenge. My 3D CAD modeling skills are limited (OK, almost non-existent), so I called on John Hutchinson, a Columbus, Ohio, architect and woodworker who does our technical illustrations for Popular Woodworking. I think we're one of his hobbies. John is a wiz in Autodesk, the professional gold standard in CAD. Within a week he had whipped up full-size templates of all the curved parts based on a scaled scan of the original piece.

First the good news: the table would require little material and the leg shape was remarkably simple. Bad news: The leg stock would have to be 2-1/4" thick. While we could make the legs by laminating some thin stock, that would be a high-wire act to get the glue line right on the corner of the leg.

It was time to hunt through Donnie's garage.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/31/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share


In China, 2005 was the year of the rooster. In our shop, 2005 was the year of the anvil. We built a guillotine out of framing material and dropped anvils of three weights on joints to see how they fail.

We learned a few things. First: You can get paid for doing juvenile stuff with anvils. Second: Modern PVA glues (yellow glue) are a lot stronger in end grain applications than woodworking wisdom suggests. And third: How you size the parts of your joint (thickness, width and length) has a lot to do with how sturdy it ultimately is.

Nowhere was this more evident than with the venerable mortise-and-tenon joint. Changing the thickness of a part of the joint, such as the mortise wall, could greatly weaken or strengthen the joint under the crush of the anvil.

There are some well-worn rules about how to scale a mortise-and-tenon joint, and they are worth thinking about the next time you lay out a tenon. Let's take a look:

Tenon thickness: This one gets debated a lot, and with good reason. Traditional texts say the tenon's thickness should be one-third the thickness of the stock being mortised (an important distinction). So if you are joining two pieces of 3/4"material for a door, the tenon should be ¼" thick. If you are joining a 7/8"-thick apron to a 1-1/2"-thick table leg, the tenon should be 1/2" thick.

Some modern texts say the tenon should be one-half the thickness being mortised – not one-third. My opinion is that this difference relates to the tools being used. If you mortise by hand, with chisels, the one-third rules makes more sense in my experience. Using a 3/8"-wide mortise chisel on 3/4"-thick material invites destruction in many cabinet woods.

But if you've ever used a hollow-chisel mortiser, then you've probably been amazed at the difference in performance between the 1/4" chisels and the 3/8" chisels. The 1/4" chisel gets clogged up much more easily because its escapement is much small. Plus, the hollow-chisel mortiser doesn't put the kind of lateral strain on your work that hand-mortising does. So a 3/8"-wide mortise works with machines.

Tenon length: The general rule is that the minimum tenon length is five times its thickness. So a 1/4"-thick tenon should be 1-1/4" long. Of course, if you look at antique furniture, you see this "rule" violated – or maybe the furniture was made before they made the rule. Longer through-tenons are the rule of the day in much 19th and 18th century work. These are wedged tenons, generally. Check out George Ellis's "Modern Practical Joinery" for a trip through the land of the through-tenon. Personally, I try to follow the "five times the thickness" rule for most cabinetwork. But when I'm building something that will encounter more wracking forces (such as a dining table), I go long.

Tenon width: This one is more complex. The rule in Ellis's book is two-fold. First, make the tenon one-half the width of the rail you're cutting it on (a 2"-wide rail would get a 1"-wide tenon). Second: If that tenon's width would be greater than six times its thickness, then you should split it into two (or more tenons). Example: You want to cut a 1/4"-thick tenon on a 6"-wide rail. Ellis's rule says that your tenon should be 3" wide. But a 3"-wide tenon is greater than 1-1/2", which is six times the tenon thickness. So you have to break that tenon into two 1-1/2"-wide tenons.

Is your head swimming yet?

This rule seemed odd to me at first. The tenons it made seemed too narrow in width, which would allow the corners of your to frame warp (or cast) over time. But when you look at Ellis's illustrations, it makes sense. He shows all his tenons with a short haunch that runs the entire width of the work. Ah!

And what about double mortises, such as when you join a narrow drawer rail to a leg in a chest of drawers? This drawer rail is usually somewhat squarish and stout, and it doesn't follow the rules laid out above – you don't need a double tenon.

Some sources seem to suggest that the double tenon can be made for convenience. You might not have a 1/2" mortising chisel for that 1-1/2" drawer rail. But you have a 1/4" mortising chisel (of course you do!). So making two ¼" mortises that are set by the tool are easier to make than a 1/2" mortise that you would have to make with an odd-size chisel. (It's a theory – not much more than that.)

All this math and theory and contradiction is enough to make you want to smash something, with an anvil.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/25/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share



Trestle tables have always looked notoriously spindly and rickety to my eye. Compared to a traditional apron table, there's just not much material there. Add to the fact that they are normally quite lengthy, and it seems like you have a recipe for a wobbly mealtime.

But after inspecting a fair number of historical examples from the mid-1800s at Pleasant Hill, Ky., I started to reconsider the form. In December, I built a fairly large example based on proportions from a Shaker version – though the form itself is much older.

I eschewed some of the more modern joinery available, such as incorporating bed bolts. And I built the base using Southern yellow pine, an inexpensive construction timber. The first surprise: There's very little wood needed for the design. I built the base using only three 2 x 12 x 8'. And I had a good deal of wood left over. My bill for the wood: $33.

Since December, my spouse, two daughters and two cats have given the table a thorough workout. And though the table weighs very little, it's remarkably stable and sturdy. After staring at the thing for hours now, two things are apparent: First, the whole thing works like an I-beam in a skyscraper. The top, ends, ribs and the stretcher beneath the top all tie together to provide remarkable rigidity. This I-beam form prevents the top from sagging and racking along the length of the table.

But what about racking forces across the width of the top – like when you push away from the dinner table? The end assemblies seem slight, as they're made from 3" x 3" sections. It turns out that these ends are like the trees they came from. The foot is like the root structure. The leg is the trunk. The top brace is the branches. If you do a good enough job of tying these together in a tree-like fashion, the result is quite sturdy.

Yesterday I started building another trestle base for the autumn issue of Woodworking Magazine. After snooping around in some dusty books, we developed a clever way to build the base with a minimum of effort and the maximum strength.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/24/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

Every evening I have a glass of red wine or two with dinner, clean up the dishes and then run a 5K – on Saturdays and Sundays I run a 10K. The running part keeps me fit, and the wine beforehand keeps it interesting.

Tonight as I was running past the neighborhood pool I picked up a partner, an aged golden Labrador that had been sniffing around the bushes in a gully. When the dog joined my pace I was a bit surprised; he was clearly struggling against some stiff joints. The dog pressed forward and we traded leads, back and forth. After a minute or so three kids came sprinting out of a house, each flying a French blue bedsheet behind and all of them calling the dog's name.

I looked down into the dog's dark eyes as it struggled to keep up with me, torn by the call of the children rushing behind him. And I saw myself not six weeks ago at the WoodWorks show in Ontario, Calif.

I was giving a drawboring demonstration on Saturday afternoon to a small crowd at the show and was pounding a rived peg through my dowel plate. The bench I was using didn't have any dog holes, so I had found (quite oddly, in retrospect) a band saw riser block and was using that to support the dowel plate during the pounding part of the demo.

Wham. The riser block jumped. Wham. I squashed my thumb with the hammer. I bled quite a bit but kept working. One audience member came up unbidden to patch my finger (some woodworkers always carry bandages).

After a couple more sentences, my vision started to turn off, like closing the aperture on a camera lens. I struggled mightily to keep talking about drawboring. My body had other ideas. I sat down and gave up. Everything went black.

In retrospect, it shouldn't have surprised me. I had been working for three weeks without a day off. I had flown to California on little sleep. I'd only had time to eat some oatmeal that morning. No lunch.

Still, the paramedics came. A Snickers bar and glucose tablet in the first aid station fixed me up pretty good. A big Mexican meal and long night's sleep did the rest. But the whole odd experience changed my view of the world and woodworking a bit. I've always been prone to build things solidly. But after that experience in February, I've been diving even deeper into the world of juggernaut joinery. I mean, I'm only going to be here for so long. What I build should last longer.

And though I see myself erring on the side of caution in joinery, I've also felt unabashed to try new and wilder techniques of making the joints – plus inlay, working on my turning and trying a few curved forms from some Creole furniture that would have given me pause in January. I feel a bit reckless on that score.

And that's what I saw in that dog's eyes this evening. He was over his head in racing me, but he poured it on nonetheless and pushed me to sprint faster and faster. But then when his owners called him, he looked up at me.

"Go home," I said. And the animal thought better of the race. He ended his struggle and faded back into the arms and waiting sheets of the laughing children. And I headed home to finish up some through-tenons and sharpen up the cutter in a 5/8" beading plane that had been giving me some real trouble. With any luck I'll be able to maintain this view of the craft and world around me – it's just the right balance of recklessness and caution.

—Christopher Schwarz


Posted 3/3/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

Sometimes a craftsman-made tool surfaces that is just plain mysterious and wondrous. Today I spent the morning with Carl Bilderback, a semi-retired Chicago-area carpenter who has an astonishing collection of handsaws and dang-good collection of other tools. We were working on a story together about resawing with band saws, but he also really wanted to show me an oddball scraping plane he'd bought years ago.

The thing looks a bit like a Stanley 112 scraper plane with some major differences. First, this plane holds the scraper at one angle only – 90°. The Stanley 112 adjusts to an infinite number of angles. And the craftsman-made tool has an odd knob in front of the tote that adjusts the scraper iron up and down in the mouth.

Carl bought the plane years ago (and said he paid too much for it, by the way). And when he started using the thing on hardwoods he found "it didn't work worth a damn" no matter what he did. So the thing sat on his shelf.

Years passed. And the one day Carl had some tear-out problems on a piece of pine around a knot. Scraping pine is generally a difficult proposition, but for some reason Carl's hands reached for this tool and he took a couple swipes. Like magic, it scraped the tear-out smooth and also scraped the knot to perfection. Since then, this tool has become Carl's go-to plane for softwoods.

So today we did a little experiment: We set up his Stanley 112 with a bit of a forward pitch and scraped some white pine. We could pull a decent shaving, but it left an unacceptable and wooly surface. Then we planed the pine with the oddball plane. It left a perfect surface, ready to finish.

Carl said that he can set up his Stanley 212 scraper plane with a perfectly vertical frog to somewhat imitate the oddball scraper plane, but he said it takes a lot of fussing to get everything working right – both the pitch and the projection. The oddball plane is super simple: Just drop the scraper in, turn the knob and go.

The plane was surprisingly well made in many respects. The sidewalls were welded to the sole and it had evidence that it was once zinc-plated. The one apology for the tool was that the front knob was too close to the mouth of the tool, and shavings would bunch up behind the knob. But beyond that, I was very impressed.

"Someone," Carl said, "might want to think about making one of these tools for sale."

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 2/17/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

At least once a week I'm asked if I prefer handplanes that have the iron's bevel facing up (like in a block plane) or facing down (like in a traditional Stanley/Bailey-style bench plane). It's a tough question that I've struggled with for years as both Veritas and Lie-Nielsen have expanded their lines of bevel-up planes.

I first learned to plane with the old-school Bailey tools, but I've made a strong and serious effort to get comfortable with both styles of tools from both makers during the last five years or so. Here then, is what I see are the important differences between the two kinds of tools.

Difference 1: Adjusting the Blade. This is the most important difference for me. In general, I've found the Bailey-style adjustment mechanism (shown above) to be the superior one. It's a bold statement, but here's why: It allows you to adjust the setting of your iron on the fly as the tool is moving. As I plane, I make subtle adjustments to the iron, usually increasing the cut to remove material as fast as possible. The adjustment knob of the Bailey planes can be tweaked without moving your hand from the tote, and this allows a level of speed, sensitivity and feedback I can't get from any bevel-up plane.

All of the bevel-up planes have their adjuster knobs that are out of reach of my fingers as I'm planing. So I have to stop my stroke, remove my hand and adjust the cut. Then I resume planing. This slows me down, breaks my rhythm and requires more thought. This is the same reason I sometimes struggle with infill planes and other planes with Norris-style adjusters. Generally, those adjusters are above the tote or generally inaccessible to your fingertips during a stroke.

Also on the topic of adjusters is the difference in "lateral adjustment." This is where you tweak the position of the iron so it's cutting evenly on the left and right side of the mouth. Bevel-up planes can have a Norris-style lateral adjuster that is incorporated into the depth-adjustment mechanism. One knob handles it all, such as in the Veritas planes – I've found this adjustment to be a bit coarse. Or the plane has no formal lateral adjustment, as with the bevel-up Lie-Nielsen planes, and you have to adjust the iron laterally with your fingers or a small hammer.

The Bailey-style planes have a separate lateral-adjustment lever above the tote. It's also a coarse adjuster, and so I generally use it very little and handle my lateral-adjustment chores with a small hammer – tap left, tap right.

What's important here is that ultimately, all the planes need fine tweaking laterally by some other method than the lateral-adjustment lever. So don't get hung up on it.

Difference 2: Grip.One subtle difference is that the bevel-up planes encourage a four-finger grip, while the Bailey-style planes encourage a three-finger grip. Some people really like the four-finger grip, and I believe them and think that bevel-up planes are ideal for this sort of hand preference. I like the three-finger grip and use it on my drills, saws and planes. I think having the index finger extended is a cue to your brain and helps guide your work straighter.

You can use a three-finger grip with bevel-up planes (I do) but it feels weird having your finger suspended above the tool in space with nothing to support it.

Difference 3: Chipbreakers. I say this all the time: I really dislike chipbreakers, cap irons or whatever you want to call them. I think they are the No. 1 source of clogging and frustration with hand planes, and I question their utility on occasion. Chipbreakers are found on all Bailey-style planes, and this is one of their major demerits. There are aftermarket chipbreakers available from Lie-Nielsen and Hock Tools that helps things out, but they're not a panacea.

The bevel-up planes have no chipbreaker. And I marvel every time at how easy they are to set up and maintain because of that missing chunk of steel frustration. If you hate chipbreakers, you'll like bevel-up planes. Period.

Difference 4: Throat Adjustment. If you want to adjust the throat on your Bailey-style plane, settle in. It's going to take a while. Even the best Bailey planes (with a Bed Rock mechanism) require some fussing and back and forth to get a tight throat opening. Older Bailey planes require you to disassemble the frog.

I don't change the throat much on my Bailey planes – I have one tool set up for each of the three jobs bench planes do. But when I do tweak the throat, it's a big pain.

In contrast, the throat on a bevel-up plane is a cakewalk to adjust. You loosen a knob and slide a shoe plate as close or as far away from the cutting edge as you like. Nothing could be simpler or more intuitive. This is another big advantage for bevel-up planes if you make any throat adjustments in your work – and many people with just a plane or two do this.

Other Differences. The bevel-up planes have more of their mass low on the tool. The Bailey-style planes can be a bit top-heavy. The funny thing is, I like top-heavy. And I don't know why, it probably is just what I'm used to. Beginners report that the bevel-up planes' low center of gravity makes the tools easier to balance when working on narrow edges. I believe it. I chalk this up to what you are used to. I have become more comfortable with the balance of the bevel-up planes over the years, but I still favor the top-heavy feel of the Bailey.

Also, the bevel-up configuration allows you to change the angle of attack of your tool by honing a different angle on your cutting edge. With the bevel-down planes, this is harder to control and involves back bevels or shims or other work-arounds. If you work with difficult material (exotics in particular), you'll like having a bevel-up plane around that cuts the wood at a really high angle – 60° or even a tad higher.

But if you work with mild material, you won't find this a striking advantage because the stock 45° angle of attack is fine.

Bottom Line. Get a bevel-up plane if you're going to have only one or two planes in your shop, if you're a beginner or you deal with a lot of oddball planning situations that require you to quickly change the angle of attack and the throat. Get a bevel-down plane if you have a fair-sized arsenal of planes and like tools that are dedicated to one function alone.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 1/17/2006 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

One of my favorite movies as a teen-ager had a scene where a 1940s-era G-man goes to a mystic for help in becoming a superhero. The G-man shows the mystic – named Sombra – a photo of a caped hero and asks for a magic word to become like him.

Without hesitation, Sombra says: "I suggest you dye your underwear and learn to live within your limitations." And that, dear reader, is exactly how I felt late last week as I was finishing up the first prototype for the next issue of Woodworking Magazine.

The project is a classic American trestle table with traditional joinery. And despite the fact that there was nothing "new" about any aspect of this project, it kicked my butt up one side of the shop and down the other. Fitting the through-tenons in the base took more fussing and fitting than was acceptable, and I still had to patch one side of a joint despite a careful fit. The breadboard ends on the top fit perfectly when dry-fit, but after they were pegged, they each moved off the shoulder line enough that I disassembled the whole end and started over.

Those mistakes seemed unavoidable. And then there were the ones where I was overcome by hubris – the worst shop mistakes possible. I got a little cocky when I drawbored the center of one breadboard in an effort to get a seamless joint line. After all my success at drawboring the base (made of Southern yellow pine) I used the same heavy offset in the black cherry top.

That's when the entire breadboard end piece exploded in my hands (I, however, had made an extra breadboard for test cuts, which saved me).

And when I completed the two-board top using some locally cut 18"-wide boards that had been drying in my basement, I used a smoothing plane alone to finish the top. No sandpaper. It looked good until I put the first coat of varnish on. Groan. Out with the sandpaper to blend the toolmarks and remove some localized tear-out.

The point here is that even the simplest operations can be a challenge when you change one fact. In this project, it was the scale of everything. It's one thing to fit a cabinet-scale wedged through-tenon. It's quite another when the tenon is 1" thick, 3-1/2" wide and 3" long. Same goes with the breadboard and the top itself. Fitting a tenon's shoulder that's 3" across is easy compared to a breadboard shoulder that's 30" across. There is a lot less room for error.

But with the table complete, I took stock of the project and have concluded that this trestle table and its joinery are an outstanding lesson in traditional joints. It teaches one of the most important and forgotten joinery techniques around – wedging. I've wedged hundreds of through-tenons, but that's because I've been deeply into chairmaking for a couple years now, and a single chair can have 25 to 30 wedged joints (depending on how nuts you are; I am fairly nuts).

And now that the first table is complete, I know exactly how to modify our stock techniques to make assembly really easy.

Or maybe I should just go to Kroger tonight and get some black vegetable dye for my underwear. It could be the hubris talking.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 12/14/2005 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

These last few weeks I've been deep in another spate of chairmaking. If you've ever built a Windsor chair, you know that they are a great antidote to making cabinets. All the hand skills are basically the same, but the head skills…. Whew. The angles and "best guesses" stretch my gray matter like a good bourbon.

Today I'm gluing up the arm bow to the second of a set of four chairs that are based loosely on Welsh Stick chairs. (By the way, the best book about Welsh stick chairs is "Welsh Stick Chairs" by John Brown. It's sometimes a bit hard to find, but worth it.) In any case, as I was putting together the arm bow I reached instinctively for my pinch dogs. Knock these into a joint and they will pull it together. They're great for unusual clamping jobs where you might spend a couple hours building a clamping caul for a one-time use.

Once the glue is dry, a knock with a hammer on the end releases the dogs' bite. They are Egyptian technology (wedges) at its finest and highest.

The only downside are the holes they leave. Usually, you can work around the holes. These particular holes will be on the underside of the arm bow – only the bugs and cats will ever comment on them. If you use the pinch dogs when clamping up a tabletop (they really help keep the ends aligned), you can crosscut the holes off when you trim the top to size.

As I was knocking these in, Senior Editor Bob Lang mentioned that a good topic for a future article would be "The Best $25 I Ever Spent in Woodworking" and that we should survey readers and pros and make a list.

If you've got a vote, drop me a line. I'd really like to hear it.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/10/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Required Reading | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Securing large pieces of work to the front face of your workbench is always a challenge. A face vise can hold one corner of large work, but the other end is free to swing about. This can be unacceptable when sawing dovetails, cutting hinge mortises on the edge of a door or simply planing (or sanding) the edge on a long board.

Traditional benches have a sliding board jack (like the one on the Roubo-style bench we built), and other benches have a wide apron pierced with lots of holes. In both cases a wooden peg goes into the holes to support the work from below. This peg helps, but it doesn't hold the work tight against the bench. An F-style clamp is the usual solution – clamp the work to the jack or the apron.

In 1915, Stanley patented a bench bracket that combines the support of a wooden peg with the holding power of an F-style clamp. It was manufactured as the Stanley No. 203 (also the number used for a Stanley block plane, by the way). And this item turns up pretty regularly at flea markets and on eBay. I bought a couple of them recently to try them out on the Roubo bench jack to see if they were indeed useful.

The Stanley No. 203 works best in a 1"-diameter hole in an apron or bench jack that is 7/8" thick. Use thicker stock and the No. 203 won't grab. Use thinner and the bracket will not create a square ledge for your work. That was my first problem with the No. 203, my material ended up being a little under 7/8", so the clamp head came in at an angle to my boards. As a result, sometimes, the head would dent the work on one edge.


The promising hole in the bracket....

While staring at the bracket, I noticed a small hole at the bottom of the device. It looked like there could be some sleeve of metal inside it. Could this small hole be used in some way to square the bracket in its hole? With no answers coming to mind, I decided to ask the U.S. Government. Patented devices have nice drawings and sometimes instruction-like information on file at the U.S. Patent Office. However, the interface to search there isn't the friendliest.

However, there's help. The Directory of American Tool and Machinery Patents (DATAMP for short) makes looking up patented old tools easy. The DATAMP is run by volunteers from the OldWWMachines and OldTools mailing lists. You can search patents very easily here. Type the patent date (usually cast into the tool) into the search engine. If you know the patent number, that will work, too. There are other ways to search the 30,000 patents in the Advanced Search function.

I typed in the patent date (03-16-1915) and I immediately had beautiful drawings of the No. 203, plus drawings of a similar bracket that may not have been made commercially, and two pages of details on how the bracket works. The small hole at the bottom of the bracket is for a nail, according to the application, "to steady the lower end of the clamp…." Hmmm, that's not my problem. So I made a little shim and am going to epoxy that to the bracket tonight. That should fix it. And the material in the hole that I thought could be a sleeve? Just junk.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/3/2005 in All Weblog Posts
Bookmark and Share

We're deep into producing issue five of Woodworking Magazine right now. We have cherry boards basking in the sun this afternoon and I'm trying to finish up some historical research on hammers that might change the way you look at this glorified rock on a stick. Senior Editor David Thiel has been ordering and messing with a load of dial calipers (we've got some real surprises in store in that article). And Senior Editor Bob Lang has been tinkering with router templates to give us all the last word on pattern-routing.

The Spring 2006 issue will ship from the printer during the week of Jan. 9. That means you should start looking for it to appear on newsstands the week of Jan. 16 and will be for sale everywhere by Jan. 31.

There's still time to contribute to the Spring 2006 issue. If you have a Shortcut you'd like to share, you can send it to shortcuts@fwpubs.com . Be sure to get it to us by Nov. 25 if you want to be considered for the next issue. Below is a quick look at some of the features you can look for in the issue:

Making Good Grooves
Cutting grooves for a frame-and-panel construction can be frustrating and dangerous. Using a straight bit in a router table (a common tact) can fling your work across the room. We compare three solutions: slot cutters, dado stacks and plow planes.

Silverware Tray
A reproduction of a Shaker silverware tray. Construction is cut nails with a tongue-in-groove bottom that's nailed in place.

Hammers & Nails
Learn to choose and use a proper hammer for woodworking. And find out why cut nails should be in your shop – they're so much stronger than wire nails. We also investigate the other tools that should be used with a hammer: gimlets, push drills, nail sets.

Shaker Enfield Cabinet
How to build this simple case piece with a hammer and nails.

Dial Calipers
We review a selection of commonly available dial calipers, which cover a wide range of costs. Which ones are the best value for the money in a woodworking shop? We make the case that one specific kind of caliper is your best choice, though no one makes the caliper that we want – yet. Also, a sidebar on the seven things dial calipers can do in a workshop.

Adding Age to Cherry
We compare the common finish strategies for finishing cherry that add some color, warmth and age to cherry – which has a cold cast if you simply slap a clear finish on it. We try a basecoat of linseed oil, lye, small quantities of stain added to the topcoat and exposing the wood to the sun.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 11/3/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Question: I've been using sawhorses and an old door for a few years and curse every time I start a project that I need a real bench. So I've been mulling over my options for some time and have decided that I needed to build my own bench because I thought ready made benches were too expensive, had spindly legs and weren't as massive as I'd like. This fall I was starting the process of gathering varying designs to see what I liked and didn't like and make a combination of sorts that I thought would be the ultimate bench. Then I saw your magazine with the Roubo on the cover and knew it was the one. It's everything I was looking for – relatively inexpensive, fairly easy to build, didn't have an apron, didn't have spindly legs and (although I could really use the storage) I'd opted for nothing more than a shelf as well.

I'm planning on making my top out of maple and the legs out of poplar. Was even thinking of using some bloodwood for the row of dog holes but we'll have to see how much that adds to the cost.

Anyway, I've been looking at a few other designs and was thinking of making a change but wanted your opinion first. In a bench design I saw in another magazine built by Ian Kirby, he used a bridle-jointed stretcher between the front and back (short sides) legs at their tops. Then he lag screwed through these stretchers to attach the top. Seems to me this might be an easier way to put the whole thing together but I realize it might take away some of the strength gained by having the top shrink on the tenons, thus creating the A-frame in the original design. Based on your experiences do you think this is an acceptable modification?

— John S. Szalkai

Answer: I've given your plan some thought. It will work, but I think you'll need another modification to make it work long-term. What you propose seems simple on its face, but it would actually transfer the strength of the bench from the top and into the base. That's how most benches are made today, and it is more like a dining room table than this French thing.

If I lag bolted the base to the top, I would want to make the long stretchers considerably wider – I'd say 7" wide would do. Otherwise, I fear the narrow stretchers below would not survive the racking forces being transferred from the top to the floor.

This would especially be an issue if you are going to do hand planing on this bench. If it's mostly going to be a big assembly bench, like a modern bench, then you could get away with 5"-wide stretchers or so.

The Kirby bench is a nice one – quick to assemble and simple to build. So it's a good source for bench ideas. But I'd consider this change carefully. Mortising the base into the top is really a cinch, if you need some encouragement on that front.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 10/14/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

An hour before we photographed the cover with the Roubo-style workbench, I was still building it – putting the finishing touches on the leg vise to be exact. I had always meant to put a tongue-and-groove shelf below the workbench like the original, but I simply ran out of time. Yesterday during lunch I resolved to correct that omission.

I stopped by Home Depot and picked up enough Southern yellow pine for the job – two 8'-long 2 x 12s for the shelves and one 8'-long 2 x 6 for the ledgers beneath the shelves. This is about 30 percent more wood than you need, but this gave me the clearest, straightest stock from the picked-over wood rack. Total bill: $33. For those of you who might want to put a shelf below their Roubo bench, here is a cutting list and a brief outline of the procedure.

Roubo Workbench Shelf
2 Long ledgers: 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 56"
2 Short ledgers: 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 14"
6 Shelf planks: 1-1/4" x 11" x 19"

First joint and plane all the stock down to 1-1/4" thick. Rip the ledgers from the 2 x 6 and the shelf planks from the 2 x 12s. Crosscut the ledgers to length after double-checking your measurements against your bench. Clamp them in place on the stretchers so that the bottom edge of each ledger is flush with the bottom edge of its mating stretcher. Screw the ledgers to the stretchers with #10 x 2" screws. I used four screws in each long stretcher and two in each end stretcher.

Now you can crosscut your shelves easily and fit them on top of the ledgers and between the stretchers. Now you should plow a 1/2" x 1/2" groove along one long edge of each shelf plank. I used a dado stack in my table saw. Now reduce the height of the dado stack to 3/8" and cut the rabbets on the opposite long edge that will create the tongue. This procedure is covered in detail in Issue 1. The fit between the tongue and its groove doesn't shouldn't be too tight. You want the pieces to slide together easily.

The matching tongue-and-groove on the shelf pieces.

Plane your shelves flat and clean. Chamfer the long edges of each shelf with a block plane. A small 1/8" x 1/8" chamfer will make the long edges more robust. Place five of the shelves on the ledgers and center them between the legs. You should have about a 4-1/4" gap between the shelves and the end stretchers. Measure this gap and then rip your sixth shelf ledger. One piece will go on one end; the other will go on the other end.

Shown is one of the shelf pieces for the end with its notches cut. You also can see the ledgers beneath the shelf pieces.

My wood was pretty wet (15 percent moisture content) and we're still in the summer season (from the wood's perspective). So these boards will shrink up a bit as they come in equilibrium with the shop. So I didn't leave much of a gap between the shelves, just 1/32" or so. Now place the shelf pieces for the ends up against the legs and lay out the notches that will allow each end piece to fit around the legs. Cut the notches and clean up your work with a chisel.

With everything fit in place, you can then secure the shelves to their ledgers. I used Miller Dowels without glue. These are great if you ever need to knock something apart to move it. A couple coats of oil/varnish blend and you're done.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 9/10/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

Have you ever wondered why there are specific rules for the sizes of mortise-and-tenon joints? Did you know there are rules? If you consult the 19th and early 20th century texts, they state that tenons should be one-third the thickness of your stock. And that the tenons should be five times as long as they are wide.

So if you were cutting a tenon on 3/4" stock, you would make it 1/4" thick and 1-1/4" long. Is this arbitrary? And why do more modern texts call for tenons that are one-half the thickness of the stock? Recently I've been cutting a lot of mortises by hand to test some mortise chisels. And as I get more comfortable with the chisels, the old rules for this old joint seem to make sense.

For example, when I work in 3/4" stock (especially anything slightly fragile, such as cherry or walnut) a 3/8" mortise chisel will absolutely destroy my work. It's just too much steel plunging into the wood, and the 3/16" walls of the mortise are simply too fragile. When I step down to a 5/16" chisel, things become very manageable in oak and ash, for example, and workable in cherry, walnut and mahogany). And when I step down once more to a ¼" chisel, I pick up serious speed in the harder woods and more control in the softer ones.

So what about that modern rule that has us all cutting 3/8" mortises in 3/4" stock? I'm starting to think that's a machine perspective. Boring a 3/8" mortise with a hollow-chisel mortiser is a simple thing in 3/4" stock. In fact, I find that chip clearance with a 3/8" hollow mortise bit is more efficient than with the 1/4" bit.

And then there's the issue of the tenon's length. Why do we make tenons five times as long as they are wide? Was this to provide more gluing surface with less-reliable hide glues? Perhaps. Was it to ensure more of an interference fit between the tenon and mortise to beef up a sloppy hand-cut joint? Sounds good to me.

I think it also has something to do with drawboring (surprise, surprise). Here's my highly questionable theory: You have to locate the drawbore hole a certain distance in from the edge of the mortise. I like 3/8". Any closer and you risk cracking your stile when you drive in your wooden peg. And if your tenon is any shorter than 1-1/4", then you risk blowing out the grain in the tenon, ruining your mechanical fit. There are probably other valid reasons for the rules that govern this joint. Have a theory? Let me know.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/24/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share

Question: I am a beginner woodworker, so I don't have a workbench yet. I've been looking and wondering if I should make my own bench or buy a starter one. Then I read your article and found that doesn't seem to be too hard to actually build one. I need a table saw, a jointer and a planer and hand tools.

But then again I noticed through your pictures that you are building Roubo's workbench on top of a previous workbench. That makes me wonder again if your first bench should be bought, what do you think about that?

Second, let's say that I figured out to get a surface to work on, and I still want to make this bench, can you send me a more detailed picture or instructions about the leg vise's parallel guide? Do you think that the Veritas Twin-screw Vise would work in the same way? (I mean placed vertically and without the parallel guide.)

When attaching the crochet, did you attach it using only bolts, or did you glue it, too? And when working towards the crochet it looks like you are using considerable pressure on your work piece towards the crochet. How do you prevent the crochet from marking your piece?

– Pedro Massabié, Oakville, Ontario

Answer: You don't need a bench to build a bench. I built the Roubo bench on sawhorses. The Shop Box system from the same issue of Woodworking Magazine would also be a good place to start. We use those boxes every day in the shop for something.

As to the vise and the parallel guide, there’s a photo showing it close up above, which might help explain its structure a bit more. I don’t think you would need to use the Veritas Twin-Screw Vise in the manner you suggest. If I were going to drop the coin on that vise, I’d want to use it like a tail vise on the end of the bench or as a face vise, but oriented horizontally shown by the manufacturer. I have this vise on my bench at home and it is quite nice.

As to the crochet, it is not glued to the bench (good question). It simply is bolted. This will allow me to remove it if I ever get tired of it (not bloody likely). And the crochet – when shaped the way we show it – does not mar the work. Not even softwoods. The design, which came from Adam Cherubini, is perfect.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/23/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

Question: I just read your article in the new Woodworking Magazine on Shaker end tables and am going to make a pair. I have one question:

I like the idea of treating the wood with a couple of coats of boiled linseed oil, but I'd like to finish with a satin clear polyurethane. Will this be compatible? I figure that the boiled linseed oil needs 24 hours between applications and planned on 48 between the last oil coat and the polyurethane.

Your help with this is greatly appreciated. I'm just finishing my first big furniture project (a Shaker table made out of Cherry) and it's looking pretty good, I'd hate to screw it up at this point.

– Sean Clarke, Apple Valley, Minnesota

Answer: There’s no compatibility issues with your finishing schedule – polyurethane can be applied over linseed oil once it is fully cured. The linseed oil will add some nice color. In fact, to add more color, you might want to consider putting on the oil and leaving the tables in strong sunlight for a day. That seems to help things along (look for more on this in a coming issue). I've experimented with this a bit over the years and have found that one day seems to do the trick. More than that doesn't seem to produce much (if any) color change.

However, I’d allow at least a week or more for the oil to cure before you apply the topcoat.

In general, I avoid adding any stain or dye to cherry whenever possible. Cherry tends to blotch because the grain soaks up the color unevenly. In some kinds of cherry, such as curly cherry, this is desirable. But in most cases, it looks pretty bad.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/6/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

CHICAGO – After about 60 seconds I'm certain that this feels a bit like a drug deal. I was told to show up at a hardware store on a certain date and at a certain time to see "some amazing stuff" by Slav Jelesijevich, a Chicago-area tool seller who specializes in files, rasps and old tools that are "new in the box" (also called NIB). I'm there a few minutes early and so I poke around the store. It's a very old hardware store with a full selection of tools, but not something you would drive five hours for.

Then Slav shows up and he scoots me toward the back of the store. There's a keypad on a locked door that he has the code to (the store owners trust him implicitly). A few seconds later we are definitely down the legendary rabbit hole. The public area of the hardware store is small compared to the cavern behind and below it. And every square inch is filled with shelves that are stuffed with boxes. Old boxes. Old boxes with old tools in them that have never been used.

There was an entire aisle of rasps and files that no one makes anymore. These were beautiful, precision instruments, each wrapped in brown paper and neatly boxed and stacked on the shelves. There were easily thousands of rasps.

There was an aisle of hammers that haven't been sold new for 20 to 30 years – still with the tags on them and waiting to strike their first nail. Perfect wooden handled screwdrivers that beat the quality of the stuff you find today. Shelves of specialty drill bits. An entire wall of Brown & Sharpe stuff. Metal Kennedy boxes. Two aisles of clamps.

This is where I got a little dizzy.

But it wasn't just hand tools. They had power tools that aren't made anymore that were still in the original boxes, waiting for a sale. Rockwell 14" band saws with cast iron wheels that weighed as much as a car's wheel. Unisaws with 1-1/2 hp motors. An enormous 14" table saw (5 hp, single phase). And the hand power tools were equally impressive. There were routers and trimmers and miter saws and drills that have disappeared from the planet. Beautiful stuff. Like a museum, only you could buy it.

A lot of the stuff is what collectors call "new old stock" or NOS for short. This hardware store has been in business for more than 75 years, and so stuff tended to accumulate. And the previous generation that ran the store had seen fit to buy up a lot of hardware surplus from World War II. On a shelf in one of the offices was a pair of lineman's pliers stamped "Made in Occupied Japan." And when one employee passed away they found an amazing stash of old tool catalogs he had kept during his long career. Those catalogs are a gold mine of information on the tool business.

There was one small price for my tour: That I not disclose the name of the store.

I know, I know you feel cheated. But this small hardware business couldn't handle phone calls from all over the country from people looking for oddball stuff. But if there's something you're looking for, I definitely recommend you give Slav a call (312-455-0430). He knows his way around the store and is very fair with his pricing. And if you're a really good customer, maybe someday you'll get offered a tour of one of the hardware stores he frequents.

Christopher Schwarz


Posted 8/1/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery
Bookmark and Share

So many woodworkers resist using hammers, and I suspect it’s because they use one that’s more suited for framing a house or cracking walnuts. In browsing through old tool catalogs, it’s obvious that cabinetmakers in England and Europe preferred a kind of hammer that’s uncommon in hardware stores today.

We've been buying a lot of hammers lately from England, Australia and the flea markets and have been experimenting with different weights, sizes and patterns. One of the most useful patterns we're finding are those that have a cross pane at the back instead of a nail-pulling claw – the claw hammer is the dominant pattern on this continent.

The cross pane is useful for starting nails properly. You can hold the nail up by its head and give it a couple knocks to get it started. Then you turn the hammer around and drive it home. This is an enormous advantage when you use cut nails, which will try to rotate in their holes. And the cross pane is good with brads, which are short and have to be held by their heads anyway.

You can still buy new hammers with a cross pane if you're interested in experimenting with them yourself. Lee Valley Tools sells Warrington pattern hammers from Stanley and less-expensive Asian ones. The Stanley hammers have the properly shaped handles; the Asian ones need a little work to be comfortable (but for the price, they're quite nice).

Of course, the right hammer is best used with the right nail and the right tool to remove your mistakes. And there's one other essential tool that goes with the hammer that most people forget about. The gimlet. More on the gimlet later.

– Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/30/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Personal Favorites
Bookmark and Share

LAS VEGAS – Wandering around our last day at AWFS – a tool-lover's heaven – you might think I'm a little misty-eyed. But instead, I'm actually a little mad.

After nine years of these shows you start to see patterns emerge – things that lie beneath the surface that are both frustrating and impossible to fix. The first is what I call "photocopying," and it's something that has happened for centuries. This is when manufacturers make a tool that merely looks like the tool they copied. But, like a photocopy, it looks like the original but with the details smudged or missing.

Let me use chisels as an example, though the phenomenon applies to power tools just as well. Garden-variety bevel-edge chisels should be an easy thing to get right. After all, they are simply steel in a stick, right? Apparently not. If you pick up a bevel-edge chisel today, chances are that the bevels on the long sides of the blade will end in a chunky flat area. This chunky flat renders the tool worthless for its intended purpose, which is to sneak the tool into narrow corners (think: dovetails). Pick up a quality antique bevel-edge chisel from the late 19th or early 20th century and you'll typically find the side bevels ground almost all the way down to the backside (sometimes called the face) of the tool.

So I see a lot of photocopying, especially when a new manufacturer comes into the market. It seems they don't fully understand what's important about a tool and just make one that kinda looks like the ones others make. And beginning woodworkers buy them because they don't know what's important, either. And then they get frustrated because the tool doesn't do what it's supposed to do.

The other phenomenon is what I call the "box dot." And this is the consumers' fault. We tend to favor tools that have more features – more bulleted items on the box that extol everything the product does: It slices, dices and alerts you when rabid monkeys are in your neighborhood.

This human tendency will box manufacturers (even the very best ones) into adding features to their products to compete. Do you need all these features? Will you use them regularly? Do you even know if they're important? Again, beginning woodworkers don't know what's important and so I see them pick the tool with more features (even if it costs more) because they "might need that feature someday."

Again, an example: Fancy miter gauges. There are some excellent aftermarket miter gauges out there that will make a perfect dodecahedron every time. How many dodecahedrons have you made this year (or this lifetime)? What most of us need is a miter gauge that makes perfect 90° cuts and will handle a 30" table leg or perhaps 48" in a pinch. But we really like the ones that you can set at any angle perfectly (mine does – so I'm guilty). And if one brand of gauge is missing this feature, it might suffer in the marketplace.

So tonight we go out for our final dinner in Vegas. And as I'm toasting the end of an interesting week, I'll also be thinking hard about what can be done to improve the way we choose tools.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/26/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share

The first handplane I ever bought was a Popular Mechanics block plane I purchased one night at Wal-Mart. There was no blade-adjustment mechanism. No adjustable mouth. And the iron was so soft that it might actually have been made of iron (instead of steel). The tool was a bona-fide piece of junk.

As I set out to use the plane on a project I expected to be frustrated. (That’s the way the story usually goes, don’t you know.) But surprisingly, the plane actually worked, and I can remember clearly using it to trim some apron pieces flush on a low sitting bench I was making. One of the shavings was like gossamer; and at that moment, I was hooked on planes.

Like many woodworkers, I became as obsessed with creating those shavings as I did with the tools that made them. No matter what plane I bought, I fussed and fussed with it until it made those magical .001”-thick shavings. My Stanley Type 11 jack plane (a $12 flea market special) got souped up with a new iron and I worked the sole until the plane was perfect. Same with my jointer plane. And even my rabbet planes. And on and on.

It took me a few years to realize what a huge waste of time a lot of that tuning was. With all my planes set to take fine shavings, it took forever to get anything done – further cementing the myth that hand tools are slow. Then one day I had my second epiphany with handplanes, and I remember it as clearly as my first.

I was smoothing up the side of an entertainment center and there were some serious low spots. I worked the piece for almost an hour before I started thinking about buying a belt sander. Something clicked in my head. I put down my super-tuned smoother and picked up my jointer plane. I set it to take a thick .006” shaving. In two passes, the whole side was true. Then I picked up my smoother again – still set to take a fine shaving. In two passes, the whole side was shimmering and gleaming and perfect. Right then my world turned upside down. Instead of focusing on tuning a tool to take a fine shaving, I focused on tuning my coarse tools to take a thick shaving without chattering. I started using my coarse tools more and my fine-set tools less. And I became a much faster builder.

So many woodworkers I know are obsessed with fine shavings. It seems proof perhaps that we are masters of our tools because we can make them perform this parlor trick. If this sounds like you I encourage you to try something. Take a board fresh from your powered planer. Flatten it with a finely set smoothing plane and count the passes you make to get it ready to finish. Now flip the board over and set your jointer plane to take a thick shaving. How thick? As thick as you can take while still easily maintaining control of the tool. Flatten that board. Then come back with a smoothing plane. Count your strokes.

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/25/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Joinery | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share

Question: I am building the Shaker Side Table (Issue #2). I built the cabinet from the first issue (I used cherry and spalted maple - it came out pretty nice).

The table calls out for two 3/16" x 3/4" x 11" spacers. I have looked and looked and can not find a reference to these spacers anywhere in the article.

— Dale Burley

Answer: The spacers are glued to the inside face of the aprons, just above the lower drawer guides. They fill in the space between the apron and drawer side and make for smoother-moving drawer. It might seem counter-intuitive, but drawers are easier to open if there's less space between the drawer and its cabinet. That's because there's less chance for the drawer to wrack in its opening when you pull it out.

You can see the spacers in place on page 24 of that issue, though the author of that piece called them "drawer guides."

— Christopher Schwarz


Posted 7/16/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Reader Questions | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share
Don't follow the lead of our metalworking brethren.
Posted 6/29/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share
Could this roughing plane be a jobsite tool for house carpenters? We investigate.
Posted 5/24/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share
Repeat after me: Workbenches are not oversized dining tables.
Posted 5/17/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Workbenches
Bookmark and Share
There is something odd about designing an 18th century workbench using modern CAD software; but I do have to say, the first draft looks really promising.
Posted 5/13/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes | Reader Questions
Bookmark and Share
How to reduce or eliminate those annoying ridges left by a hand plane.
Posted 5/13/2005 in All Weblog Posts | Handplanes
Bookmark and Share
One of the accessories that makes a miter plane easy to use on a shooting board is a "hot dog" handle — a cigar-shaped metal casting that is impossible to find. Until now.

Need More Posts? Search This Blog

Loading

Google Sponsored Links
Sponsored Links
 Copyright 2010; FW Media Inc. All rights reserved.